PATENT  CHARACTER  NOTES. 


BY 


KIEFFER  AND  TENNEY. 


H.  DITSON  &  CO. 

NEW  YORK. 


BOSTON: 
OLIVER    DITSON   Ac  CO. 

LYON  &  HEALY,  J 

CHICAGO. 


E.  DITSON  &  CO., 

PHILADELPHIA. 


USICAL  LIBBIBY, 


Thirty  odd  volumes  of  selected  music,  embracing  the  best  and  most  popular  pieces  ever  issued  in  sheet  rausie  form,  and  making  a  complete  musical  library,  have  been 
collated  under  the  above  title  and  published  in  convenient  book  form,  forming  a  musical  series  unrivalled  in  wealth,  worth  or  workmanship. 

Each  volume  is  complete  in  itself,  containing  from  2U0  to  250  pages,  of  full  sheet  music  sire,  and  can  be  bought  for  $2.00  in  boards,  $2.60  in  cloth,  and  $3.00  in  full  gilt.  The 
Styles  of  binding  will  suit  the  taj"»«  <>'       »'"»  *•■»       -oi—  -"^•H"  »•  »  htrthHoo  fh,i«tm.«  nr  ,rf..t.\,n,A  present. 

The  high  character  of  the  m 
and  invaluable  to  all  lovers  of  fit 


The  full  set,  or  a  single  volui 
•tail  price.   All  accompaninaen 

BOOKS 

THE  sua 
200  pages.— A  collection  ( 

THE  WOI 
250  pages. — 75  songs  and  i 

GEMS  OF 
232  pages. — A  sterling  co! 

GEMS  OF 
200  pages.— 100  standard  < 

GEMS  OF 
200  pages. — A  coinpendiu 

GEMS  OF 
200  pages.— 100  sacred  lyr 

WREATH 
200  pages. — Popular  song 

THE  SUA 
200  pages. — 150  universal! 

OPERATI 
200  pages. — A  store-house 

SHOWER 
240  pages. — 50  to  60  choice 

MOORE'S 
200  pages. — The  best  type 

THE  SUV" 
216  pages. — 60  songs,  Uuei 

HOUSEHC 
224  and  242  pages. — Popul 

BEAUTIE 
208  pages. — 58  brilliant  co 

OPERATI 

224  pages.— Operatic  gems  arranged  ior  panor  use. 

FRANZ*  ALBUM  OF  SONG. 
277  pages.— Franz'  highly  classical  compositions,  old  and  new. 


ies  a  complete  encyclopaedia  of  standard  compositions, 
e  named,  and  wiil  be  be  mailed,  post-free,  oa  receipt  a' 


3- 


i  OF  INSTRUMENTAL  MUSIC. 


:  ORGAN  AT  HOME 
especially  adap'ed  for  the  parlor  organ. 
5  PIANO  AT  HOME, 
pieces,  excellent  for  teachers  and  pupils. 
IS  OF  THE  DANCE. 

Most  brilliant  music  by  Strauss  and  others. 
IS  OF  STRAUSS, 
escription — a  universal  favorite. 
iIE  CIRCLE.— 2  Vols. 

pieces  of  standard  popularity,  in  each  volume. 
MST  S  ALBUM. 

of  pioflt  and  pleasure  to  the  possessor. 
NOFORTE  GEMS. 
>iano  pieces,  of  acknowledged  worth. 
XOME  HOME. 

come,  and  worthy  of  careful  study. 
RLS  OF  MELODY. 

e  difficulty,  lor  moderately  advanced  players. 
TXTAIN  OF  GEMS. 

leasing  music,  in  great  variety  and  good  taste. 

!  CLUSTER  OF  GEMS. 
'  medium  difficulty  and  of  great  beauty. 

:reme  de  la  creme.— vol.  i. 

[positions  for  medium  advanced  players. 

CREME  DE  LA  CREME.— Vol.  TL 
pieces  of  medium  intricacy,  for  advanced  pupils. 

XOR  MUSIC. — Vol.  I. 
active  collection  for  parlor  recreation. 

XOR  MUSIC— Vol.  II. 
ZZ2  pages. — uu  popuiar  pieces  of  great  beauty,  and  in  good  variety. 

THE  MUSICAL  TREASURE. 
200  pages. — Vocal  and  instrumental  music,  of  the  first  quality. 


Published  by  OLIVER  DITSON  &  CO.,  Boston. 

C.  H.  DITSON  &  CO.,  843  Broadway.  New  York.  LYON  &  HEALY,  Chicago.  (34)  J.  E.  DITSON  &  CO.,  1228  Chestnut  St.,  PhiU 


THE  BEST  MUSIC  BOOKS  FOR  SINGING  SCHOOLS, 


CL 


NTIONS. 


CLASSES.  J?*, 


THE  IDEAL,  By  l,  0.  EMERSON-.  Price  75  cents.  "The  Ideal"  has 
all  the  excellent  features  of  Emerson's  new  church  music  book,  the  "Herald  of 
Praise,"  adapted  to  the  needs  of  singing  classes.  There  is  the  usual  chapter  on 
the  note  system,  with  a  Urge  variety  of  exercises  and  simple  tunes  for  practice ; 
tunes,  am  hems,  spiritual  songs,  and  the  like;  and  a  miscellaneous  collection  of 
sacred  and  secular  music,  original  and  selected,  for  recreation  and  concert  singing. 

CHORUS  CHOIR  INSTRUCTION  BOOK. 

By  A.  N.  J0HN80N.  Price  $1.38.  This  is  a  thorough  guide  to  teachers  in  the 
instruction  and  training  of  the  chorus  choir,  with  detailed  explanations  in  plain 
and  simple  language.  It  contains  interesting  chapters  on  subjects  related  to  the 
perfection  of  the  chorus  choir,  with  a  very  superior  collection  of  sacred  and 
secular  pieces  for  practice  and  for  general  choir  singing. 

JOHNSONS  METHOD    FOR  SINGING 

.  N.  JOHNSON.  Price  60  cents.  This  excellent  method, 
compact,  simple  and  practical,  teaches  and  illustrates  but 
"  one  thing  at  a  time,  wiih  choice  pieces  for  practice  and  recreation.    It  avoids 
technicality,  and  treats  only  of  that  which  relates  directly  to  the  art  of  singing. 

ONJVARD.  By  J,,  o.  EMERSON.  Price  75  cents.  A  new  book  for  singing 
classes,  with  a  course  of  elementary  study,  practical  exercises,  glees,  quartets, 
hymn  tunes,  chants  and  anthems. 

VOICE  OF  WORSHIP.  By  L.  a  EMERSON.  Price  $1.00. 
A  first-class  book  for  choirs  ami  singing  classes,  with  an  excellent  course  of  prelimi- 
nary instruction,  and  a  choice  collection  of  pieces  for  practice,  including  the 
best  hymn  tunes,  anthems  and  chants,  besides  several  first-rate  glees  and  songs 
for  recreation. 

MALE  VOICE  GLEE  BOOK.    By  w.  G.  PERKrNS. 

Price  $1.00.  This  is  a  new  collection  of  fresh  glees,  which  has,  in  addition,  an 
elementary  course  and  psalm  tunes  arranged  for  male  voicei.  It  is  an  easy  gleo 
book,  very  popular,  and  full  of  interest  and  good  music. 

WILHEMS    METHOD    OF  TEACHING 

VOn  AT,    C1TTTJ71TTT?~F'   Edited  by  JOHN  HULLAH.  Price  60  cts. 
r  \J  \j^O-±J    \_/  u  j_j  j_  u      Jj .  A  thorough  class  book,  with  two  hundred 
and  twenty-five  exercises  and  tunes  for  practice. 


THE  PEERLESS.  By  O.  PERKINS.  Priee  75  cents.  As* 
singing  class  book,  Dr.  Perkins'  Peerless  will  perhaps  be  found  most  complete 
and  satisfactory.  It  is  an  entirely  new  collection,  has  been  very  carefully  com- 
piled, ard  doubtless  has  everything  which  will  be  needed  in  singing  classes  of  to- 
day. Its  contents  are  of  a  very  high  order,  and  include  a  most  excellent  variety. 

THE  TEMPLE.  By  W.  O.  PERKINS.  Price  $1.00.  A  new  book  for 
choirs,  classes  and  conventions,  which  has  a  very  good  instructive  course,  easy 
part-songs  for  practice,  fine  glees  and  part-songs  for  advanced  singers,  and  metri- 
cal tunes,  anthems  and  chants  for  choirs. 

THE  ENCORE.  By  L.  O.  EMERSON.  Price  75  cts.  A  singing  school 
book,  with  192  pages,  well-filled  with  a  very  thorough  course  in  musical  notation, 
progressive  exercises,  hymn  tunes,  anthems,  chants,  glees  and  pait-songs,  which 
can  be  used  to  great  advantage  in  any  school,  class  or  seeial  meeting. 

THE  SONG  MONARCH.    By  H.  r.  palmer  a„d  u  o. 

EMERSON.  Price  75  cents.  A  good  book  for  singing  schools,  musical  societies 
and  choirs.  It  has  a  good  singing  school  course,  good  exercises  aud  pieces  for 
practice,  and  a  good  collection  of  sacred  and  secular  music. 

THE  ORPHEAN.  By  W.  O.  PERKINS  and  A.  R  HALLETT.  $1.0H 
This  is  a  good  male  voice  glee  book  for  schools  aud  colleges.  It  has  more  than 
one  hundred  glees,  part-songs,  duets  and  choruses,  besides  twenty  sacred  tunes. 

MASONS  MUSIC  CHARTS.  By  Dr.  LOWELL  MASON. 
Two  volumes,  with  thirty  charts,  blackboard  sire,  to  each  volume.  Price  of  each 
book,  $8.00.  For  class  instruction. 

PART  SONGS.  For  Female  Voices,  eo  cents. 
CHOICE  TRIOS.    For  Female  Voices,  *i.oo. 

For  ladies'  seminaries  and  classes. 

THE  VOICE  as  a  MUSICAL  INSTR  UMENT. 


By  CHAS.  H.  STANLEY  DAVIS,  M.D.  Price  40  cents, 
proper  use  and  training  of  the  human  voice. 


A  medical  essay  on  tb« 


Jgp^Any  book  mentioned  above  mailed,  post-free,  on  receipt  of  retail  price. 


PUBLISHED  BY    OLIVER    DITS0N    &    COMPANY,  BOSTON  MASS. 

C.  H.  Ditsow  <fe  Co.,  Lyon  <fe  Healy,  J.  E.  Drrsos  A  0«, 

tit  Broadway,  New  York.  Chicago.  (J5)  1228  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia. 


THE  BEST  MUSIC  BOOKS  FOB  SCHOOLS,  COLLEGES  A!  ACADEMIES. 


FOR  HIGH  AND  GRAMMAR  SCHOOLS. 

Welcome  Chorus. 

tV.  S.  Tilden.   For  High  Schools  and  Seminaries. 
7~r-         rr  t  y>7     •     I  Emerson  and  Tilde>\  )  . 

High  School  Choir,  j  sfn°grin^sefSi  [  Hour  of  Smgmg. 
Choice  Trios,  w.  s. tilden.  i  w.o.pebkins.  Laurel  Wreath. 

Songs  for  three  female  voices.         \       Part-songs  for  High  Schools,  etc. 
Price  of  each  book,  $1.00;  per  dozen,  $9.00. 

School  Song  Boole.  Deem's  Solfeggios. 

C.  Everest.  60  cts. ;  $6.00  per  dozen.         J.  M.  Deems.   75  cts. ;  S6.75  per  dozen. 
For  Girls'  Normal  Schools.  For  voice  cultivation— higher  classes. 

H.  S.  P  E  R  k  I  >-  s.     Sofig  Echo.    75cts.;  $7.50  per  doz. 
For  High  and  Grammar  Scheol  Classes. 

Grammar  School  Choir. 

W.  8.  Tildejt.  60  cts. ;  $6.00  per  doz.  For  High  School  and  highest  Grammar  Classes. 

GRADED  GLASS  BOOKS. 

American  School  Music  Headers. 

Emerson  and  Tilden. 
Rook  I.,  for  Primary  Schools.  35  cts. ;  Book  XL,  ior  Younger  Grammar  Classes,  80  ets.  • 
Book  III.,  for  Upper  Grammar  Classes,  50  cents. 

The  Song  Gardens. 

Dr.  Lowell  Mason. 
Book  L,  for  Primary  Class»s,  50  cents;  Book  II.,  for  Common  Schools,  80  cents: 
Book  III.,  for  High  and  Grammar  Schools,  $1.00. 


GENERAL  CLASS  BOOKS  FOR  COMMON  SCHOOLS.  • 

Song  Bells. — The  Whippoorwill. — Cheerful  Voices, 
Merry  Chimes. -  Golden  Bobin.-The  Nightingale. 
The  Mocking  Bird. — The  Music  Teacher. 

50  cents  each ;  or,  $5.00  per  dozen. 

Our  Favorite.\™lfp£Zi\ Fairy  Echoes. 

FOR  COLLEGES  AND  ACADEMIES. 

Male  Voice  Glee  Booh.  W.  O.  Perkins.  .  .  .  $1.00 
Young  Men's  Singing  Book,  root  and  mason.  1.50 

The  Orpheon.  W.  O.  Perkins  and  A.  A.  Hallett.  .      .  1.00 
General  collections  of  Glees  and  Part-songs,  for  male  voices. 

Carmina  Collegensia. 


University  Songs. 

$2.50. 


$3.00. 


Student's  Life  in  Song. 

$1.50 


Choice  collections  of  the  College  Songs  of  the  German,  English  and 
American  Universities.   Compiled  by  H.  R.  Waite. 

REFERENCE  BOOKS  FOR  TEACHERS. 

Chorus  Choir  Instruction  Book.  ?1T?acneri  CB?p2e ft"™™'" 

J^nnQPvnn'Q  A  7?  C  nf  liTti  *»"/>  81-00  (abridged).  Based  upon  the  Italian 
J.  UHSVI  VII  b         SJ   L/  Of  1U.UDIO.       system,— with  fine  solfeggios. 

T^patalnyfiriY)  lWtiQ'ir>  rPvar>Ticr  $2-°0.  The  inductive  method  for  class 
J-  C&LUIUZZIUII,  J.UUblL  J-tMCfier.  instruotion.   By  Mason  and  Sewaktj. 


Ditson  &  Co.  also  publish  a  large  number  of  Cantatas  for  school  exhibitions  and  festivals,  which  are  very  interesting  and  instructive. 

Any  of  the  above  books  will  be  mailed,  post-paid,  for  retail  price. 


Published  by  OLIVER  DITSON  Ac  OO.,  Boston. 

CHA&  E  BUBO*  4  CO.,  643  Broadway,  V.  Y,  LT0N  &  HEALY,  Chicago.  (37)  J.  E.  DITS0N  &  CO.,  1228  Chestnut  St.,  FUk. 


THE 


CROWN  OF  PRAISE: 

A  COLLECTION  OF  MUSIC,  CONSISTING  OF 

HYMN-TUNES,  GOSPEL  SONGS,  ANTHEMS, 

GLEES  AND  PART-SONGS. 

FOR  SINGING  SCHOOLS,  CHOIRS  AND  CONVENTIONS, 
ALDEXE  S.  KIEFFER  AND  J.  H.  TEMEY. 


BOSTON: 

CopyrighV  1S81,  by        ,  ,  ;>  > 

LYON  &  HEALY,  J.  E.  DITSON  &  CO., 

CHICAGO.  PHILADELPHIA. 

CJ 


C.  H.  DITSON  &  CO. 

HEW  YORK. 


GlffWif 

rTht  Oliver  Dttson  Co - 
Dee*  28, 1  $00. 


V 


The  Singing  School. 


Note  1. —  It  has  been  the  object  of  the  author  of  the  following  brief  chapters 
to  present  the  most  important  things  necessary  to  enable  the  pupil  to  gain  sufficient 
knowledge  to  read  music  correctly.  These  should  be  studied  closely,  however,  as 
nothing  is  contained  in  them  which  is  unimportant  to  the  learner.  They  are  di- 
vested of  all  unnecessary  terms,  and  the  teacher,  it  is  hoped,  will  use  his  influence 
to  secure  good  discipline  upon  the  subject,  remembering  that,  "repetition  is  the 
Mother  of  improvement." 

CHAPTER  I. 

GENEKAL  DIVISIONS. 

Every  musical  tone  has  three  essential  properties,  without  which  it  cannot 
exist,  viz :— Pitch.  Length.  Power. 

Hence  these  three  grand  distinctions  into  which  elementary  instruction  is 
naturally  divided ; 

1st.    Melody,  treating  of  the  pitch  of  sounds. 

2d.    Rhythm,  treating  of  the  length  of  sounds. 

3d.    Dynamics,  treating  of  the  power  of  sounds. 

Under  these  general  heads  will  be  noticed  all  marks,  signs,  and  characters  and 
everything  necessary  to  assist  the  pupil  in  learning  to  read  music. 


CHAPTER  EL 

MELODY. 

1.  The  Scale. — At  the  foundation  of  music  there  lies  a  series  of  sounds 
called  the  Scale.  It  consists  of  an  ascending  series  of  eight  tones,  which  are  counted 
from  the  lowest  upwards,  as  one,  two,  three,  four,  five,  six,  tecen,  eight,  and  to  which 
the  syllables  Do,  Ee,  Mi,  Fa,  Sol,  La,  Si,  Do,  are  applied. 

2.  The  Staff. — The  tones  of  the  scale  are  written  upon  a  Staff  with  certain 
characters  called  Notes.  The  staff  consists  of  five  lines  and  four  intermediate  spaces. 
On  this  staff  we  can  write  nine  degrees  of  sound,  although  the  compass  of  the  staff 
may  be  increased  by  the  addition  of  lines  and  spaces.  These  are  called  added  lines 
above  and  added  lines  below.  Also  spaces  above  and  spaces  below.  Each  line  is  called 
a  degree.   Each  space  is  called  a  degree. 

Added  lines  above.     


Added  lines  below.  — •   

iii 


ir 


THE   SINGING  SCHOOL. 


3.  Clefs. — The  staff,  of  itself,  is  a  meaningless  character,  and  valueless 
until  we  prefix  other  characters  to  it,  called  Clefs.  Of  these  there  are  three  in 
general  use  : — The  G  Clef,  the  F  Clef,  and  the  C  Clef,  as  follows : — 


G  Clef. 


F  Clef. 


C  Clef. 


With  the  use  of  the  foregoing  characters,  the  staff  with  its  lines  and  spaces,- 
and  the  clefs,  we  can  form  a  starting  point  for  writing  music. 


We  can  now  write  the  Scale  in  the  following  manner : 


i 


-d — ^ 


-K7  ft 


I 


Do,    Ke,    Mi,     Fa,     Sol,    La,      Si,  Do. 
With  the  use  of  the  F  clef  the  Scale  would  stand  thus  upon  the  staff: 

~i  .  „ — p  p 


9i 


-e — 


71 — r 


Do,    Ee,   Mi,    Fa,    Sol,   La,     Si,  Do. 


4.  Steps  and  Half-steps.— The  intervals  of  the  scale  are  seven.  Some 
of  these  are  greater  than  others.  The  greater  intervals  are  called  steps;  the  lesser 
intervals  are  called  half-steps.  Their  order  is,  from  Do  to  Ee,  a  step  ;  from  Ee  to 
Mi,  a  step  ;  from  Mi  to  Fa,  a  half-step  ;  from  Fa  to  Sol,  a  step ;  from  Sol  to  La,  a 
step ;  from  La  to  Si,  a  step  ;  from  Si  to  Do,  a  half-step. 


5.  Numerals. — Numerals  areused  to  designate  the  different  degrees  of  the 

scale  series,  as  1,  3,  5,  8  of  the  scale.  One  always  designates  Do,  two  designates 
Ee,  five  designates  Sol,  etc.  Numerals  are  also  used  to  indicate  time  measure,  and 
when  thus  employed  are  written  on  the  staff,  fractionally  at  the  beginning  of  a  tune. 

6.  Letters. — Letters  are  also  written  upon  the  staff.  They  occur  in  regu- 
lar order,  counting  upward  from  the  lower  line  of  each  staff.  Their  position  is 
fixed.  Notes  may  he  written  on  different  degrees  of  the  staff,  but  letters  occur  al- 
ways in  the  same  regular  order.  The  Clef  fixes  the  position  of  the  letter,  but  the 
first  sound  of  the  scale  may  be  written  on  either  line  or  space  of  the  staff  by  the 
use  of  characters  which  will  be  given  in  due  time.  The  letters  on  the  staff  stand 
thus: — 


G  Clef. 


i 


-c- 


F  Clef. 


-c- 


9* 


I 


-E- 


C  Clef. 


1 


7.    Sharps,  Flats,  and  Naturals. — These  are  characters  which  affect 

the  pitch  of  tones  on  the  staff.  A  Sharp  ($)  is  a  character  which,  when  played  be- 
fore a  note,  raises  its  pitch  a  half-step  ;  a  Flat,  (fa)  placed  before  a  note,  lowers  its 
pitch  a  half-step ;  a  Natural  (fy)  is  used  to  cancel  the  effect  of  a  previous  sharp  or  flat. 


THE   SINGING  SCHOOL. 


v 


The  effect  of  a  sharp,  flat,  or  natural,  continues  to  operate  on  all  the  notes  on  the 
same  degree  of  the  staff  in  that  measure  in  which  it  occurs.  By  the  aid  of  these 
characters  we  can  introduce  intermediate  tones  between  one  and  two,  two  and  three, 
lour  and  five,  five  and  six,  and  six  and  seven.  No  intermediate  tone  can  be  intro- 
duced between  three  and  four,  and  between  seven  and  eignt,  as  a  nan-step  is  the 
smallest  practical  interval  known  in  musical  notation. 


Sharp.  Flat.  Natural. 

-f-  1 —  1 1  I  I   I  Fdipjrrpq=q=j^zq^zr 


8.  Diatonic  Intervals. — In  addition  to  the  regular  steps  and  half-steps 
of  the  scale,  and  the  intermediate  tones  already  mentioned,  there  are  yet  other 
intervals  occasioned  by  skipping.  A  second  from  1  to  2  of  the  scale ;  a  third  from  1 
to  3  of  tbe  scale ;  a  fourth  from  1  to  4  of  the  scale,  etc.  A  second  is  always  the 
interval  made  by  any  one  given  scale-tone  to  the  next  above  it.  A  third,  from  any 
given  scale-tone  to  the  second  one  above  it.  A  fourth,  &  fifth,  a  sixth,  a  seventh,  are 
found  by  a  similar  course  of  reckoning.    For  example: — 


Second,  Third.  Fourth.         Fifth.  Sixth.  Seventh. 


Note.— These  illustrations  of  intervals  may  be  varied  to  a  great  extent  by 
the  teacher,  and  no  pains  should  be  spared  in  repetition  until  all  the  pupils 
comprehend  the  subject. 


CHAPTER  III. 

Note  2. — In  practicing  a  Singing-School  in  Rhythmics,  the  teacher  will  find 
a  black-board  indispensable.  Let  him  illustrate  time-measures,  notes,  rests.  et<x, 
until  every  pupil  can  answer  correctly.  Questions  are  not  appended  to  these 
several  chapters.  A  teacher  should  frame  his  own  questions,  as  it  will  enable  him 
to  so  vary  them  until  he  is  satisfied  that  his  class  understands  the  subject. 

9.  Notes. — Music  is  written  on  the  staff  with  characters  called  notes. 
Notes  have  two  shapes  or  forms  in  the  seven  character  notation.  1st,  a  figurative 
form,  which  represents  the  syllables  applied  to  them.  2d,  a  rhythmical  form,  which 
represents  or  indicates  the  relative  length  of  sounds.  There  are  seven  figurative 
forms  corresponding  to  the  seven  scale-tones,  thus : — 

 A  W  *  k-  9  B  If  

i  i  r  r  i  i 

Do,    Ee,     Mi,    Fa,    Sol,    La.  Si. 

There  are  five  rhythmical  notes  in  common  use.    They  are  named  Whole,  Half, 

Quarter,  Eighth,  and  Sixteenth  note. 


10.  Rests. — There  are  rhythmical  characters  called  Rests.  Each  note  has 
its  corresponding  rest,  which  is  named  after  the  note  whose  rhythmical  value  it 
represents.  Eests  are  marks  of  silence,  and  should  be  observed  as  particularly  as 
the  notes  themselves. 


11.   Daigram  of  Notes  and  Rests  :— 

The  whole  note  is  written  thus  :    0  Rests,  thus  :  w 

The  half  note  is       "        "       f     "       "  — 

The  quarter  note  is    "        "       ,*       "       "  * 


THE   SINGING  SCHOOL. 


The  eighth  note  is  written  thus:  £  rest,  thus:  *1 
The  sixteenth  note  is  "        "  £     "       "  ^ 


12.  Notes  and  Rests. — Notes  and  rests  have  not  a  positive,  but  only  a 
relative  length.  The  Whole  note  is  the  governing  or  ruling  power  in  Ehythm.  If 
we  sing  the  Whole  note  in  six  seconds  of  time,  the  Half  note  must  be  sung  in  three 
seconds,  the  Quarter  note  in  one  and  one-half  seconds,  the  Eighth  note  in  three- 
quarters  of  a  second,  and  the  Sixteenth  in  three-eighths  of  a  second.  If  we  allow 
four  seconds  to  the  Whole  note,  then  the  Half  note  must  receive  but  two  seconds 
for  its  time,  the  Quarter  note,  one  second,  etc. 


13.  Measures. — Notes  and  rests,  when  written  on  the  staff  in  a  piece  of 
music,  are  divided  into  equal  portions,  called  Measures.  Measures  are  represented 
to  the  eye  by  the  interspaces,  separated  from  each  other  by  perpendicular  lines, 
called  Bars. 

To  illustrate: — 


Measure. 


Bar. 


Broad 
Bar. 


Double 
Bar. 


Close. 


i      i     ■■  ■ 

JL  A  A  *  r*- 

— i — 

#— t  r  r  r 

—o — 

=EEt= 

14.  Bars.— There  are  four  kinds  of  bars  in  nse.  The  Common  Bar,  used 
to  divide  the  staff  into  measures  of  equal  time ;  the  Broad  Bar,  used  for  marking 
the  end  of  a  musical  sentence  or  line  of  poetry ;  the  Double  Bar,  used  to  mark  the 
end  of  a  Kepeat,  the  beginning  of  a  Chorus,  or  at  the  change  of  time ;  and  the  Close, 
used  at  the  end  of  a  tune. 


15.  Holds  or  Pauses.— There  are  rhythmical  characters  used  within 
the  compass  of  the  staff,  and  for  the  purpose  of  prolonging  the  length  of  notes. 


A  Sold  or  Pause  over  or  under  a  note  protracts  it  about  one-third  its  original  length, 
though  it  is  not  an  absolute  character,  and  the  time  to  be  given  to  a  hold  or  pause 
is  left  to  the  judgment  of  the  performer.  Sometimes  it  requires  a  much  greater 
length  than  at  others.  There  should  always  be  a  momentary  suspension  of  the 
voice  after  the  hold  has  been  duly  given  the  note. 


16.  Dots  or  Points.— The  length  of  notes  and  rests  is  often  increased 
by  writing  Dots  or  Points  after  them.  A  point  adds  one-half  to  the  length  of  a 
note  or  rest  after  which  it  is  placed.  See  following  illustrations  of  the  two  pre- 
ceding paragraphs : — 


EXAMPLE. 


Pansed  Notes. 

Pointed  Notes. 

Pointed  notes. 

n         T\  /TV 

(A  A 

A  . 

 1 

r  * 

i$-4— fc= 

H  

H  1 

Thus  the  learner  will  see  that  the  pointed  Whole  note  equals.three  Half  notes 
in  length ;  the  pointed  Half  note  equals  three  Quarters  in  length ;  the  pointed 
Quarter  equals  three  Eighths  in  length,  etc. 


17.  Of  Time. — Time  in  music  is  that  length  which  we  give  to  each  note 
in  a  piece  of  music,  relative  to  the  Whole  note. 


THE   SINGING  SCHOOL. 


vii 


18.  Of  Movement. — There  are  three  movements  of  Time,  Common  or 
Even  Time,  Triple  or  Uneven  Time,  and  Sextuple  or  Compound  Time.  Common  or 
even  time  is  divided  into  double  or  quadruple  measures.  Measures  having  two 
parts  are  called  double  measures.  Those  consisting  of  three  parts  are  Triple  meas- 
ures. Those  consisting  of  four  parts  are  quadruple  measures.  Those  having  six 
parts  are  sextuple  measures. 

19.  Of  Variety. — The  various  measures  used  in  this  work  are  expressed 
in  the  following  manner,  viz : 

Doable  Measures.  » 


-fa  17:  a  .  

<—m  1  L 

9— 

f-t 

Quadruple  Measures. 


Triple  Measures. 


— i  !  n 

— i  1  1- 

am 

HP  - 

d-g: 

 H      4-  1 — o  — 

 ,tr^  ' — 1 

pi 


Sextuple  Measures. 


j — i — i — 


r 


li 


By  the  aid  of  notes,  dots,  rests  and  other  rhythmical  characters,  an  endless 
combination  of  time-measures  may  be  written  in  the  above  indicated  movements, 
but  a  yet  wider  range  of  time-measures  can  be  had,  some  of  which  are  indicated  by 
such  fractions  as 


20.  Primitive  Measures. — A  measure  is  called  prim  itive  when  it  con- 
tains the  number  and  kind  of  notes  which  the  fraction  expresses.  For  instance, 
in  Double  Time  the  measure  must  contain  two  Half  notes  or  two  Quarters;  in 
Quadruple  Time,  four  Half  notes  or  four  Quarters ;  in  Triple  Time,  three  Half  notes 
or  three  Quarters ;  and  in  Compound  Time,  six  Quarters  or  six  Eighth  notes. 

21.  Derivative  Measures.— -Measures  which  do  not  contain  the  num- 
ber and  kind  of  notes  called  for  by  the  fraction  expressing  the  time,  are  Derivatives. 
Derivative  measures  must  contain  the  quantity  expressed  by  the  fraction  in  other 
notes  and  rests. 

22.  Of  Ties. — It  is  frequently  desirable  to  sing  one  word  or  syllable  to  two, 
three,  or  more  notes.  These  notes  are  then  tied  or  grouped  together  by  curved  lines 
or  dashes,  over  or  under  them.    These  notes  are  then  called  Grouped  or  Tied  notes. 

23.  Triplets. — Three  notes  tied  together  with  the  figure  (3)  over  or  un- 
der them,  are  required  to  be  sung  in  the  same  time  as  txco  of  the  same  denomina- 
tional value  without  the  figure  3.    Illustration  of  the  Tie,  Groups,  and  Triplet. 


Group. 


Triplets. 


--r-m  I*  .  m — m- 

i  3 — 

 s — 3  r 

V — * — V — *  I 

m      i   i  l_ 

— • — A-P — i — 

4—1— 

 1  1  1 

i — i — i — i 

1 

24.  Repeats. — A  line  of  dots  placed  across  the  staff  indicates  that  the 
strain  following  is  to  be  repeated  to  the  Double  Bar.  Da  Capo  (D.C.)  means  repeat 
from  the  beginning,  closing  at  the  word  Fine  written  above  the  staff. 


Repeat. 


ILL  USTRA  TION. 
Fine. 


I 


D.C. 


THE   SINGING  SCHOOL. 


viii 

CHAPTER  IV. 

DYNAMICS  OE  POWER. 

Note  3.— Hitherto  we  hare  regarded  tones  as  being  merely  high  and  low,  and 
long  and  short.  We  now  come  to  the  third  distinction  and  regard  them  as  being 
loud  and  soft.  No  teacher  can  drill  his  class  too  much  in  expression  and  in  accent, 
for  these  are  the  soul  of  music.  Without  these  all-important  requisites,  singing  is 
a  dull,  lifeless  performance,  unworthy  the  name  and  devoid  of  the  power  of  music. 


25.  Accent. — Accent  is  a  particular  stress  of  the  voice  given  to  certain 
notes  in  a  measure  of  music,  and  to  certain  syllables  in  a  line  of  poetry. 


26.  Accent  in  Measures  of  Double  Time.— The  first  note  in  a 
measure  is  invariably  accented.  In  primitive  measures  there  is  but  one  accent — the 
first  part  is  accented,  the  second  is  unaccented ;  though  measures  may  be  arranged 
in  this  movement  so  as  to  take  as  many  accents  as  beats. 


27.  Accent  of  Quadruple  Measures. — Primitive  measures  contain 
four  notes,  expressed  by  the  fraction,  and  the  accent  is  on  the  first  and  third,  the 
second  and  fourth  being  unaccounted.  These  measures  may  also  be  arranged  to 
take  as  many  accents  as  beats. 


28.  Accents  in  Triple  Measures. — The  first  note  in  each  measure 
is  accented,  the  second  and  third  are  unaccented,  but  may  be  so  constructed  as  to 
require  three  accents  in  each  measure. 


29.  Accent  in  Compound  Measures.— In  primitive  measures  of 
Compound  Time  the  accent  lies  on  the  first  and  fourth  notes  of  each  measure,  th« 
second,  fifth,  and  sixth,  are  unaccented. 


30.  Degrees  of  Power. — For  the  purpose  of  varying  expression  accord- 
ing to  the  character  of  the  music  or  the  sentiment  of  the  poetry,  certain  degrees  of 
power  are  used.  Some  of  them,  with  their  abbreviations,  are  given  in  the  follow- 
ing list,  which  may  be  applied  to  single  notes  or  to  entire  measures  and  passages: — 


Mezzo,  abbreviated  m,  a  medium  degree  of  power. 

Piano,  abbreviated  pia  or  p,  soft ;  pp,  very  soft. 

FOETE,  abbreviated  /,  loud ;  ff,  very  loud. 

Cbescendo,  or  increasing  in  power. 

Diminttendo,  or  '^=°m~,  decreasing  in  power. 

Staccato,  or  '  '  '  ' ,  separate  and  distinct. 

Eitaeando,  abbreviated  Bit.,  gradually  retarding  the  movement. 


The  sentiment  of  the  poetry  should  be  the  main  guide  to  dynamic  expression. 


31. — As  a  general  rule,  where  we  have  an  ascending  series  of  tones  in  a  piece 
of  music,  the  voice  should  increase  in  volume,  and  where  a  descending  series 
occurs,  the  reverse  is  generally  a  safe  guide  for  expression. 


THE   SINGING  SCHOOL. 


CHAPTER  V. 

TRANSPOSITION. 

32.  Key  of  C. — When  the  scale  begins  with  C,  it  is  said  to  be  in  the 
Natural  Key  or  Key  of  C;  but  the  scale  may  be  transposed  so  as  to  commence  on 
any  of  its  seven  letters,  in  which  the  letter,  taken  as  one,  is  called  the  Key-note. 
Thus,  if  G  is  taken  as  one,  it  is  called  the  Key  of  G  ;  if  D  is  taken  as  one,  it  is 
called  the  Key  of  D,  etc. 


33.  Key  of  G. — In  transposing  the  scale,  the  proper  order  of  intervals, 
with  reference  to  steps  and  half-steps,  must  be  preserved.  In  this  key  we  have  to 
substitute  F  sharp  for  F  in  the  former  scale,  as  we  must  have  a  step  from  6  to  7  of 
the  scale. 

34.  Key  of  D. — In  transposing  from  C  to  D  we  have  to  use  two  sharps. 
In  order  to  preserve  the  agreement  of  intervals  between  3  and  4,  and  7  and  8  of 
the  scale,  F  and  C  are  sharped. 

35.  Key  of  A. — In  writing  music  in  this  key,  three  sharps  have  to  be 
used  for  the  same  purpose,  viz.,  that  of  adjusting  the  intervals. 


36.  Key  of  E. — Four  sharps  are  found  to  be  necessary  in  transposing 
the  key  to  this  letter,  F,  C,  G,  and  D  sharp. 


37.  Key  of  B. — In  the  fifth  transposition  by  sharps  five  sharps,  are 
needed  to  adjust  the  natural  order  of  scale  tones,  viz:  F,  C,  G,  D,  and  A  sharp. 

38.  Key  Of  Fjf. — This  is  the  same  key  as  Gb,  and  it  is  necessary  to  use 
six  sharps,  viz:  F,  C,  G,  D,  A,  and  E  sharp, 


a 

39.  Key  of  F. — The  place  of  disagreement,  when  the  scale  is  transposed 
to  F,  is  between  3  and  4  of  the  scale.    To  correct  this  it  is  necessary  to  flat  B. 


40.  Key  of  By. — When  the  scale  is  transposed  to  B  flat,  there  are  found 
two  places  of  disagreement.  For  the  tones  B  and  E  we  must  substitute  B  flat  and 
E  flat. 


41.  Key  of  Efe. — In  writing  music  in  this  key,  we  have  to  use  three 
flats,  B,  E,  and  A  flat,  in  order  to  adjust  the  intervals. 


42.  Key  of  A]2. — In  transposing  the  scale  from  B  flat  to  A  flat  we  have 
to  use  four  flats,  B,  E,  A,  and  D  flat. 


43.  Key  of  D(z. — In  the  fifth  transposition  of  the  scale  by  flats  it  is 

necessary  to  make  use  of  five  flats,  viz :  B,  E,  A,  D,  and  Gj2. 

44.  Key  of  Giz. — In  this  transposition  of  the  scale  six  flats  are  used, 
namely,  B,  E,  A,  D,  G,  and  C  flat. 

For  illustrations  of  these  several  scales  and  keys  see  section  46. 


45. — The  difficulty  of  reading  round-note  music  lies  in  the  fact  that  any  line 
or  space  of  the  staff  may  be  taken  as  one,  and,  as  there  is  but  one  sharp  for  all  the 
tones  of  the  scale  in  round-note  notation,  the  syllables  have  to  be  found  by  calcu- 
lation. In  character-notes  this  serious  difficulty  is  avoided,  as  each  note  of  the 
scale  has  a  distinct  shape  which  represents  a  given  syllable,  and  this  identity  of 
shape  and  syllable  is  preserved  throughout  all  the  changes  of  transposition, 
rendering  the  reading  of  music  in  any  key  an  easy  matter. 


X 


THE   SINGING  SCHOOL. 


46.  Illustrations  of  the  Scale  Transposed  by  Sharps  and 
Flats. 

Key  of  C — Natural. 


+ 


Cl, 


— |- 


— 

-6>- 


47- 


D  2,       E  3,       F  4,       G  5,       A  6,  B 
Transposed  to  Key  of  G—  One  Sharp. 


-*  


4- 


4- 


G 1,        A  2,        B  3,       C  4,        D  5,       E  6,       F#  7, 
Transposed  to  Key  of  D — Two  Sharps. 


H- 


4^ 


H- 


14 


D8,       C$7,       BC,        A  5,        G  4,      F#  3, 
Transposed  to  Key  of  A — Three  Sharps. 


E2, 


Al, 


9- 


H  


q: 


-2-  *  

Bl      C#2,     D#3,  E4, 


Transposed  to  Key  of  Fit — .SYrc  Sharps. 


C8. 

--A- 


G  8. 


D  1. 


B  2,  C#3,  D4,  E5,  F#  6,  G#  7,  A  8. 
Transposed  to  Key  of  E— Four  Sharps. 


4 — 


El,      F#2,     Gj|3,      A  4,       B5,      C#6,      D#  7,      E  8. 
Transposed  to  Key  of  B — Five  Sharps. 


d: 


-£ir 


if 


F|5,    G#G,    A#7,  B8. 


ijl,     G#2,    A#3,     B4,     C#5,         6,    E$  7,      F$  8. 


f 


s 


ci, 


— i 

D2, 


Key  of  C — Natural. 

 1  =3  — 


— I- 


 1 — 

^1 

— o — 

 1 — ■  1- 

V  1 

E  3,        P  4, 


G  5, 


a  6, 


B7. 


Transposed  to  Key  of  F — One  Flat. 

i  1  1  


4^ 


Fl,        G2,        A3,       Bl?4,       C5,       D  6, 
Transposed  to  Key  of  b|z—  Two  Flats. 


9- 


Transposed  to  Key  of  ~sfe— Three  Flats. 


-O- 


Ek  i, 


F  2, 


G  3,       A|2  4,      Bb  5,     C  6,       D  7, 


Transposed  to  Key  of  A\l~Four  Flats. 


 \: 


-P- 


4^ 


Ab  1,      B[2  2,      C  3,  4,         5,      F  6, 

Transposed  to  Key  of  D|2 — Five  Flats. 


3£ 


D^l,     Eb2,      F3,      GM,     Al2  5,     b[2  6, 
Transposed  to  Key  of  g{z — Six  Flats. 


C7, 


-P- 

4— 


:t: 


C  8. 


F  8. 


Efe  8. 


G  7,       Aj2  8. 


I 


I 


I 


m 


D|2  8. 


I 


G[2  1,     Ak2,     B|z3,      C+2  4,     D[z  5,     Efe  6.     F  7,    G[z  8. 


THE   SINGING  SCHOOL. 


47.  In  the  foregoing  illustrations  it  ■will  be  seen  that  in  the  transposition 
of  the  scale,  by  sharps,  the  Key  note  or  j  Do  is  removed  a  fifth,  or  five  degrees 
in  each  transposition;  thus,  in  the  key  of  C  we  count  C  1,  D  2,  E  3,  F  4,  G5;  and, 
by  •writing  F^  as  the  signature,  we  find  that  Do  (^)  occupies  the  same  position  on 
the  staff  that  Sol  did  in  the  key  of  C.  In  each  succeeding  removal  we  find  Do 
occupying  the  position  of  Sol  in  the  former  key.  In  the  transposition  by  flats  we 
find  that  the  key  in  each  transposition  is  removed  a  fourth,  or  four  degrees,  Do  (£±) 
occupying  the  same  position  in  each  new  key  that  fa  did  in  the  former.  Thus, 
C  1,  D  2,  E  3,  F  4;  flat  B,  and  we  count  F  1,  G  2,  A  3,  B2  4;  flat  B  and  E,  and  we 
begin  with  Do  on  B2  1,  C  2,  D  3,  EJ2  4,  and  thus  triple  all  succeeding  removes. 


CHAPTER  VI. 


CLASSIFICATION  OF  VOICES,  AND  EANGE  OF  PARTS. 

48.  Of  Voice. — Although  the  compass  of  the  human  voice,  if  we  include 
the  highest  female  voices  with  the  lowest  male  voice,  extends  through  three  octaves 
or  more,  yet  it  rarely  happens  that  individual  voices  have  a  compass  of  more  than 
one  and  one-half,  or  two  octaves.  Hence  the  necessity  of  parts,  each  of  which  is 
limited  to  the  compass  of  a  single  voice  or  class  of  voices. 


49.  The  Parts. — The  Base  is  the  lowest  part  in  music,  and  should  be 
sung  by  male  voices  which  are  pitched  low. 

The  Tenor  is  to  suited  to  male  voices  which  are  pitched  high. 

The  Alto  is  adapted  to  female  voices  having  a  low  pitch,  and  to  boys  before 
the  change  of  voices. 

The  Soprano,  Air  or  Treble,  should  be  sung  by  female  voices  of  the  highest 
range.  The  Soprano  and  Alto  are  frequently  written  on  the  same  staff;  as  also  are 
the  Base  and  Tenor. 


EANGE  OF  PARTS  OE  VOICES. 


Tenob— Male. 


3t 


lizzie: 


-  o 


~\  1- 


Alto — Female  and  Boys. 


i 


H  4 


Tkeble — Female. 


§ 


-4 


)  1  H  O- 

I  -  ^Al  


-d  P  ^ 


Base— Male. 


I 


I 


i 


-A-  -P- 


I 


50.  From  the  fbregoing  illustrations  it  will  be  seen  that  the  Base  voice  has 
a  range  from  G,  lower  line,  to  E  second  space  above  Base  staff.  The  Tenor  voice 
has  a  range  from  C  added  line  below  the  Tenor  staff,  to  G  first  space  above.  The 
female  voices  have  the  same  compass  commencing  and  ending  on  the  same  letters, 
with  this  exception  that  G  in  the  Alto  is  an  octave  higher  than  G  in  the  Base,  and 
C  in  the  Treble  is  an  octave  higher  than  C  in  the  Tenor. 


xii 


THE   SINGING  SCHOOL. 


Note. — The  teacher  should  aim  as  far  as  practicable  to  classify  his  scholars  in 
this  order,  securing  low  male  voices  for  Base,  high  male  voices  for  Tenor,  and  ob- 
serving the  same  rule  for  female  voices  on  Alto  and  Treble.  Attention  to  this  fact 
will  enable  him  to  avoid  many  of  the  harsh  and  unmusical  sounds  occasioned  by 
those  attempting  to  sing  parts  outside  the  natural  range  or  compass  of  their  voices. 

With  this  ends  our  theoretical  department.  The  following  chapters  axe 
devoted  to  practical  exercises. 


CHAPTER  VII. 


PRACTICAL  EXERCISES,  DOUBLE  MEASURE. 
EXAMPLE  L   Scale  Exercise. 

Rhythmics,  Melodies,  and  Dynamics  Combined. 

Two  beats,  or  counts  to  each  measure.  Down,  Up.  First  note  in  each  measure 
Loud,  the  second  note  in  each  measure  soft.    The  half  note  claiming  two  beats. 


Sol, 
G, 


Sol, 

G, 
u. 


La, 
A, 
d, 


La, 
A, 
u. 


Si, 
B, 
d, 


Si, 
B, 
u. 


—)  

Do. 
C. 
d,  u. 


I 


EXAMPLE  II. 


One  beat  to  each  quarter  note.    Two  beats  to  each  half  note. 


Female  Voices. 


Pi 


See 
1, 

d,  u.  d 
Male  Voices. 


the  shin  -  ing  dew  -  drops 
2.     1,       2.   1,2.  1,2. 

u.  d,  u.       d,  u. 


H — 
On 

1, 

d, 


the  flow  -  ers  strewed, 
2.     1,       2.  1,2. 
u.    d,       u.    d,  u. 


z: 


is: 


1 


- — L^&- 


-4- 


I 


Prov 

1, 

d, 


ing,  as 
2.  1, 
u.  d, 


they  spar  -  kle, 
2.  1,2.  1,2. 
u.  d,  u.     d,  u. 


God 
1, 
d, 


is  ev 
2.  1,2. 
u.  d,  u. 


er  good. 
1,  2.  1,  2. 
d,  u.     d,  u. 

—I — 


I 


In  these  examples  the  teacher  should  enforce  time,  countings,  beatings,  until 
each  pupil  can  time  correctly. 


THE   SINGING  SCHOOL. 


Xlil 


EXAMRLE  HI.   Quadruple  Measure. 


Foot  beats  or  counts  to  each  measure.  Down,  left,  right,  up.  First  note  in 
each  measure  loud;  second  soft;  third  loud;  fourth  soft.  Two  beats  to  the  balf 
note. 


-0—0 


-Q — 


1  Shout  a-cross  the    si  -  lent  sea,    Ship  a  -  hoy !    ship    a  -  hoy ! 

2  Days  and  nights  a-lone  we  sail,    Ship  a  -  hoy !    ship     a  -   hoy ! 


4 


I 


Down,  left,  right,  up,  d,  1, 


d,    1,   r,u.  d, 


r,  u. 


— 


i- 


i 


Oh,  what  sight  could  gladder  be,  Ship  a -hoy!  ship  a  -  hoy! 
Cheer  her  on  the  ris  -  ing  gale,    Ship  a  -  hoy !    ship     a  -  hoy ! 


— I  


H — 


d,  1, 


u.    d,     1,  r,  u.      d,    1,    r,  u.      d,      1,      r,  u. 


EXAMPLE  IV.   Triple  Measure. 


Three  beats  to  a  measure.  Down,  left,  up.  First  note  loud ;  second  and  third 
soft.   Two  beats  to  a  half  note. 


 — T — 

— 1  h- 

 1  h-J 

__  L 

si 

4 

— 1  1- 

=3=£ 

— 1 — r 

L©!  1 

1    1  1 

 1  1  H 

4± 

- 

d,  1,  u.   d,l,  u.  d,  1,  u.  d,l,  u.   d,  L  u.  d,  1,  u.  d,  1,  u.  d,  1,  u. 
High  on  the  bending  wil-lows  hung,  Israel,  why  sleeps  thy  tuneful  string  ? 


H  H 


EEE 


EE 


p  *  » 


H  h 


H  1- 


I 


d,  1,  u.    d,  1,  u. 


i — f — n 

— i — h 

-d-J- 

i — i — i— 
—  — 

— ♦ 

c 

-* 

—a. 

d,  1,  u.  d,  1,  u.  d,  1,  u.  d,  1,  u.  d,  1,  u.  d,  1,  u.  d,  L.  u.  d,  1,  u. 
Still  mute  remains  the  sullen  tongue  And  Zion's  songs  de-nies  to  sing. 


,  H — I- 


-e- 


H  h 


t 


THE   SINGING  SCHOOL. 
EXAMPLE  V.   Compound  or  Sextuple  Measure. 


y*i*-4           4 — *    •  H — ^ — * T  H  — r— j  3=1 

Do,       Re,       Mi,      Fa,       Mi,       Ke,      Do,  Re,       Mi,         Mi,       Fa,       Mi,       Re,      Do,       Re,       Mi,  Re,  Do. 

d,        d,        1,         r,         r,        u.       d,  d,         left,     r,  r,  u.       d,        d,         1,         r,         r,        up.       d,  d,  left,    r,  r,  up. 


50.  In  the  foregoing  example  we  have  given  two  examples  of  Double,  one 
of  Quadruple,  one  of  Triple,  and  one  of  Sextuple  or  Compound  Measure.  These 
are  deemed  sufficient  in  this  short  theoretical  treatise.  These  examples  will  be 
followed  with  other  exercises  in  the  succeeding  pages. 


The  marking,  counting  or  beating  of  the  time  should  claim  particular  atten- 
tion, and  is  performed  in  the  following  manner,  viz:  Measures  of  Double  time 
have  two  beats  of  the  hand  or  counts,  dawn,  up,  A  down  beat  on  the  first  part, 
and  an  up  beat  on  the  second.  In  measures  of  Triple  time  there  must  be  three 
counts  or  beats  to  each  measure,  down,  left,  up.  A  down  beat  on  the  first  part, 
a  left  beat  on  the  second  part,  and  an  up  beat  on  the  third  part  of  each  measure. 


In  Quadruple  time  we  have  four  beats  or  counts  to  each  measure,  as  follows :  down, 
left,  right,  up.  A  down  beat  on  the  first  part  of  each  measure,  a  left  beat  on  the 
second,  a  right  beat  on  the  third,  and  an  up  beat  on  the  fourth  part  of  each  meas- 
ure. In  Sextuple  measure  we  have  six  beats  as  the  measure  divides  into  six  parts. 
These  are  marked  as  follows : — down,  left,  left,  right,  right,  up.  This  measure  is 
really  a  double  triple  measure.  Many  teachers  prefer  the  giving  of  only  two  beats 
to  each  measure  of  Sextuple  time.  A  down  beat  on  the  first  part,  a  rest  of  the 
hand  on  the  second  and  third  parts,  an  up  beat  on  the  fourth  part,  and  a  rest  of  the 
hand  on  the  fifth  and  sixth  parts  of  the  measures.    This  is  preferable  to  6ix  beat*. 


For  further  examples  and  exercises  see  the  following  page*. 


No.  1. 


THE   SINGING  SCHOOL. 
EXAMPLES  AND  EXERCISES. 
Quarter  Notes.   Double  Measure.   G  Clef. 


rv 


F  Clef. 


4- 


d- 


4  h 


4  h 


tt 


=fc=t 


Do, 
No.  3, 


Ee,  Mi,  Fa,  Sol,  La,  Sol,  Sol,  etc. 


r— t 


Half  Notes.  Skips. 


11? 


No.  4. 


Eighth  Notes. 


I  »  » 


I'l    l — I 


f  H  1 — h 


No.  5. 


Quadruple  Measure.    Whole  Notes.   Quarter  Rests. 


:=ft^4  c — i 

1  \— i  

P— 1  1- 

—  P— H- 

— <j 

i_ 

-J  ^  T  A  y 

-      i  ,    1  h/-H  — 

— 

-(9 — 

^ — A 

 1 — 

^ — MH — - 

Hi 

kU-a  1  +  1 

1  /    |^    "  1  

— *  

 1 — 

•  *    '  ; 

No.  6. 


f 


Triple  Measure.   Half  Bests.   Dotted  Half  Notes. 


=T 


— i- 


4- 


I 


No.  7. 

  1— 


F  Clef. 


xvi 


THE   SINGING  SCHOOL. 


i 


No.  8. 


Key  of  G. 


r: 


No.  9. 


Sextuple  Measure.   Eighth  Rests. 


1= 


tSJ- 


— -W   Al  A  A'  ¥  *  ¥  


Note. — These  Examples  and  Exercises  are  given  as  models  by  which  the  teacher  may  write  exercises  upon  the  blackboard  in  each  key.  He  should  exercise  his 
ingenuity  to  write  them  in  every  kind  of  note  and  measure  in  common  use,  and  in  different  rhythmical  form,  and  introducing  each  kind  of  rest.  Too  much  prominence 
cannot  be  given  to  blackboard  exercises  in  Singing  Schools. 

.  DEFINITION  OF  MUSICAL,  TERMS  LN  COMMON  USE. 


Accelerando.   Accelerating  the  time  gradually  faster  and  faster. 

Adagio.  Slow. 

Ad  Libitum.   At  pleasure. 

Affetuoso.    Tender  and  affecting. 

Allegro.  Quick. 

Allegretto.    Quick,  but  not  so  quick  as  Allegro. 
Andante.    Gentle,  distinct,  and  rather  slow. 
Con  Spikito.    Very  spirited. 

Crescendo.    Usually  marked  crea.    Gradually  increasing  in  power. 
Declamando.    In  the  style  of  declamation. 

Decbescendo.    Usually  marked  dim.   Gradually  decreasing  in  power. 


Dolce.    Sweetly,  delicately. 
Forte.    Usually  marked  /.  Loud. 
Fortissimo.    Usually  marked  ff.    Very  loud. 
Grazioso.    In  a  graceful  manner. 
Largo.  Slow. 

Mezzo.   Usually  marked  m.    Medium  power. 
Moderato.  Moderately. 
Piano.    Usually  marked  p.  Soft. 
Pianissimo.   Usually  marked  pp.   Very  soft. 
Eitardando.   Usually  marked  rit.  Slackening  the  time. 
Vivace.   Quick  and  cheerful. 


Key  of  C. 


QUIET  IS  THE  HOUR  OF  EVEN. 


17 


1     Qui  -  et   is  the  hour  of    e  -  ven,  Ere  the  Sab-bath  from  us  part;  E'en    as  though  the  ear     of    heav  •  en  Lis  -  tened    at   earth's  beat-  ing  heart 


4     ft— ft— N 


5» 


Ar-         w  ^aP    ^S-  " 

2    And  God  s  an  -  gel  still  doth  lin  -  ger  Ere    he  take  from  earth  his  flight ;  Point- ing  with    his   lift  -  ed     fin  -  ger  Up    the    star  -  ry  path  of 


-5= 


light. 


ft— *- 


■m — # 


-ft— rV 


-I— ^ — H- 


:\F-N  N- 


4- 


3      On  the  knee  of  deep  con- tri-tion  Bends  each  soul  in  earn -est  prayer;  On  the  -wings    of  strong  pe  -  ti  -  tion  Wafts  to    God     its  ev'  -  ry  care. 


r  ft    ft  -ft— ft 


EES 


-N — ft—ft— ft 


n  n  ft— ft" 


i 


i 


ft    ft    ft  ft 


-0—0 — 0- 


-J-0-J-J 


A=S=ft=ft- 


A-A— A- 


— i- 


Gen  -  tly  round  the  night  is  fall  -ing  O'er  the    si  -  lent  world  a-broad  ;  Li  -  quid  bells    are  sweet  -  ly     call  -  ing  Foot  -  steps    to    the  house   of  God. 


-4-  V  V 


ir-N--ft 


5=£ 


rf* 


-Ah  -Ah-   w  -Ah     -Ah     -At      '  ■#     4  -A-  -y-  -Ar 

One  by  one  they  si  -  lent  gath-er  Round  the  sprinkled  mer-cy  seat ;  One     by    one    they  seek    the    Fa  -  ther,  Hum-bly    cast    at    Je  -  sua'  feet. 


-ft. 


3 


^=ft 


1  1  9  .0- 


=5=3i 


ftf-*- 


 ft~ 


 1  M~ 

-Ah  w 


-ft 


-+- 


* — v — ♦  L 


Lis-ten   to  the  bells' sweet  calling !  Thus  the  ho  -  ly  Sab  -  bath  crown  !  And  as   dews    are  gen  -  tly    fall  -  ing,  Shall  the  peace    of  God  come  down. 


■V-U-V-tz: 


*  •  •  W- 


-ft— ft— ft— ft 


r-ft — ft 
i — h — p- 


H  h 


18 


Allegro. 


BLUE  VIOLET'S  SONG. 


m 


--1 — 4 


:q=4 


.0 — 


1  Down   by    the  brook-let's   side,Where  the    soft  wa  -  ters    glide  Gen  -  tly    and  sweet  -  ly       a  -  way    to      the  sea,   Lift  -  ing     my  ti  -  ny  bell 


3E= 


4==p 


=t=W 


:4^=44:=t 


-Ah     "Ah     -Ar  -Ah 

2   There.where  the  wild  bird's  song  Chants, thro'  the  sum  -  mer   long, Strains  of 


q=4 


3=£ 


F4 


-4 


my  lone  -  ly  bower,  En  -  vy 
=t=* 


no  gay 
— h 


af-fec  -  tion,    un-chang-ing   and  true,  Formed  by      a     fai  -  ry'swand, — 


er   flow'r.Fannedby    the  bright  wing  of  hum -bird  and  bee,  While    by     the  streamlet's  side, 


"A — A- 


r- 


hT4 


-4- 


tt 


Still    let    the  night  -  in  -  gale  Fond  -  ly     the  rose     as  -  sail,  Pour  -ing      its  moon  -  sick  strains,  wast-ing    its  sighs;  But    on     the  vio  -  let's  breast, 


PIP 


4=t 


:1  b 


~l  h 


:h  h 


Up  from    the  leaf 

4= 


y     dell,There   is      my  birth-place,  the  dwell -ing     for    me,       There    is      my    birth-place,  the  dwell  -  ing     for  me. 


=1 


H  m 


-t-r- 


Claim  -  ing  no  care,  I  stand,  Woo- ing  the  sun  -  beams,  and  quaff- ing  the  dew, 
Glad    as      the  laugh  -  ing  tide,  Vel  -  vet-cheeked  chil-dren    are  seek  -  ing    for  me, 


Woo  -  ing  the  sun  -  beams,  and  quaff  -  ing  the  dew. 
"Vel  -  vet-cheeked  chil  -  dren  are    seek  -  ing     for  me. 


i 


1- 


In- 


still shall    the  an  -  gels    rest,  Long   as     we  gar  -  ner    the  tints    of     the    sky,       Long    as     we    gar  -  ner     the    tints    of     the  sky. 


m 


BOAT  SONG. 


1  While  the      sil  -  ver  moon  is  gleam  -  ing  bright,  Come,     oh,    come  with    me;   While  the  waves  are  tipped  with  mystic    light.  Come,  oh,  come  with  me  ; 


N    N    N  -N 


■  ■pa 


-F 


I 


3      I  fr^zjr^rq 


H  —  I  1  1 

9—f-0  9 


-\- — (- 


— o- 


rrt 


2  Thro'   the    hap- py  hours  of    e  -  ven  -  tide,    Come,    oh,   come  with     me;     We     will  drift  a  -  bove  the  shin  -  ing    tide,  Come,  oh,  come  with  me  ; 


-V- N— N— N 


H  1- 


i 


i 


— P- 


-I — l-f 


I 


-f?  k 

EEE 


 H  r- 


And  whilst  cve-ning  bells  are  peal  -  ing  sweet     O'er      the    glad  blue    sea,    Our    light  bark  shall  ride  the  wave  -  lets    fleet,  Come,  oh,  come  with  me. 


i 


— h 
-<5>- 


i 


-s- 


=f*= 


±zz±: 


— 1  P- 


i 


A- A—  A- 

■i  1  1 


6 


And  while  star- beams,st  ream  ing  from  a  -  bove,    Kiss      the  earth    and    sea,    We    shall  dream  a  dream  of  joy    and    love,  Come,  oh,  come  with  me. 


4- 


20  Mrs.  E.  W.  CHAPMAN. 

Allegretto. 


FOR  THE  SUN  SHINETH  BRIGHT  OVER  ALL. 


X- 


X- 


— &-- '■■ 


1  There  are     bright  -  tint  -  ed  flow'rs  where  the       soft     breez  -  es     float,    And    the     dews       of     the     eve  -  ning 


fall, 


Where  the 


-4- 


F4r — fr- 


3 


=t=t 


2  There 


are     beau  -  ti  -  fnl    souls  with 


calm  -  ncss     se  -  rene,  And 


hap 


py     con  -  tent     with  -  al, 


-Ah 

And 


they 


3   There  are 


2 


±= 


=3= 


■-N- 


row  -  ing  hearts    who    the      lone      Tig  -  ils    keep,  Where  the    storms     of      af  -  flic  -  tion      fall,        There  are 


CHORUS. 


+■ 


v — 


V-V- 


bird    and  the   bee    from  the    hon  -  cy  cups  drink,  For   the    snn    shin  -  eth  bright    o  -  ver  all. 


O  -  ver  all, 


3 


di  -  ant  beam,  For    the   sun     shin  -  eth  bright     o  -  ver  all. 
H  h  P 


O  -  ver  all, 


— rf-* 


love    cher-ished  mounds  in    the  green  -  cov  -  ered  vale,    But   the   sun    shin  -  eth  bright     o  -  ver  all. 


O  -  ver  all, 


o  -  ver  all, 


FOR  THE  SUN  SHINETH  BRIGHT  OVER  ALL.  Concluded. 


21 


ver     all,      For    the    sun      shin  -  eth  bright 


ver  all. 


o   -  ver 


all. 


'Tis 


beau 


ful   earth,  with 


-A  _ 

its 


—ft 


— &- 


+ 


S 


-2r 
aU, 


For     the    sun     shin  -  eth  bright     o  -  ver  all, 


'Tis 


beau 


ti  -   ful  earth,  with 


A— 


-ft- 


all, 


-r— 


its 


2i 


For    the    sun     shin  -  eth  bright 


4- 


all, 


all, 


'Tis 


beau 


ful  earth, 

-v — r- 


with 

 V 


its 


--jh  1  1  1  1 — i — *  x — 1 

_ft_fs 

•A  A  A       A         *  *- 

-A  W — a  1  1  — 

i 

 F  ▼ — 

k — U — 1 — -£= 

W  ' 

-1  U     U     i  — ^  - 

l_|               fc?  1 

^ — •- 

bril  -  liance  and     shade,   For    the     sun      shin  -  eth  bright      o  -  ver     all,        0  -  ver  all, 


d  ± 


For  the    sun    shin-eth  bright    o  -  ver 


all. 


■ft — ft- 


I 


bril  -  liance  and 


shade,  For  the  sun  shin  -  eth  bright 
 — ft-T-T 


o  -  ver   all,        o  -  ver  all,      For  the   sun    shin-eth  bright    o  -  ver  all. 


-ill 


3= 


bril  -  liance  and      shade,  For    the     sun      shin  -  eth  bright      o  -  ver  all, 


For  the  sun    shin-eth  bright    o  -  ver  all. 


22       it™,  e.  c  n.i^-oKTH.  EVER  BE  FIRM. 


i  S  1  — i 

 s  V- 

» — 

 1 

♦  — 

5  

-i 

» — 

— a 

— ♦ 

— -4- 

— a 

1  ^ — — 

-  it* 

1  Et-ct  befiim.be  loj-al  and  trae3>ver  giTe  up  tho' help-ers  be  few  :        [£fi  np  theooe    in  deep-ess  disgrace. Fear  not  the  world  with  frowns  on  its  face. 

4    ^     *  .-S—  A~ »T-"-a-^A— A^A  A     A  '  ^     A  'A  r  j-A~  Ary-y— -Ar-f»—»5  J  J,  [  A     g  j  «     g  .  *t«-|- 

2  Et  -  er  befirra  tho"  bat-Ues  be  lost.  XeT-ergive  op  what-eT  -  ex    it  cost :     Precious  the  blood  that  flows  for  the  right.  Honored  the  scars  recerred  in  the  fight. 


\  S 

 *   N  - 

 N  

-»     0  .  

\ 

— '  S  - 

*     *  . 

-♦- 

•  ft. 

I  -  Idt 

♦  •   

*  A 

- 

3 

3  Et- 

er  be  firm 

fidse  be  thin 

eowa.XerergiTe  up  tho'  slam 

iing  a-lone: 

Be    in  thTself 

ft 

haal 

for  the  rigbuTbo'  with  the  foe  all  o;h  -  ers  n-nite. 

A*  A  A 

A 

,  ^~ 

A     A*  A  A     A  A 

TJ 

A       A*   A  A 

A 

0  »•  m — 

!■  ■  ■■  ■  p  ^-^-J 

A  -4 — 

1  s 

— —  J 

+    I  1 

I 


CHORUS. 

—  -rw     "i.   ,  g      —   ^  ^  — ■— ^ — ^  a  a  a.  a  !    — jrgzSEE 

Et  -  er    be  Aran,  be  true,  be  true^taad  for  the  right  tho'  helpers  be  few  j  Down  with  the  flag  that  vice  proud  It  wire*  ;  Fling  to  the  breeae  the  baniK  r  that  saves. 
?g        A     A  *  A  A     *  I  f     A     r*  |  A     A  *~A  A     A  ;  «—  ^— >  #     y.¥A     A  «  .  .  ' 

s  --^  •  ^  *  ■  • 

V'        *   1   1    ■  •  ■  ■  z= —        1  — :  ^  a- 

Et  -  er    be  firm,  be  true,  be  Ke^und  for  the  ri^ht  tho'  helpers  be  few  :  Doth  ■«  :ih  tbe  fla^;  that  Tiee  proodlT  waTeaning  to  the  breexe  the  banrier  that  sa-res. 


mi 

 A 

A      A  .  A    A  A 

 s — s  

A     A  •  A  A. 

A 

-0  6~ 

-# — »  '  — 

 V  

■  T-fr^  - 

-  v  t 



— 1 

'  '  : —  ^ 

4  r— 

 r  w  ■ — 

i    '  ✓ 

 h 

— ^— / — 

✓ 

a  Allegro 
^t^tS — z — ^  r- 


< — I — I- 


0  -  m  0- 


11  THERE'S  MUSIC  IN  THE  MIDNIGHT  BREEZE." 

1 


23 


— I— A  A  1 


f  I  * 


*  0- 


1  There's  nra  -  sic    in  the     midnight  bre«ze,There*s  music  in  the   morn;     The      day-beam  and  the       gen-tle  eve,Sweet  sounds  have  ev-er  borne; 


4 


4 


— »* 


a — ♦ 


2      The  winds  that  sweep  the  mountain  top.Their  joy-  ousech-oes  bear;        Young  zephyrs  on     the    stream-let  play.  And  make  sweet  music  there; 


A  A 


*  1  EC  B  ~ 


3      The  heart,  too,   has  its    thrill-ing  chords^A    con  -  se  -  era  -  ted    fount,        From  which  in  -  spir  -  ing     mel-o-dies  To  heaven  in   glad-ne~s  mount; 

•  rizl-Hr  4-J-    ■  1  ■  1  1  *- 


-A  A- 


 *  - 


'» — w—w—w 


-A  A~ 


ft-^-J^g  r]  j  j  rill  f 

I 

E 


iZiZTIZ! 


< — 1 — 1 

 1  

— 1  1  A  A— 

,                                      1   . 

rA  *  1  1- 

A  A— *  ■ 

^A  A  A 

0     0     0  0 

0  0 

'  0  0 

■       ■       •  ■ 

1§ 


The     Tal  -  ley  hath  its  welcome  notes,The  grove  its  tuneful  throng,    And      o  -  cean's  mighty        cav  -  cms    teem,^Vith  na  -  ture's  end  -  less  song. 


r-Jf- 


♦  ♦ 


mm 


With  rustling  sound  the  for  -  est  leaves,Bend  to  the  pass-ing  breeze,     And  pleas-ant  is      the       bus  -  y     hum     Of  pleas  -  ure    seek  -  ing  bee*. 


-tr- 


H  1  1-  - 


-A  A- 


m 
m 


m 


Thus    na  ture's  mu-sic*slent  that  man  May  join  the  myriad  throng       Of     all  her    glo  -  rious  works    in     one    bar  -  mon  -  ious  burst     of  song. 
-I  1  1  k-*  •  ,  .  ,  0-   — ^  1- 


0—0—0—W 


A  A  A  A- 


THE  BRIGHTEST  SIDE. 

A — N — V 


2  There's  man -t     a  cloud  on  youthful  brow.  T  ok -ens   of  gT»*>f  and  care.  Those  storms  that  will  gather  and  rend  the  soul,    Etul-ing    in  dark  de  -  »i»air. 

3  Then     o  -  pen  v  our  heart  to  lue  and  li^ht.  Vn-der    the  clouds  will  shute  The  hue  ot  the  ram-bow  oi  hope  that  cheers,  FUl-ing  with  peacedi  -  \  iae. 


4      Ok,    why  is    the  bliss  that 's  so  coai-plete,  Un-to  your  souls  de-uicd?  Oh,  would  you  pus- seas  it  with  hope-  t'ul  eyes?  Look  on  the  brightest  aidcl 


V— > — V 


k    A A  A. 


m — » 


C=y=r~^~7i~at 


* — t 


4  A — aV 


H  H 


hi        M  •  •  * 


CHORT7S. 


b  s_ 

,  S 

— K 

£  0-^-0—0  1 

~0   0  #-1 

 # — 4 

'  

J.  J  j}Ji 

-0  '  #   #  # 

— f- 

-# — #- 


N  N  i  — N  N  .t-  .t — * 

j — -i — J  1  1  t—A — A — A 


■0—0- 


V — 


♦  ♦ 


We've  oa  -  ly    to  trust—    on  -  ly    to  wait,What-eT  -  er    Ul     be  tide ;  And  thebeart  will  grow  strong,and  cheerful  ere  long.That  looks  on  the  brightest  side  1 


■A  *  aS- 


A — A- 


Words  by  NYNOTHA. 

Moderate. 


THINK  OF  ME. 


25 


-I  h 


-1  h 


-0 — 0 — 0 


-A — A— A— A- 


-H  H  1 


rs  n  n  n 


— i — i — h 
-0-0  s 


t\    ts   Js    \  -N-  N    N  N 


1   When  the  morn-  ing  wakes  in    splendor  On  thy  glad  and  hap-py  home,  And  the    gold -en  sunbeams  ren  -  der  Light  up  -  on  the  path  yon  roam, — 


[ 


3T--  ^£r — i — i— 1 — i — i — i — i  1 — i- 

 * — A  A  — 1  Ai  A  A1  A — LA — 0t- 


H  1- 


— ♦ — ♦ — * — 


-A— iV 


-Aj — Ah 


~N — \ — \ — \H — \ — N — S — & 

— )-  H  H  f--J — ^  ^  1   (- 

-V— V  — f— y-^  f    f    V— * 


*    1  1 


^7 


— pi-j — ) — i — i — i  1 — i 

— 1-» — »  » — ♦ — \-4> — ♦ 


-N — N- 


A — tS — N — fv 


i  1 —  0 — 0 — 0 — 0- 

— I  


-t — 


n  ^  ^  n 


-H  \ 


m 
1 


2  When  the    eve  -  ning  with  its     sor  -  row  Comes  to  thee,  with  fair  hopes  dead,  And  there  beams  no  brighter    mor-row,Call  -  ing  back  the  joys  now  fled, — 


-h;  f 


_A_A_ A-=  =A=^A=A= 


-A=A- 


-h  ^ 


-A-  IS    N  ,V 


A — R — R — S 


>     N     N  N 


1 


A    A     A  £1 


A  A  A  a 


1 


#  h — h — > 


/— /— /— V- 


+3  ^ 


-# — I- 


ZjA  A. 


-h — ► 


h  h 


V    V    ¥  ¥ 


When  the  earth  is  clad  in    glad-ness,And  the    birds  sing  joy-ous  -  ly,  When  you  feel  no  tho't  of  sad  -  ness,  Oh,  then  think  of    love  and 


me. 


When  the  world  seems  cold  and  drear  -y,  And  the    birds  sing  not  for  thee,  When  thy  heart  grows  faint  and  weary,  Oh,  then  think  of    love  and 


me. 
/TV 


V  ^  ¥  * 


~XM — A — A— A- 


IA— A— A— AI 


+ 


I 


A.  S.  KIEFFER. 

Gently. 


EVENING  BELLS. 


J.  H.  T. 


q=4 


3£ 


Peal  -  ing  slow,  soft    and    low,    Eve  -  ning  bells,  swing  to     and     fro  ;  Once     a  -  gain,  your     re  -  frain  Wak  -  ens  dreams  of  long     a    -  go. 


a'    a    3i_  _a"  a  iziZAi^zz:  ^zzrzizl 


2  How  you     tell,    as     you  dwell.  Of     the  friends  once  loved    so    well;  But  who    keep,  slum  -  ber    deep,    In     yon    qui  -  et  church-yard  dell. 

3  Eyes  once  bright,  hearts  once  light,  Greet    no    more    the    soft    twi- light,  As     ye  chime,   keep- ing     time,  To     the     foot- steps  of     the  night. 

i  1  


* — e  * — 


:t: 


F-F 


4    Here      a  -  lone,    here     a  -  lone     I      sit    list' -  ning  to    your  tone,  Dream  ing  dreams,  pen  -  sive  dreams,  Of     the    days  whose  lights  have  flown. 


-A  A — A 


-I  1 


 A 


m 


CHORUS. 


-i — r 


— * 


-h- 


i — m — i — r 


+- 


Eve  -  ning  bells,  eve  -  ning  bells,  What     a      tale  your    mu  -  sic     tells,  As      ye  chime,  keep  -  ing    time    To      the    mu  -  sic    of   life's  rhyme. 


i 


— i — i — i — I — i — i — J* 

Eve  -  ning  bells,  eve  -  ning  bells,  What    a     tale  your   mu  -  sic     tells,   As      ye  chime,  keep  -  ing    time    To      the     mn  -  sic    of   life's  rhyme. 


-jt_fc  1  1  1 — 

— i  

 3 — 

m  -a  -r 

 r— l 

-» — ■  =  1- 

-1  -1  1 

r-p  — |  1  1  

— i— <— ^ 

A 

 1  

 1  

±  t.'  i-  I— 

-F  si  1 — 

-i  * — e— 

L_|  1 

— 

-J 

— F  1  F  

H  1  1  9L- 

1— I  1  1—  

1 


Eve  -  ning  bells,  eve  -  ning  bells,  What    a     tale  your   mu  -  sic     tells,  As      ye  chime,  keep  -  ing    time    To      the    mu  -  sic    of   life's  rhyme. 


S3 


-I  1- 


-I — 


A.  S.  KIEFFER. 

Allegretto. 


LIFE'S  CHANGEFUL  DREAM. 


27 


A — A- 


t: 


=fc 


-A— A— -F- 


A -down  thro' the  hap-py  mea-dows     I    wan-dered,  to-day,     And  passed    by    the  tryst-ing  plac 


of    years  fled 


j 


1 — !     il  I^F 

9  w  p-Fg — I 


way; 


2  I    saw      in    the  haz  -  y    dis  -  tance     a  sweet    lit  -  tie   cot.    Whose  walls    held    a      lit  -  tie     dar  -  ling 

3  The  tall,    state-ly    poplars,  toss  their  dark  green  plumes  on  high,  While  white,  gen  -  tie  cloud-lets  wan  -  der 


I  ne'er  have  for  -  got ; 
a  -  cross      the       blue   sky ; 


-h- 


5= 


4  The  years  bring  their  mystic  mu  -  sic    from  out    the    dead  past;  And    some    that  will  mur  -  mur  sweet  -  ly      while  day  -  dreams    shall  last. 

T=^F»         0  T'^=#^F=+= — n — N — n — N-cq  i  i 


 ^  ■   'A'     A  A— AM-^ 


r- 


it 


-Al  Ah 


±1 


1 


A  A- 


T" 


-b* — br~  b- 


I  stood     in   the  leaf-y    sha-dows,   and  gazed  on     the  stream,  And  thought  of    the    ma  -  ny  chaug  -  es         of  Life's 


fit 


ful  dream. 


— i      -N — Pv — N  ~N 

A  L 

— — V 
7  * 

-j  -t-M^-fh  1  * 

 s  * 

=1  T 

7i  W 

 1  1  1  1  -4- 

— ■  ■  ■  ■  ■- 

"1      1  q- 

-*  9~  9 

— I- 


1 


But  oh,  I  shall  nev  -  er  greet  her  by  mea  -  dow  or  stream,  For  fled  is  the  pre-ciousdar  -  ling 
I    stand    in    the  qui  -  et  sha-dows    be -side    the  clear  stream,  And  think      on    the    ma  -  ny  chang  -  es 


of  Life's  ear  -  ly  dream, 
of   Life's      fit    -    ful  dream. 


But  oh, 


I  shall  nev -cr  greet  her  by  mea  -  dow  or  stream,  For  gone  is  the  pre-ciousdar  -  ling 
 = — m-.A  A  A-.  ,  „  _  *-rA  A_ 

II, 


of    Life's  change     ful  dream. 


-9— P- 


Itl 


28  I  WILL  WIN  OR  DIE. 


J.  H.  T. 


-r 


-i — v-v— v- 


1      I     am  on     the  field  of   baUtlc,Pledg'd  to  win     or    die  ;  Fear-less,  earn -est  in    the  fight,  Bcar-ing  sword  and  ar- morbright.Bravely  struggling  for  the 


 31  ALi-^jJ 


,  — i — \- — i— -N  o 
M'-M  1  'Al  * — Al   Al  *  M  *-M  -M  *~AI  *  Al  


rW5hd:  -5  :=|-— Z££=* 


-o- 


2   Firm -ly  stand  with  faith  and  courage.I'lcdg'd  to  win    or  die;  Foes  as  -  sail     us  cv' -  ry-where,  Foes  that  we  must  bravely  dare   Till  the  vie  -  to  -  ry  we 

fcr-    ST'  r-N  ■  vi  4-   i  I   ,       .    .  I   ■      .  -ft        I       N  -frr  a  .     <         v  m  H-hr 


8      I    will  stand  be -side  my  Captain, I'ledg'd  to  win     or    die;  Faithful  -  ly  my  sword  I'll  wicld.Till  the  vanquish 'd  foemen  yield/Till  we  drive  them  from  the 


A  *   A  A  *  A 


- 1 


rk-A-k— k-'-k— 


A 


_u_L_W_^__A.._.i 


1  fr-fr-P 


d  •  a 


CHORUS. 


III!!! 


crcs. 


b  r 


— i — 

right,     I   will  win     or   die !        Yes,  I'll  win  or  die ! 


J_|  


fir 

,eFFZF 


rfel— I— #U  J 


 ■  jjt  aj  -iP-^  .-■  L&  A  *  J  '• 


I    will  win  or  die!     In  thestrug-gle  for  the  vie  -  to-ry     I  will  win —    or  die! 


share,   Till  we  win     or  die! 


Yes,   I'll  win  or  die ! 


zdizrd  — K±h  \p    ml-    v.  l-i  I 


I    will  win  or  die!     In   thestrug-gle  for  the  vie -to-ry     I  will  win- 

> 


or  die! 


field,    Till  wo  win     or  die! 


Ycg,   I'll  win  or  die ! 


I    willwin  or  die!     In  thestrug-gle  for  the  vie  -  to-ry     I  will  win —     or  die! 


 M  / —  / — / — /-1  1  — J-i — ■— 


W.  B.  BLAKE. 

Andante. 


BLOSSOMS. 


29 


 ^. 


m 


1    Blos-soms  peep  -  ing  through  the  fence,  On   the   hot  and    dust  -  y    road,  Cheer  the  trav'-ler's    lag  -  ging   step,    Ease     his    hea  -  vy  load; 


2  Drops  of  dew   at     earl  -  y  morn,  Spar-kle  like 


clear-cut  gem,  Make  each  wood- land    leaf  and  flow'r  Seem 


-0  #- 

di    -  a  -  dem ; 


m 


-N-J-- 

j  A  1 — 


—4—  H  h 

— ■ — d~ 


-P>  h 


3     Lit -tie  words  of     truth  and  love,  Spoke  in  friendship's  ten  -  der  strain,  Oft  -  en  touch  the  wand'-rer's  heart,  Guide  him  home     a  -  gain; 


i  rl  s<— 


-Ik— 


V — b» — t 


?    P  P- 


Then    let  our  lives  be     dew-y,     With  ten-der,ten  -  der  word  and  smile,To  make  the  way  seem  bright  -  er,        If  on 


An 


HP— ft 


Then  may  our  lives  be      ev  -  er       A    hymn  of  truth  and  love, 

A  -  long  life's  wea  -  ry  road, 


i=r= 

To  strengthen  one  an  -  oth  -  er, 


W  m  * — ¥  

And  thus     a     blesa  -  ing  prove. 


9^ 


A" 


—  1- 


30 


Gently. 


"SOFTLY  THE  DAY  DECLINING." 


N  N— I- 

-H — p — L 


i 


d  9  d  d 


-1—tir 


H  1 


±z 


-AAA 


1 — t 


9-* 


31 


3 


3t' 


1    Soft-ly  the  day  de  -  clin-ing,  Far,    far  in  the  beau -ti-ful  west,  See!  brightly  the  night-star  shining,     On     val  -  ley  and  wood-land    at  rest; 


-t-H 


— I— 


A  A 


I  1  Al 


4=C 


4l  «l 


--4\ 


A!  iT 


3 


rl— r— TTH 


-N— N-  f1~K"Ts 


4-4 


— |- 


t- — 1  A~ 


r: 


4*11*  B- 

1 — I— 


"NT 


-lV-L 


2     Na  -  tnre  is  calm  -  ly  sleep-ing,     And  birds  in  their  bowers  are  still,     And  soft-ly  the  moon  is  keep-ing      Her  watch  o'er  the  far  -  dis  -  tant  hill ; 

-I  


R^-4_4-z£=4^:r=fl 


-1  1  1  1  1— 


d  d  d   m)  d 


-A- 


~A — A. — Aj- 


-j  


1 '  r 


1  M— 


d   d  d  d—d-+ 


-9    d  d-d—d-d- 


It 


-t-A  A  A 


±zz£ 


So   calm-ly  onrspir-its  re  -  pos-ing,    In      in  -  nocence,  joy-ful  andpure.  May    love  in  our  hearts  en-clos-ing,  His  prom  -  is-es  faith-ful  and  sure. 


Zct.  L 


9—9 


4^ 


4— I- 


A  T 


-g-  >  ^  N — v 

4V-P — 1 — 1 — 1 — & 


-H-+ 


H  1- 


J — 1 — ^— ^— ^-4N— — — -  — I— 


I    is  N  I 


-P — 1 


^  -  f- 


-hrh 


3^ 


I  1 J 


-ft — ^ 


V — V 


t-^--^g  tot 


-t-4 


d  d  d 


3£ 


J— }— K 


Andthns  do  the  an-gels   a-boveus,    Now  watch  o'er  our  slumbers  so  pure,    And  whisperof  Him  who  loves  us,Whose  promise  is  faithful  and  sure. 


■v- \— t- 

r  1  i 


-d-ld—d-d-d    d  d 


-H — \ 


H — I- 


~d    d  d  d    d  d 


-A— A-A-l- 

-I  1  ' — 

-1   V  V 


-±—£t — A 

-\  1  h 


-A — A  A — h 


-f\ — N 


A.  8.  K. 


DREAM  ON.  Serenade. 


ALDINE  S.  KIEFFER. 


31 


1    Star  light,and  moonlight  are  kiss-ing  the  sea;     Night  winds  are  gath 'ring  Their  cerfume  on  the  lea  ; —     Mountain  and  meadow    smile  with  de  -  light, 


:  2  i  '>  — f 


3=3 


A— A — A  UA  .  ^  Jl^  M 


2  Sweet  sings  the  fountain,As  night-winds  go  by;    Wave-lets  are  lisp-ing  In  murmur  and  in  sigh  ;       Woodlands  are  dreaming    of  morning  light, 


Ha  i ,  fl. '  i  n  i  ji n i  ii.u,. — i— w 


M3i 


4— A-*- 


3    God's  ho -ly  an -gels  will  guard  thee  to-night;     Sweet  be  thy  slumbers,To  end  with  morning  light ;      An  -  gels  will  guard  thee  !  Sleep  on. my  fair, 


s'n  A2-_ 


-A-A-s-A- 


-«  A-# — # 


"jV^A  *?  [  A  *  A   A  » 


-W-W— 0^1- 

-i  i — j.j*  -A-*-A- 


ri — PI — y« 


-*^>-r 


legato. 


Sat 


-A-A-* 


V4- 


-rf-A-i— A— — P—  ^1  ^  , 


A^ 


-r 


— 


ritard 
*1 


While    my  love  slumbers, — Dreaming,  to  -  night. 


Dream  on, dream  on,dream  on, Dream  on,dream  on,While  night  winds  wander,Dream  on, dream  on, dream  on  ! 


■^-AK5-* — "-Ar-i  ^-Aj*  A  . 


-+- 


While  my  love  slumbers, — Dreaming  to  -  night. 


I  ^   -  I- 
— F^8— I- 
It  •  ^ 
Dream  . 

TV 


4- 


» .  i. 


» .  i 


-it* 

.  on  !     While  night  winds  wander,Dream  , 
wi/"  ritard. 


AT  Al 


Slum  -  ber,  my  dar-ling,  safe       from  all  care. 


Dream  on.dream  on,dream  on  !  Dream 


on  !    While  night  winds  wander.Dream  on.dream  on.dream  on. 


IZ2-, 4_._ A— A_A-.>..r 

i—  rTTT" 


>    >  > 


NO  SURRENDER.  Concluded. 

>  >  >  >  > 


33 


>  > 


-V--V- 


o  7  X- 


• — 0- 


I      I  I 


*  0 — #  

H  1  1  »- 


spir-ing  me  and  you  "With    a  mag-ic 


No  sur-ren-der!" 


>     >     >  > 


No,  no,  no,   no,  no  sur-ren-der! 

>     >     >     >  > 


v-  - 


No,  no,  no,  no,   no  sur-ren-der! 

>     >     >  > 


-> — ^ 


A  'A 


-rV-rV 


Ar-A- 


-A — £f- 


6 


i 


pointments  gather  fast,  Beat  them  off  with  "  No  sur  -  ren-der !" 
Ik       >     >     >     >     >  ,  


No,  no,  no,  no,   no  sur-ren-der ! 

>     >     >     >  > 


— 


No,  no,  no,  no,  no  sur-ren-der! 

>     >     >  > 


±1 


4- 


±1 


r: 


0 


way  all  cares  to    kill     Is    to  give  them  "No  sur-ren-der!' 


No,  no,   no,  no,   no  sur-ren-der!       No,  no,  no,  no,  no  sur-ren-der! 

>     ^  >      >     >  S  I 


fa 


^-0 


> 


>  >  > 


t=t: 


-A— A  

 *- 


(9 — (9- 


At  H 


Gcntbi. 


HARK!  THE  PEALING. 


J.  H.  T. 


=F=t=* 


f  - 


■  # 


i 


1  Hark  !  the         peal-ing,    Soft  -  ly 


steal  -  ing,   Eve  -  ning  hell, 


Sweet-ly  ech  -  oed   down  the  dell,  Sweetly  eeh-oed     down  the  dell. 


-'-A 


-a- 


..ill  r«|  ^ffi 


-A-i- 


I 


"Wei  -  come, 
Day  is 


welcome  Is  thy 
sleep-ing.Flow'rs  are 


mu  -  sic,  Silv'  -  ry 
w-eep  -  ing  Tears  of 


hell, 
dew ; 


Sweet-ly  tell  -  ing  day's  farewell,  Sweetly  tell  -  ing  day*s  farewell. 
Stars  are  peep-ing  ev  -  er  true,    Stars  are  peep-ing    ev  -  er  true. 


mountain.  Flood  and 


S    r»  i  4. 


foun  -  tain,  Faint 
i — I 


ly  gleam, 


the  rud-  dy    siin- set  stream. In     the  rud  -  dy     sun  -set  stream. 


♦  -  ♦ 

-i — i  t— 


I 

tn. 

I 


34  A.  S.  K. 

Allegretto. 

3E 


AWAY,  AWAY! 


-r 


♦  ♦ 


A  ▲ — A~   A     il  il 


-N-4V 


-* — •- 


 *— h- 


1  1 


-AH 


-+ 


-N — N- 


-♦ — ♦ — i  P 

i  I 


1 


1      A-  way,  a-  way,  to  the  woods  a  -way,  Where  fountains  are  flowing  clear ;  A-way,  a  -way    to  the  woods  we'll    go,    And  share    in  the  fes  -  tal  cheer. 


g—l — 1-4—1  E  f 


-4 


~  1  II 

H  d — d- 


:-l  1  F 


-h— N- 


HI 


■V  Vil"  ^    ^  ♦ 

2  There,there  beneath  spreadipg  oak  and  vine,WeH  sing  merry  songs  of  glee ;    While  soft  winds  play  thro'  the  giant    pine.Their  met  -  o  -  dies  light  and  free. 


?  i 


-A — Ah 


A 


A  (- 


— i — i — ▲ —  ^-i 


— # 


-A — A— 


■J    <  I 

A  d  _ 


-PS — !V— !  l-F- 

— 


-A — A- 


3   With  lau"h  and  shout  and  a  iner-ry  rout/Well  spend  all  the  happy  day,   And  then  when  bright  .happy  stars  come  out,  We'll  hie      to  our  homes  a-way. 


A— A— A— A-*-Ft==U=t 


H  i  *  4— U-U-U 


-I  i  k— i/- 


H  Ft 

-v—v- 


-h 


1 


■  — s — — 


hur  -  rah ! 


# — #-r-6>-s- 

-l  1  


4V-N-1- 


A  -  way  to  the  woods.a  -  way !  Hur  -  rah ! 


hur  -  rah  ! 


A  -  way  to  the  woods,a  -  way. 


±:j-jlj^_4 

A-     — * — * — A1 — A 


hur -rah!  A  -  way  to  tlicwoods,a  -  way  ! 


Hur  -  rah ! 


4  *ld*~- 

hur  -  rah  !  A  -  way  to  the  woods,a  -  way. 


-I  1- 


✓  v  i 


-A — A! — ^- 


•)■ 


Hur  -  rah !  hur  -  rah  !  A  -  way  to  the  woods.a  -  way !  Hur  -  rah  !  hur  -  rah  !  A  -  way  to  the  woods,a  -  way 

Hur  -  rah !  hur  -  rah !  Hur  -  rah !  hur  -  rah ! 

♦  j-»     ♦  A  ,■_     _    _    ji     A  ,  1  I  i  ^    s-»-r(*  f-r-l  N—N 


'■w — m—w—^^- 

-i — i — i — i — 

-I — — - 


o  • 


i  «sr 


H  h 


#— #- 


I 


3—- 


Allegretto. 


THE  MERRY  BUGLE  CALLS. 


J.  H.  TEivNEY. 


35 


IN  N  N 


*  A  A  A 


V—S-^- 


_ — 


-2- 


£2? .J 


-A-A-A- 


-0—0—0 


1  Morning's  ruddy  beams  Tints  the  eastern  sky,  Up,coinrades,climb  the  mountain  high!  Tra,la,  la,  la,  la,  la,    la,  la,  la,  Tra,  la,  la,  Tra,  la,  la,  Tra,  la,  la,  la,  la,  la, 


EE 


■j   Is  h- 


-(9— — i — 0- 



-fV-N-N- 


N  S  -A 


- -V  V 


N  \  N  \ 


♦  ♦  ♦  ♦  ♦  ♦ 


2     Let  the  sluggard  sleep, We  must  slumber  shun  ;  Ere  nightfall  honor  must  be  won 
h,    hp  '  ■     *  *  »■-     ■  k-Vr- 


-p— I — N-N-  N-  N*h — i — d— d — d-H?- 
-j — \-0-0-0  «  B  -fj~ 


3    Evening"s  gentle  ray  Gilds  theglowing  west,  Each  hunter  sighs  lor  home  and  rest.  Tra,la,  la,  la,  la,  la,    la,  la,  la,  Tra,  la,  la,  Tra,  la,  la,  Tra,  la,  la,  la,  la,  la, 


_A_A 


<— A<  a)  I 


la,  la,   la,  Tra,  la,  la,  la,  la.     Haste, haste,haste!  The  merry ,merry  bugle  calls,The  merry ,merry  bugle  calls,  Haste,haste,haste  !  The  merry ,meny  bugle  calls. 


la,  la,  la,  Tra,  la,  la,  la,   la.    Hastc,haste,haste !  The  merry  ,merry  bagle  calls,  The  merry ,merry  bugle  calls,  Haste,haste,haste  !  The  merry  .merry  bugle  calls. 
^    bJ-P    P  ft '.ft 


SONGS  IN  THE  NIGHT, 


1  There  arc  ruo  -merits  when  inu-sie's  soft  num-bers  en-chant  me,  And  thrill  thro'  my  soul  with   a  chas-ten'd  delight ;  Nor  a  high-er    e  -  lys- ian  can 


A=5 


A— N=T 


+ 


A — S 


-\— fr 


A~A 


+ 


A~* 


H  1- 


1 


2     On    a  bright  summernight.when  the  stars  -were  re  -  veal  -  ing  Their  myr-iads  of  eyes     in    the  clear  a-zuredome,Cameacho-rus  of  maidens  with 
P  *\ 


A— N- 


-0—0- 


A — N: 


A — \ 


-h   a   ■ — # 


A=fv 


A^S 


A-K=H+r*=r* 


H  * 


J-V-^- 


t->- 


W-V-f  V-V- 


3      It    is  said  that  the  good,  when  they  cease  from  their  la  -  bors,And  lay  themselves  down  to    re  -  lin-qnish  their  breath,Often  hear  the  soft  notes  of  ce  - 


tt 


A — N — i- 


A — \ 


-A     A  A_ 


TTf-t 


-N — N 


r  *i 


cres. 
N-Ar- 


-h 


-IP— jp- 


-b» — b» — I  b>— 


friendship's  voice  grant  me,Thau  war-bling  her  songs    in   the  calm 


A  N 


A — N 


of  the  night ;  Half  a  -  wak'd  by  the  mel  -  o  -  dy's    ris  -  ing  and  swell- ing,  I 


A-A 


d   d   m  d— d- 


A=]v 


A-A 


i>    N    i  I"  N  IS 


-•tr-l- 


A  ir 


har  -  mo  -  ny  greet  -  ing,  And  sang  near  my  cot  -  tage    a  song 


of  sweet  home:  How  the  mel  -  o  -  dy  wav  -  ing,  and    ris  -  ing,  and  swell  -  i 


I 


A — N 


m 


k — 

-i— — h 


¥—¥- 


A — N- 


les  -  ti  -  al  neigh-bors,  In  -  vit  -  ing  them  o  -  ver  the  val 

—I  N — N — I  N — Py 

— i  1 — i- 


ley  of  death  :  Wbile  the  sighings  of  sor  -  row  are    heard    in  their  dwell-ing,The 


•  * 

-H  h  f— 

V  *  1— 


■+3  \T 


■y—v- 


A— fV 


+j — b~r 


5 


A— fv 


^  1- 


H  h—  -4  1  I  ( — f-rt 


SONGS  IN  THE  NIGHT.  Concluded. 


+-v — L 


drink    in   the  sounds  as  they     float  on  the  air ;  And  ini  -  ag  -  ine  that  an  -  gels  en  -  cir-cling  iny  dwelling^  re  singing  a  heav  -en  -  ly    lul  -  la  -  by  there. 


i  J  J 


A — N 


sieal-ing   a  -  long  through  the    calm  summer  air ;  And  I  thought  the  bright  angels  encircling  my  dwelling,  Were  singing  a  heav  -en  -  ly    lul  -  la  -  by  there. 


-m — m- 


H  1  1  1  I- 


A--A 


A-A 


-# — a— 0—0 — & 


f; — v 


A-A 


-# — a— 0—0 — e—0 


dy  -  ing  hear  mu  -  sic     a  -  loft      in  the  air;  For  the  voic  -  es  of  an -gels  in    har  -  mo -ny  swelling,  Are  sing-ing  a  heav -en -ly    lul  -  la  -  by  there. 


=t — !^-f>-l=Ms 

— ^  ■■^  ^ 

— ^— ^ 

i*  m  p  p  •  • 



4-V  / 

CLOSING  HOUR.  S.  M. 


E.  ROBERTS. 


-A— A— p- 


H — I- 


1 


-6>— 


-A — Q- 


■  A  Aft 


h  1- 


— <s>- 


53 


1    Lord,    at  this  clos  -  ing  hour, 


—mi — — *i 


♦ — 


f 


— I- 


I: 


v  V    ■   w     w  — w — ^- 

love ;      In    faith  and  pa  -  tience  may  we  live,  And 


H  \—G- 

♦  


— I- 


2   Peace    to  our  breth  -  ren   give ;     Fill     all  our  hearts  with 


=- 


3=3 


H  1- 


seek 


our  rest  a 


-A — fv — ft- 


4= 


+ 


-<9- 


3  Through  changes  bright  or  drear,      We  would  thy  will     pur   -    sue,    And    toil   to  spread  thy  king-doru  here     Till  we 


its  glo  -  ry 


93 


-i—, — i- 


I: 


H  1- 

_i_ — 

d  J- 


-i  1 — 

1 — E 


-fi  r 


Es  -  tab-lish  ev'  -  ry       heart      Up  -  on    thy  word    of   truth  and  power,  To    keep  us  when     we  part. 


i 


bove. 


-£s- 
view. 


Mrs.  E.  C.  ELLSWORTH. 


THE  FRIENDS  OF  MY  CHILDHOOD. 


J.  H.  TENNEY,  by  per. 


XL1 


1  Oh  the  pic-tnres  I  drew  up  -  on  mem  -o  -  ry's  page.They  were  bright  with  the  hopes  that  have  faded  with  age  ;  But    the  fac  -  es      of  friends  are  as 


5 — S— f 


M  M- 


-N  


s  - 


2  Oh,  the  songs  I  have  heard  when  with  step  light  and  free.1  have  wandered  at  will  with  the  bird    and    the  bee,  When   my  feet    beat    the  time    to  the 


-nr  m  M  .\  m 

$1 


Ft 


3  Yes    a  warmros  -  y  flush  thro'  the  val-leysshallrun,When  the  hill-tops  are  kissed  by  the  bright  morn-ing  sun,  And    the  light    of     the  dawn  shall  re- 


tz 


1 


 N- 


t: 


EE 


fair  there     to-day,  As      the  smiles  which  they  gave  me  while   watching  my  play  ;      I  ne'er  shall    for -get  them,  they  smile  on     me  now,  The 


-H-.  K 

M'  M 


4V— * 


3Zi 


-A. — M- 


-P-m   -4--t  k  &  1  

—I — i — K- — s — ;  N  ~d — &r+-i  N  N  — l  *  N — 1  

J — I — P — fV— 4  ■ — P     — sM-— — A — m  1  K  — I  1-  V — I  

T  ■  d  fej.  — ^  *^  *-'-*~L* — d'  S  *  » 


IP 

voice    of     the  rill,  When    it  sang     in      its  joy  down  the   sides  of    the  hill;      I  ne'er  shall  for -get   them  they  still    lin  -  ger  near,  The 


-P  N  


-R-*r 


main    in     the  sky,  Tho'    the  day     be     o'er  -  cast,  and  its    sun-shine  should  die ;  The  brightness     of  child -hood     I  ne'er  can     for -get,  Its 


i 


v-- 


F 


-s 


A — \- 


v- 


THE  FRIENDS  OF  MY  CHILDHOOD.  Concluded. 


friends  of  my  childhood  my  life  shall  en-dow,  They  smile  on  me  now !  they  smile  on  me  now  !  The  friends  of  my  childhood,  oh,  they  smile  on      me  now. 


*3< 


-A  Ar'-A!— A1- 5  ; A  * 


Al   A  - 


Js — fs  fs  ?v 


N  h 


K- 


i 


»     r  •  —* — w~> 

songs  of  my  childhood  so  sweet  to  my  ear,  So  sweet  to  my  ear!  so  sweet  to  my  ear!  The  songs  of  my  childhood,  oh,  how  sweet  to  my  ear. 
Ik  JS—  V— V,  n  :  ,  :  r-=  .  :  ,  " 


I 


-A— 


 P- 


0*- 


-19-*— — r—  1— 


-0-^—0- 


— 5" 


♦  1— f 


v  v  v 


3=^ 


soft,  rud-  dy  glow,  it     a  -  bides  with  me  yet,     I  ne'er  can  for-get !     I  ne'er  can  for-get!   The  bright-ness  of  childhood,  it     a -bides  with   me  yet. 


-0 — 0-'  -0—0 — 0  '  9 


-P-+-X-0- 


-A — A- 


-N — \ 


-i* — A- 


A — N — \— \ 


if:: 


ERVLING.  CM. 

=t=l=t=] 


4= 


-4i- 


P§yn 


J  L 


£s  £r- 


TV 

m 


1  Long  as      I  live.  I'll  bless    thy     name,  My  King,my  God  of  love;  My  work  and  joy  shall       be     the  same      In    the  bright  world  a  -  bove. 


3    Thy  grace  shall  dwell  np-on     my    tongue  ;  And  while  my  lips  re- joice,  The  men  who  hear     my       sa  -  cred  song,  Shall  join    their  cheer- fnl  voice. 
A  — ,  l—.P  -ft  .T   ■  _   ,  rH  =  .  ,ft  , 


■<9— P-4 


si 


I  r— 1 — 


Trir  Jrr 


40  Mrs.  E.  C.  ELI^WORTH. 

™  4Jfettuoso. 

M%fi  J  J  J -Tuft  fr-l*  J 


LOVED  ONE,  WE  LAY  THEE  TO  REST. 


J.  H.  TENSTEY  by  per. 


F1? — fc-NH^rlv 


=t== 


PRE 


1    Loved  one !  we  lay    theo  to  rest, 


Qui  -  et  -  ly  now  thou  art  sleep-ing, 


Eyes   nev  -  er    more    shall  be  weep  -  ing, 


4^- 


ft" 


-f- 


to 


2    Loved  one 1  we    lay    thee  to  rest, 
N    N  N    X  \-  \ 


±8l 


Tears  are  our  pathway    be  -  dew  -  ing, 

■  N  1 


H — ? — 


Grief     is     our    foot  -  steps  pur  -  su  -  ing, 


N: — N — N 


H  h 


d-   dm    d    d  d 


-a — ? — 


V     v  • 

-» — » — ■ — *  * — w 

■  p  •  n  r 

i*  #  r  r  r  i» 

A~T^J  W- 

-4*  11  h  h  h  f- 

*-  ft    *  F  *-^J »  *  Fr 

i  *  L 

d  1_ 

-r  t— — - 

b  b — *     *  *  tr 

r-                       ■  «                      |-     -    i     ■               v          r                                            r                                               rr  r- 

Hearts  nev  •  er  more    be   op  -  pressed,         Peace  hath  thy  spir  -  it  .  pos  -  sessed ;             Fair   was    thy    life     in      its  beau  -  ty, 

„  11 

_p> — ?v  _»s — ps — N — N 

—  ?s  P>  Ps  K 

m 

=1      -4— - 

 1  1  1  1  — 1  

^  _|  4—7— 

,  s— N— N— fs  & — p 

— 1  i  1  -i  1  (- 

— ^ — ^ — ^ — ^ — 

^  ^  ^  ^  ^  1- 

V  \)                '  -     _     _  .     _  _ 

^  *  — 

 ^  v      «  w  w  

i  i 

p  »  *  

-P—  B  m  *  

^ft  hiFL    P-  ■ 

. — l — r  ■  ■    I*  »- 

.   #  7- 

*    *  b — j  b — F- 

-d  b — Is — ■ — F  ■ 

V  V           —          !v    '       V    :  , 

*     ,j    ,  ,  ;> 

Joy   is    no  long  -  er  our    guest,              Sor  -  row  hath  made  her    be  -  quest ;              Faith  through  the  shades  would   be  gaz  -  ing, 

il                                                                XI  1 

-     t       d  s— 

Q«  <*>     P    P    y    p  -  P  f 

-I — 1— - 

— * — |\ — \s — ft — K — *i 

 A-  M  t — 

- 

— B   U-JLE-P    B  /- 

-m^-m  

~d    d    d    d    d  d 

«    »    #    #    «  # 

xiOVED  ONE,  WE  LAY  THEE  TO  REST.  Concluded. 


Nev  -  er  once  shrinking  from  du  -  ty, 


Dear  -  est !     go  now    to      thy  rest, 


-N- — N— P  £ 

H  1  jj—  

p — r — *  w- 


41 

r 


Wake    in     the    land      of  the    blest ; 


-7  ft  \  * — 

—  t  J  J — r— 


xzzjt.A_|i_^_*3zqii 


—  h  h  h  ^  ^-h 


:F=F 


A  V 


Dp    ward  our  eyes  we  are  rais  •  ing. 


Dear  -  est !     we    see  thee      at  rest, 


— tz~ 


-V  ^ 


tf 

Safe     in     the    arms     of   the  Blest; 


■f-H 


*   N     N    S  v 


♦    ^  » 


a: 


S7\ 


-V — I  h-^-A  —  A- 

*-  *— ^- 


:E=e; 


-A  1- 

y — 
v  


iz===ir[|: 


Bright  -  est  of  hopes  have  de-part  -  ed, 


Wea  -  ry  are  we  and  sick-heart  -  ed, 


Dear-est !      we     lav    thee     to  rest. 


Naught  but  the  cask  -  et  we're  leav  -  ing, 


Long  -  er  we  would  not  be  griev  -  ing, 

Ni  N  N — N — N 


Dearest ! 


we     lay  thee     to  rest. 
/TV 


H 


— A — Ar 


r  \- 


A  '—A- 


42 


Words  by  H.  H.  HAYDEN. 


ON  THE  LAKE.  (Glee.) 


±±± 


t=t=b=(=t: 


~1 — "^"Fsr 


4 


±=t: 


-A — A 


E.  P.  ANDREWS,  by  per. 

1=q 


t=tz±zt£=t 


A— A — A- 
H — fTJL 


■Jt. 


1    Nowbrightly   on  the  yielding  wave,The  moon's  soft  rays  are  glane-ing  ;  The  sparkling  wa-ter     seems  to    move,As    if  with  joy 'twere  danc  -  ing. 


— i 


-A 


2     The  eve  -  ning  breezes  gen  -  tly  blow,  A  sweet  re-fresh  -  mentbring-ing,  As    on  -  ward  blithesome  -  ly    we     go,  Onrmer-ry  cho  -  rus      sing  -  ing. 


-A-^E-FF 

-i — F-t 


:t 


3     We  gai  -  ly  dip   the  gleam-ing  oar.  And  on  -  ward  now  are  dash  -  ing, While  faint  and  faint-er     grows  the  shore  On  which  the  waves  are    plash  -  ing. 


is 


n  n- 


i — i— u 


A  * 


tt 


■+■ — i- 


it 


H  1 — A— A- 

F— t- 


And  we    are    full    of  answering  glee,  With  hap-py  hearts  we       sing,      And  far    a -cross  the     wa-ters  free,  Our  mer  -  ry       notes  shall  ring. 


A  V_A  A 

Our  wa'-try    pathway  gleams  with  light.The  hour  is  lull  ol 

 —  -A  r-  4 


joy 


A      2!    w    ^  A 

All  na  -  ture  smiles  on  us   to  -  night,  No  trou  -  ble  shall  an 


noy. 


, — h 


ISC 


at* 


-r 


+-- 


—a- 


t 


U  L± 


— j 

3= 


H  1- 


■4  L 


-A-Tp-F-fP— 1 

-i — F-f  1  1 


We  bid    each  tho't  of  sor  -  row  flee,Care  to    the  winds  we 
0 — 0—0— 


fling,      And  far    a- cross  the    wa  -  ters  free,  Our  mer  -  ry      notes  shall  ring. 


1 


A-  -W — F  E — ^-pj— 

L.,  .  1  1 — I  


i — f- 


+ 


-t- 


:zp: 


h — * 


Mrs.  E.  W,  CHAPMAN. 

Allegro. 

3 


MORNING  IS  GILDING, 


J.  H.  T. 


43 


1    Mom-ing  is  gild-ing  mountain  and  tree,  Sunbeams  are  lin-ing  gold  on  the  sea  ;  Soft  is    thezephyr"s    whis  -  per  of  love,  Borne  from  the  home  a  -  bove. 


2     Mn-sic    oflovedones.songsev-erdear,  Joy- ful  -  ly  float-in  g,  fall  on  my  ear ;  Sweet-ly    I  jour-ney  'cir  -  cled  by  love,    Viewing  my  home  a  -  bove. 


e-h4--i-.-^—\— 


-v-T 


I 


3    Gath-er      around  me,  ab- sent  and  dear,  And  in    the  stillness  draw  ver  -  y  near;  An -gels  of  mer-cy    freight-ed  with  love,  Come  from  the  home  a  -  bove. 


1  9>— 


4— t- 


SB 


CHORUS. 


i 


f 


Far,  far    a  -  way  in    the  fields  of     light,Gleameth  a  cit  -  y  fair  and  bright ;  Beauti  -  ful  cit  -  y  teem-ing  with  love,There  is  my  home  a  -  bove. 


WA-  ^  1  1  $ 


±-f=t 


— \- 


^>  •  


-4- 


-«  &rW 


Far,  far    a  -  way  in    the  fields  of     light,Gleameth  a  cit  -  y  fair  and  bright ;  Beauti  -  ful  cit  -  y  teem-ing  with  love,There  is  my  home  a  -  bove. 


¥h  w-*,- 


-0- 


t-— if— 


33E 


44 


GOOD  NIGHT. 


J.  H.  T.,  by  per. 


Dolce,  mp 


— h 


r  ■  ,  « 


d — * 


1  Good  night  .good  night!  the  world  is  still,  The    stars  their  watch  are  keeping,  The  hum  of   day  has   died    a  -  way,And  all  the  flow'rs  are  sleep  -  ing. 


2  Good  uight.good  night !  sweet  dreams  be  thine,  And  may  the  an  -  gels,  bend-ing  From  heaven  above,  be -hold  in  love,  Thy  sleep  pro  -  tec-tion    lend  -  ing 


W — k- 


> — * — * — * 

ill    1/  1  £ 


-j — i — ^ 


— N — !  N 


.2  2~  2  21 


H  1- 


J1  


H  f 


Good  night,goodnight,thc  mountain  stream  Is     sing- ing 'midst  the    clo-ver,The    fair -iesquaft* from  lil  -  y  Oups.With  nec-tar  running  o 


ver. 


q — R—P 


-i — i- 


~fv 


0—0—0- 


-1 — — R 


— i — i- 
0- 


w  hi  r  m  h 

— ^  1  1  1  1  h- 


-F — I  1  F- 

-1  y— I  hr 


1 — \- 


Good  night, good  night, when  thou  shall  sleep  That  sleep  that  knows  no    wak  -  ing,  May  6er  -  aph  care  con-duct  thee  where  Th'  eternal  morn  is     break  -  ing. 


 1- 


H — i  r 


I    i>  I — v- 


H  £ 


.0—0- 

i  *C 


GOOD  NIGHT.  Concluded. 


45 


H  H 


3  A 


H  1- 


aica   a   a1  ~a+ 


d — =h 


r — hs- 


^  1 


jZil  -arr  a1   a'  7  a  :x 


pp  n7. 


Good  night,good  night,the  world  is  still,And  all  the  flow'rs  are  sleeping.Good  uight,good  niglit,good  night,good  night.good  night.good  night,     good  night. 

/7"\ 


Good  night,good  night,  the  world  is  still,  And  all  the  flow'rs  are  sleeping.Good  night  .good  night.good  night,good  Dight  .good  uight,good  night,     good  night. 


— h 


(■— ^ 


-I  


-h — H 


IDRIA.  CM. 


J.  H  TEXXEY. 


"toe 


H  h 


M — 
 ^ 


 1~ 

-A  Mil 


H  h 


—  ft^ 


I 


-i — i- 


H  r- 


1    There     is     a    land  of        pure  de-light,Where  saints  imnior  -  tal  reign  ;  In 


fi-niteday   ex- eludes  the  night,  And  pleas- nresban-ish  pain. 


1 


X7  ^AA A  ATVS:*      J.  A     eS  •       A  * 


-(— I- 


A  A  A 


si 


A%A 


-I — r— 


A     A -A  ^ 


2       There  ev  -  er  -  last  -  ing  spring  a  -  bides,  And     nev-er  with'ring  flow'rs ;   Death,  like    a    nar  -  row     sea,  di-vides  This  heav'n-ly  land  from  ours. 


JJR: 


^  ^ — p —      -  * — w-^-  '-  v  — ; — L —  — W-1 —  L-  •»  -  L  _— 1 


3      Sweet  fields  be-yond  the   swell-ing  flood,Stand  dress'd  in  liv  -  ing  green  ;    So        to     the  Jews  old     Ca-naan  stood. While  Jor  -  dan  roll'd  be  -  twecn. 


mm 


t 


L 


ip: 


3 


I 


46  Mrs.  E.  C.  ELLSWORTH. 

Ik 


NO  PLACE  LIKE  HOME. 


J.  H.  TENNEY,  by  per 


r— 


♦  -f 

 1  ~  * 


i 


I've  heard      that    won  -  drous  beau    -  ty  dwells       In     lands        fur,  1'ur 


way, 


But  fair 


er      to     my    eyes  the 


4  a 


q  N  fV 


■&  Al  Al  AH        ^  -|S- 


2     I've   passed       the    state  -  ly    halls      of  -rule,       I've  marked     their    loll    -  y        dome,  Yet 


dear    -    er      to     niv  heart      to  ■ 


R 


3      Not  where       the  world  has  spread    her  feast       I'll      Bat         my      dai   -  ly       bread,       My      soul      would  quick  -ly       sa    -    ti  - 

I       ,N    I     J  : 


-A  Z  A  A_ 


SEE 


hills       Where  lirst       I     saw  the      day ;     New  beau   -   ty    dai  -  ly     I  dis-cera 


1 


ate 


Dp  -  on         their  rug  -  ged 


face, 


Each 


N  v  s  \'  J- 
i  P — PS  ^ — M-£y- 


~l- 


day,        My     own     more  hum  -  ble    home  ;  Sweet  friend  -  ship  reared  its  sheltering  walls,     And    love        has  thatched  them  o'er, 


Con  - 


1 — 
H~ 


A-y- 


-F-i  1 — F 


Up  -  on       her    dain-ties     fed;      But  sweet  -  cr     to  my  taste  the   joys         My    hum    -    ble       board    sup    -  plies, 


Where 


NO  PLACE  LIKE  HOME.  Concluded. 


47 


->w — 0- 


i* — *— 


 h- 


±=r=r-*- 


-i — p-^— 


4-- 


i4- 


-A-4-- 


hard 


y    fea-ture  chang  -  ing  oft,       Eeveals     some  hid  -  den     grace;   Each  hard  -y    fea  -  ture  changing  oft, 


-a- 


at 


H  h 


1^ 


-A 


:rizz 


-ft— ft-  IN  fs-Hs 


-Ah-— A  A  A 


Ee  -  veals  sonic  hid  -  den  grace 

r 


-A— 


i 


tent  -  mentsits  an  hon  -  ored  guest,  And  truth    shall  guard  the    door;     Con-tent  -  ment  sits  an  hon-ored  guest, 

St  1  » — N  c  ,  --|-pj  s_^,  .  ,^_|  pv-_ N__  


— A-t- 


at 


p — i- 


4 


And  truth  shall  guard  the  door 

 sd  N 


peace    with  gen-tle  hand  pre-sides,    And  qui    -    et    sat  -  is    -    fies;  "Where  peace  with  gen-tle  hand  pre  -  sides, 


And  qui  -  et  sat  -  is  -  fies. 


Tit 


A- 


A..     A  A 

^  \— -fN 

_J  

 h  h  

 </  1 

S, — |J  1- 

— » — 

 ^ 

- 

0- — 0—0-^—0-, 

f— H 

i  1 

 W  jrJ 

• 

Modcrato. 


=2: 


HI 


BERGEN.  LM. 


Dr.  M.  J.  WJXSEEL 


32=g 


I 


1  Great  Shepherd  of  thine  Is  -   ra  -  el!   "Who  didst  between  the  clier  -  ubs  dwell,  And  lead  the  tribes,thy  cho  -  sen  sheep,  Safe  thro' the  desert  and  the  deep 


2= 


B 


1=4" 


-G- 


d  A+- 


R1 


•ri— * 


4- 


:q=4 


▼ — 


—i— 





H 


9-   9  O- 


-e-  -o- 

3    Thychurchis  in    the  des  -  ert  now  ;  Shine  from  on  high  and  guide  us  thro' ;  Turn  us    to   thee, thy  love     re-store;  We  shall  he  saved,and  sigh  no  more. 


■4- 


3t 


rf- 


:^  z^ztzizt"-. 


3     Hast  thou  not  planted,  with    thy  hand,    A  love -ly  vine  in    this    our  land  ?  Did  not  thy  power  de-fend     it  round.  And  heav'nlv  dews  enrich  the  ground? 

.   /9N  ....  I 


^-?-~g-h- 


n — rr 


III 


48 


A  HAPPY  GOOD  NIGHT. 


CHAS.  H.  CARROLL. 


ftgfct 


-o — 0- 


3=1 


t 


0—0—0—0 — 0 


St 


V  v  i — 


(9 — #- 


1- 


1    How    calrn-ly  the  stars  a  -  bo  ve  us,  Look  down  from  the  blue  eth-er  sky;  How    gent  -  ly  the  hours  are  glid-ing,  The  time  for  our  part-ing  is  nigh; 


-H — I  1 

-r-He1 — ♦ 


=f=£ 


"1     N  N-=F 


-£sr 


~T~  s  k  - 


A-#— P- 


— i — \— 


Oh, 


lin-ger    a     mo-ment  long-er,    We'll  sing  with  a  mer  -  ry  good  will,  A       cho-rus  to  crown  our  parting,  Our  spir-its  with  pleasure  to  fill; 


 <r- 

— (- 


A— A 


-A--A 


A-Af 


-0—0—0—0—0- 


>  A  A  --- 


A— N  1  ,>-AE 


d  H 


A-A-A-A-A-A 

-I — U— U — tz=Jz= 


000 


ft 


3 


AAAA 


A-H 


Yet  now  let  us  linger  a    moment,  When  all  is  so  cheerful  and  bright;  Again  let  our  voices  mingle,  And  thenfor  a  happy  good  night,  good  night,good  night. 

goodnight, 


Oh,  long  be  our  friendship  remeu)ber'd,And  treasured  with  purest  delight ;  Once  more  let  our  voices  mingle,  And  then  for  a  happy  good  night,  good  night.good  night. 

good  night, 


-u— i 


MY  SONG. 


Dr.  G.  F.  ROOT. 


49 


9—9—0 


-■—+-- 


/  y  1 1 


 ^ 

1  At   my  work  I'm  al- ways  sing-ing,    Tho' the  days  be  cold    and  long,    For  my  heart's  so  full  of  mu 


sic  That  I    can  -  not 


stop     the  song. 


t 


«  k: — I  1  1- — * 

4-   \  ■  y  1  ! — t 

*-J£J*J  •>  *>  *i- 


M — h 


2     I    am  sing-ing  in  the  sun-shine,Tho'  the  sky  is    dull    and  gray;     I    am  sing-ing    of  the 

H  


flow  -  ers   All  the  chill  -  y 


o 

win  -  ter  day. 
— -i  - 


I 


— 


— H — N-^- 


— I- 
-Ah 


— I- 


H — h 


4  P  rs-# 


Eg 


3^1    am  sing-ing    of  the  gar  -  den, —  Of  the  ros  -  es  there    in  bloom, —  Of    a   thousand  things  in 


na    -    tare,  'Mid  the  win  -  ter's 


sal  -  len  gloom. 


§3 


—I — I — I- 


 A  *  A1 


-A — A- 


>■— * — J  

■I  1  ■  £■  'Jr 


•I  H 


UP 


^9 


CHORUS. 

-N  Nr~ 


A^A 


P--P- 


-A — A- 


A  *  A" 


1- 


t~1 — r- 


-»-■— » 


I    am  sing-ing,  yes,  I'm  sing-ing, Tho' the      days  be  cold,  be  cold  andlong,For  my  heart's  so  full  of  mu-sic     That  I    can -not  stop  my  song. 


I     1  I— ? 


— i — i — i — i- 


I'm  sing-ing,Tho'  the      days  be  cold  and  long, 


j— +— j— rv-*r» 


H  h 


-5=5 


±*± 


i 


am  sing-ing, 


For  my  heart's  so  full  of   mu-sic     That  I   can -not  stop  my  song. 


-4— 1-4- 


H  h 


I    am  sing-ing,  yes,  I'm  sing-ing,      Tho' the  days  be  cold,  be  cold  andlong,For  my  heart'sso  full   of  mu-sic     That  I    can -not  stop  my  song. 


1 


3v=5 


-A— *-A- 


~] — I — 


-A- 


3=5 


-A — A- — A^-A- 


3= 


-> — V- 


0 — 0—0- 


By  permission  of  JOHN  CHURCH  &  CO. 


50 


Words  by  JOSEPHINE  POLLARD. 


A  HOME  WITH  THEE. 


E.  ROBERTS. 


*  _1 

~V — y-n 

1    Where  the  bright  flowers  are  bloom  -  ing, 


Down  by     a  cot    in    the  vale,         Ev'  -  ry  faint  zephyr  per-fum  -  ing,With  the  sweet  breath  they  exhale ; 


i  X 


^ — N— -v 


-»  N — • — d — N  ~ii  *  atz^r*- tzzN"-^       —  —\ — N — g~!   J  f 


Birds  the  dark  for  -  est  for-sak  -  ing, 


Down  to  onr  bright  haunt  will  stray,  Ech-oes  with  mu-  sic  a-wak-ing, 

ft" 


Tell-ing  of  hopes  in  each  lay ; 


3     Bright-ly  theval-ley   is  smil  -  ing, 


rV-4- 


Eos  -  es  her  bean-ty    a  -  dorn, 


— M^S 


Mel  -  o  -  dyeoft-ly    be-guil  -  ing,     Floats  on  the  breath  of  the  morn; 


-1 — 


 1  1  >^ 


mJtZMSJt 


At  Al 


-Ah 


*  T-?— ?-H — F — Rr-tpHh  ^-4=  c 


-F*F  F  pa 


P — F-s- 


There  we  will  rest  on  our  jour -ney,     There  onr  sweet  ref-nge  will  be;       Beau-ty  and  fragrance  will  charm  us,     There  is  the  dwelling  for  me ! 


-*-ft 


v 


m 


— h 


Na-ture  will  fur-nish  her  treas-nres,     Queen  of  the  realm  thou  shalt  be ;       List  to   the  voic-es  that  call  thee,  Home, — 'twill  be  home,love,with  thee  ! 


A)    F  P^ff 


4^ 


-Ar 


3*3 


A- 


to; 


4 


Vain-ly,  in-deed,may  she  woo  me, 


If  thou  re  -  lent-less  wilt  be, 

ft— ft-j — \— fr 


1 — 

Dear  as  these  scenes  are  un  -  to     me,    Twill  not  be  home  without  thee  ! 


t=tz 


PS 


(9-t- 


n: 


N-4 

A  '  A  A- 


-!-Ar 


±=5: 


-£h 


A.  8.  K. 

Lively. 


AN  AUTUMN  SONG. 


51 


-N— k-N— M 


— •  h  — b/- — 


VP 


I  1    Now  that  autumn  days  are  here,Crowned  with  wealth  of  goodly  cheer,To  feast  us  in  the  dreary  days  When  frosts  and  snows  appear ;  So  we"ll  raise  a  song  of  praise  For  the 

-fc — & 


s 


i 


It 


-4-.  -4-4-, -4-4- 


N— »-N— m-HV-N-^-^l  ^  1  

N — N  S    Si  . — ft  '  .  d-r*1-*-*1 — 1  .   N  1  S  — N    N   N— VH 

i-5 — £h- — <sa—  *-*r-w  \-  A^-A-4 — a- s- HS  — H — v  — y — 
)--»-4~w"^r  m   m  ''m~m  • 


2  In  the  orchards  ap-ples  shine. Painted  red  by  hands  divine ;  And  clusters  of  the  luscious  grape  Are  purpling  every  vine  :  So  we'll  raise  a  song  of  praise  For  the 

3  From  the  forest's  royal  crown,Nuts4n  showers,are  dropping  down  To  add  their  cheer  to  bless  our  feasts  When  earth  is  bare  and  brown;  So  we'll  raise  a  song  of  praise  For  the 


-mr^m  *  +» 


■0-^0— i — 


A  *  -A — A  —  -A — i 


In  the  garner  sleeps  the  grain ;  Idly  stands  the  harvest  wain  ;  And  safely  stored  is  all  the  wealth  Of  summer's  joyous  reign  ;  So  we'll  raise  a  song  of  praise  For  the 


.A  A_ 


^PA_^A^A_A 


A  A_  .  A 


•H  !<-#— h  ^ 


A^A^ 


V_J  


— i  » 


+- — N- 


-At-*  A  A  *  A  A 


*  a  m 


t-t=t 


H  h 


glorious  autumn  days,  And  merrily,  mer-ri-ly  sing  both  loud  and  long,And  merrily,  mer-ri-ly  sing  both  loud  and  long.  And  merrily  sing  both  loud  and  long. 
-  &  ,  a  *  , — ,  1  u 


glorious  autumn  days,  And  merrily,  mer-ri-ly  sing  both  loud  and  long,  And  merri-ly,  mer-ri-  ly  sing  both  loud  and  long,  And  merri-ly  sing  both  loud  and  long. 

N  N  Ps    n,  i»s 


gloriousautumn  days,  And  merrily,  mer-ri-ly  sing  both  loud  and  long,  And  merri-ly,  mer-ri-ly  sing  both  loud  and  long,  And  merri-ly  sing  both  loud  and  long. 


:^-ir-fer-g— 


BEAUTIFUL  EVENING  STAK. 


Dr.  G.  F.  BOOT. 

h  V 


CHORUS. 


N    IN  N 


•  # — * 


-W — 19- 


deep'  -  ning,  Bcuu  -  ti  -  ful,      beau    -    ti  -  ful  eve  -  ning  star. 


Beau  -  ti  -  ful  star ! 


Beau  -  ti  -  ful  star ! 


A- 


A-  — i- 


foot  -  steps  Safe     to     tho      wait   -    ing  ones  dear    at  home. 


Beau  -  ti  -  ful 
P 


star! 


Beau  -  ti  -  ful    star . 


Star  of  the 


A — - 
d — 


a: 


a  ' 


+ 


glo  -  ry,  Beau  -  ti  -  ful, 


bcau    -    ti  -  ful  eve  -  ning  star. 

— N- 


-e- 


Beau  -  ti  -  ful  star  I 


Beau  -  ti  -  f ul  star ! 


A-A— A 


f      P      P  P 


•+- 


By  permission  of  JOHN  CHURCH  &  CO. 


BEAUTIFUL  EVENING  STAR.  Concluded. 

cres. 


53 


-A    A  A 


ji    ,a    A—A--  AAA 


m 


¥    ¥  ¥ 


if 

Star  of   the  eve-ning,  beau  -  ti  -  ful  star ! 


V  v  i — 

Beau  -  ti  -  ful  star ! 


V    V  ¥ 


Beau-ti  -  ful  star!  star  of   the  eve-ning,  heau-ti  -  ful  6tar! 


N  S 


^  N  N 


^  j  ^ 


mng, 


Beau-ti  -  ful  star!  Beau-ti  -  ful  star! 

crcs. 


Beau  -  ti  -  ful  star ! 


|1S 


Star  of   the  eve  -  ning,  beau  -  ti  -  ful  star ! 

 fc*' 


 W  V  — r- 

Star  of  the  eve-ning.beau  -  ti  -  ful  star ! 

IS    N  ~N — I  N- 


— —  — 


Beau  -  ti  -  ful  star ! 


— h — N 


-d  H  H  P-H 


Beau-ti  -  ful  star!  Star  of  the  eve  -  ning,  beau-ti  -  ful  star! 


4= 


V    I    k  -P 


*    •  » 


I 


¥'¥'¥- 


¥  ¥--Z 


GENTLT  SIGHS  THE  BREEZE. 

fe — N 


E.  P.  AMBROSE. 


+ 


-*< — h 


5=K 


21  a       A  .  AtZg 


1    Gen  -  tly,gen  -  tly  sighs  the  breeze,  As 

S3 


it  floats     a-mong  the  trees ;  Like    a  voice    of  ser  -  aph  bright,Sing-ing  to     the  world  good  night. 


2    Ev'  -  ry  hill    and  ev'  -  ry  glade,    In     the  twi  -  light  seems  to  fade;  While  the  whisp'-ringbreez- es   say,    Or  -  i  -  sons   for  close  of  day. 


if 


3   Hush  !  the  birds  are  gone    to  rest; — O'er  the  earth  night  sa  -  bledrest,  Hides  her  beau  -  ties  from   our  sight,  Her  dear  friends  must  say  good  night. 


3 


3 


i 


^    ¥  V 


54 


FLOATING  DOWN  TOGETHER. 

-N  r-l  1  r-i  N- 


A.  J.  SHOW  ALTER,  by  per. 


itiHgz^W^^  r  N  -a| — I — -7n=^==Fq=--^--^--A--N--l — N— i— A— A-fA — A— A  g 


I 


1  Hand  in  hand  on  the  stream  of  Time,  We  go  float-ing  down  to-geth  -  er ;       Soft  are  blue  skies  a  -  bove  our  heads  In  the  balm  -  y  spring-time  weath  -  er. 


m 


A-rV-A-A 


-H  I- 

-A) — A — A — M- 


— I  N-A-A-A 

~J  1 — I— i — l- 


A-q — * 

_l  1  J_ 


3: 


A-A--N 


A— 1 — -1 — i 


N-A 


■P    #  1 


-= — 1? — A  N 

-P — 1 — 1  h 

-j — ^— I — 


-J — p»  p  l\  l» 

-2 — a— a  

FS3 — R — sf 


3=H 


V-N-N 


[ 


2  Sweet  are  bird-songs  upon  the  shores,  And  enchanting  scenes  arc  round  us;    Noise-less  feet  steal  the  moments  by  Since  the  love-god,  Cu  -  pid,crowned  us, 

r 


-A-A-A-r1 


-1  h 


k-c~!  bi 


A— A-A-A-A- 

-I  /-V— 1/— y- 


-A— A— A— A- 


k — 


J  _  -A  *J 


-*=a: 


Bright- ly  the  wa-ters  re-flect  the  sun, 


As  we  glide  in  dreamy  splendor ;     Soft-ly  the  breezes  fill  our    sails,  Still  murmuring        low  and 


1 — s 


:-l — I — N 


-+-= — 1 — H — f 


At 


H  1- 


AH 


1 — N 


-A— *— 


-#-P- 


H  [ 


And  heart  to  heart     as  we 


Oh,  do  you  think  in  the  aft-er     years,    When  youth's  glory  is  de-part^ed,    Shall  we  thenstand  with  hand  in  hand, 


FLOATING  DOWN  TOGETHER.  Concluded. 


55 


-HrtHj  :  1 

[  ■  1  ^ — V — S — El 

r-VA-C  ^   k,  M 

r-H — !S  N 

rH  4— 

k  k  k  I  a 

S7\ 

~  L       A     A  . 

—A     AAA  ^ 

— - — | 

 1  }—0  1  1  1- 

 »-f-«l  »-■» 

— r  )-■  iN  j — Pv-A 
^  ■■w — \-0 — 1 — i- 

—  — >  ■    -  ' 

— AA-A4— A- 

— 1  1  l-g    i  . 

-»  »■»  /- 

~A      A  A* 

— y-U 

4    A    A  1 

ten 


der.        Hand  in  hand  on  the  riv-er  of  Time  We  go  floating  down  together,      Softly  the  breezes  fill  our  sails,  M  arm  u  ring  low  and  ten-der, 

*3.  '     .  K, 


53v 


f 


-H^A 


A— A— 


AA-*->-N-^ 


•A'  A  A  A  A  A 


A- 


-A  -A  A  A 


A-i- 


N  N  S 


-A-A-A  -AH 


52 


.  i" 


-*-A — N 


A-A-A 


-A^»- 


 /-        L.9--—±  L_ 


start  -   -    -  ed? 


Hand  in  hand  on  the  riv-er  of  Time  We  go  floating  down  together,      Softly  the  breezes  fill  our  sails, Murmuring  low  and  ten-der. 


A  A  A  A-A- 


^  ✓  ✓  ^ 


A  A  A  A  A  .A. 


H=3 


v- 


A-A-A-A-A- 


— /- 


Z2v: 


.Animated. 


BURTON.  CM. 


trr 

6>  <S>- 

— — 

4r 

— 

-  p 

i 

-f  

t-  : 

I 


J.  H.  T. 

I  i 


sfcx 


i 


J_  L 


i 


1; 


5- 


I 


1   Bright  was  the  guiding  star  that  led  "With  mild,       benignant  ray,  The  Gentiles  to  the  low-ly  bed  Where  our  Redeemer  lay,  Where  our        Redeemer  lay. 


-A— A 


A-A-A-A 


=1 


3E 


2  But  lo !  a  brighter,clearer  light  Now  points  to  his  a  -  bode  ;  It  shines  thro' sin  and  sorrow's  night  To  guide  us  to  our  Lord,  To  guide  oa  >  our  Lord, 
if  ,    I        ^  1  ,  i  ,   


53£ 


A— 3 


*-m — h 


I 


ate 


H  ♦ 


3       Oh,haste  to  follow  where  he  leads,  The    gra  -  cious  call  o  -  bey  ;  By  rugged  wilds^rflow'ringmeadSjThe  Christian's  destined  way,  The  Christian's  destined  way. 


m 


a  A  A I 

-I  1  1  h 

-I  1  1  h 


■0 — 9 — 0- 


-A  A  A  B 


66 


Words  by  CHARLES  SWAIN. 


THERE'S  NO  PLACE  LIKE  HOME. 


J.  H.  TENNEY,  by  per. 


4?^— Ah8-— '    t    ||'  A- 


4 


A  •  A 


-Ah 


4 


-AH--  A — AH* — A — Ah-*— At 


-AH~ 


1    Home's  not  mere  -  ly  four  square  walls,    Tho'  with  pic  -  tures  hung  and      gild  -  ed  ; 


Home 


is  where    af-fec  -  tion  calls —  Filled  with 


5=5 


— fs — \ —  W  J- 
_i  p — ^ 


=fc 


354 


tt: 


5 


2  Home's  not  mere  -  ly  roof  and  room,    Needs    it  some-thing     to  en 

43 


dear  it ; 


Home       is  where  the  heart  can  bloom  ;  Where  there's 


z/-bra  h  1  h  & — h;  k 

^— 9— — * — AH-'  A1  -  A  —A- 


-Ah»— Al- 


-Ah 


_N_A  \__N- 


-Ah~*  A — Ah8 — Ah— A-— 


->  N- 

H—  N- 


-Ah^- 


H — i-h 


=1=1=  =1=1 


shrines  the  heart  hath    build  -  ed : 


i 


:t: 


g=gpg* 


some  kind    lip     to     cheer  it: 


-A- 


-A — A-  " — A  1- 

-1  1  fcjt 


-A  


Home !     go  watch  the  faith  -  ful  dove,        Sail  -  ing  'neath    the  heav'ns 


bove      ns ; 


-i  1?==£= — Nf=l        in  =5p=i  ^ 


=t=f=F 


-I©-- 


"What       is  home  with  none    to  meet,     None    to  wel  -  come —  none 


to 


greet      us  ? 


S — N~ 


THERE'S  NO  PLACE  LIKE  HOME.  Concluded. 

CHORUS. 


57 


r: 


■4 


— i- 


I 


S 


Home      is  where  there's  one    to  love,      Home    is  where  there's  one     to     love  us 


Home,  sweet  home  I 


«1 


I 


— ^  — 

Home,       sweet,  sweet  home,   sweet  home ! 


Home      is  sweet,  and  on   -  ly  sweet     When  there's  one  we    love     to      meet  us. 


Home,        sweet,  sweet 


home ! 

Home,   sweet  home ! 


TT-1  j*—  W- 


h  y- 

V — 


BE 


4: 


-A  Ah 


I 


!                                                                1  T> 

-1  -4- 

— i  

i  i  i 

:*— d      3  . 

h» — *  * 

— *  A— 

■      *     1  1- 

Home,  sweet  home!   There's  no 


place     like  home, 


There's  no 


place       like  home. 


-  ,   4  1 

~1  1  v 

4- 

1|  I  ^=N- 

L  J  ^  *j  1  ^  

3i 

 1  1 

 9  * 

=3fc=S  ■  ■ 

•  •  • 

Home,     sweet,  sweet  home,  sweet  home !  There's  no 


place     like    home,  sweet   home,  There's  no 


place       like  home. 


-6 — b 

 -j  ►  

 ♦ — w 

A  1  r— 

I — :  1 ' 

-A-  

H  W  A— 

— 1  k 

H 

"     i  r- 

Home,      sweet,  sweet  home  ! 

Home,  sweet    home!      There's  no 


-A- 


-A       |  A 


place       like  home, 


There's  no 


place       like  home. 


—(9- 


I 


68  Word!  by  FANNY  CROSBY.  DREAMING"  OF  T  H  UK.  K.  ROBERTS,  by  p«r. 


1  Thou      art  near  me,  ev  -  er  near        me,    On  thy  snow  -  y     pin  -  ions     fair,                  Thou    art  float-ing  in    the  moon   -  light,Thou  art 

2  Years      have  pass'd, and  many   chan    -    ges  Mark  the  old      fa  -  mil  -  iar       spot,                 "Where  the    ev  -  er-greensare  wav    -    ing    O'er  the 

3  Long      and  deep  the  lines  of    sor    -    row,Time  has  pen  -  ciled  on      my      brow ;               There    is  none  like  thee  to  guide       me,  None  like 

r\       1  i 

J — ! — 1 

-4- 

#^»^=-3  q= 

-*-a=a— t— 

-* — 1  j  ! — 

-*— { — !  1  

•   ■  * 

%j                 -i-   -i-      -i-           #  -5-   -i-           S-   -m-   -m-           -Z-  -3-  -3- 

-#  -#-    -0-                       #   #   #        #  s  # 

— &  

-b-tM; — i  k  n  — 

k  --^  n  >  r 

1  *  1 

— i  

*  I* 

 J  1  (*— 

— 

9-*  5^ 

— '  F — V  — l! — V 

+            A  1  1  

 ~ 

t-  .   b>   !,   »   A  . 

sigh  -  ing    in       the      air;                     Like     the  mur-mur  of    a     wave    -    let,  When  it   rip    •    pies    on       the  sea, 
sweet     for- get  -  me  -  not;                     Oh,       the  lit  -  tie  mound  is    sa    -    -    cred,   By     a  thou    -    sand  ties      to  me, 
thee      to    love    me      now ;                  Dream  -  ing,  yes,  my  heart  is    dream  -    ing,    All  my  sun     -    ny  child  -  hood  o'er, 

X    [  \—\ 

-* — H  H — 

=»— I"  i— I  

-a? — \  1  4- 

1 — 1 — V- 

_*i  H  _j  h — 

J   J  J 

a 

/ 


12 


4W 


-frt 


DBEAMBW  OF  THEE.  Concluded. 

CHORUS. 


59 


m 


I  am  dreaming  of  thee , 


I  am  dreaming  of 


V-tr-i- 


:-|  fr-fez? 


-r- 


Comes  thy  welcome  voice,my  mother, 
Where    I  hearthespir-it  ech  -  oes 
And    the  spir  -  it  ech-oes  whis  -  per, 


t 

In  a  hap  -  py  dream  to  me. 
In  a  hap  -  py  dream  of  thee. 
We  shall  meet  to  part    no  more. 


I  am    dream  - 


of  thee, 


I  am  dream 


of 


I  am  dreaming  of  thee, 


I  am  dreaming  of 


 !" 


-N-^-tr-N-t 


*   *  *  *  * 


k   i'   £  -g—gL 


-n — h — \ 


v  v  v  v 


r+i-f 


2? 


Repeat  Chorus  pp. 


 c 


— 


V  V  *  L 


V  1 — i— 


thee. 


Moth-er,    dar  -  ling,  thou  art  near    me,    ev  -  er    near   me,     For    I'm  dream-ing,  yes,    I"m  dream -ing      of  thee. 


h    .  1 


-N- 


1 


thee. 


s 


am  dream- ing,  ev  -  er  dream 
.       *  -\  1— 


ing, 


am  dream 


ing 


of  thee. 


-N- 


tct 


thee. 

— £~ 


Moth-er,    dar  -  ling,  thou    art  near   me,     ev  -  er    near    me,    For    I'm  dream-ing,  yes, 

— A — a — * — A — *  Ni — N  N  N  N  N  ^  N  N- 


I'm  dream  -  ing     of  thee. 


^  ^- 


60  Words  by  Mrs.  E.  C.  ELLSWORTH. 

DUET.  Soprano. 


EVENING  PRAYER 


3.  H.  TENNEY,  by  p«T. 


:*  • 


-ri  1 — jj 


£23 


HI 


2= 


1  Down  the  western  sky  low  sinks  the  sun  ,Looks  with  face  serene  on  work  well  done ;  Bows  his  head.while  earth  repeats  her  prayer,Sweet  evening  prayer ! 

2  Soft  the  gen-tle  zephyr  tunes  her  voice,  Bids  all  na-ture,ere  she  sleeps,rejoice;  Stars  are  list'ning  while  the  drowsy  air,      Joins    evening  prayer. 

3  Shades  are  drawing  near  thro' waning  light,Birds  with  simple  cadence  chant  good  night,Sweet  the  incense  loving  hearts  prepare,  While    off 'ring  prayer. 
Alto. 


x-A  : 


3^ 


-0  w- 


REFRAIN.  Solo. 


+ 


-F 


+■ 


Oh,       Fa-ther,  bow  thine  ear,    Our     earn  -  est    cry      to  hear,  And    when   thy  hand    has  blessed,  Lay  us      to  rest. 


EVENING-  PRAYER.  Concluded. 


61 


FULL  Chorus. 


^  


fc,  *  k. 


S 


ni  -  ted  we    will  raise   Oar  eve-ninghymnofipraise ;  Bless  him  who  gave  us  breath,  Who  saves  from  death.     Who  saves  from  death. 


 N— i 


i 


I 


praise. 


■v- 


$4 


U  -    ni  -  ted  we    will  raise    Our  eve-ning  hymn  of  praise: 


s 


Bless  him  who  gave  us  breath,  Who  saves  from  death     Who  saves  from  death. 


-P_ji_PL|_p 


v 


^0 


Gently. 


FERGUSON.  7s. 


Arranged. 


5^5 


3i 


Mil  ] 


±z± 


WO    {-  D— | 


-*5 — ^ 


3i 


r 

1  i  t 


I 


1    Pil-grim,  burden 'd  with  thy    sin,  Come  the  way  to     Zi-on's    gate ;  There,  till  mcr  -  cy  speaks  with -in,       Knock,  and  weep,  and  watch  .and  wait. 


2t 


-6h  -&-  -&-     ~G  ^jp^      6>      6*   -6^    -<9    -6>-  -6'-   0   -6>  6> 

2  Knock — he  knows  the  sin  -  ner's   cry;  Weep — he  loves  the  mourner's  tears ;  Watch — forsav-ing  grace  is     nigh;     Wait — till  heav'n-ly  light  ap  -  pears. 


i 


-4- 





m 


— y— t- 


i  i  i 


 *-kJ-7d-^S|  i  1  1  1"  I       i     M    I"  I 

 i— p  1  V    — I — <^_J  tyA_ 


H — I- 


+ 


§§1  h 


3   Hark!  it       is    the  Bridegroom's  voice,"  Welcome,pil  grim,  to    thy     rest!"  Now  with -in    the  gate    re   -  joice,     Safe,  and  seal"d.and  bonghi.and  blest. 


i 


1 — r 


1 


H- 


H — A  A— A 


-A — A- 

:f-r- 


2t 


|E§E 


ABIDE  WITH  US. 


J.  H.  TENNEY,  by  per. 


1     I    sit   in   the  fad  -  ing  twi  -  light,  The  crim-son  and  gold    are  dim, 


5-i — q 


-N — \— 1- 


I    list  for  the  bells'  sweet  chiming, And  the  sound  of  the  evening    hymn  • 

vs1 


1 


isl  in  iN  rs  I  p£l — J  f  '-nE-a— v-n— ;     fsl  j^Jrtz^ 

ii  H — I  1  1 — ■ — ■ — i  I-  -i— — i  1  1 — _  1  I— i- 

— 0—0 — ■  0  \0  •  £  0-L.0—0—0 — !  0JL  


fS  N  i 


 1 — i- 


i — | — h 


2  The  light  of  the  moon    is  com  -  ing,  And  gen -tie  the  stir  -  ring  breeze,  The  sun.with  its  golden  pen-cil,     Is  a  -  dorn-ing  the  for  -  est  trees; 


1  N 


i 


I 


~P  r  r  \ — h 
a'  a'  a1  a'  a" 


_i — h 


I 


N   N   N  ! 


m 


— 


i 


IN  IN  N  s  N  s 

h — i — I     "  P  I 


A1    A1  A 


■4 — PT 


f*  >  N 


The  stars  in    the  sky  grow  brighter,  Andhnsh'disthe  e  -  ven  -  tide ;    How  thrilling  the  words  of  the  car  -ol,"  With  Thee  I  will  come  and  a  -  bide." 


The  birds  of  the  wood  are  sing  -  ing,  As    in  its  green  depths  they  hide;  But  dear-er  the  song  of  the  mat  -in,"  With  thee  I  will  come  and  a  -  bide." 


CHORUS. 


m 


ABIDE  WITH  US.  Concluded. 


63 


=1=t 


 o  

n — 1 — r 

23             il  A' 

, — i — 

.  ^ 

7! 

r~ 

Ml 

Secure,  we  -will  rest  in  the  shadow,  If 

Thou  vrith  us 

still 

wilt  a- 

bide. 

o- 





1 


fj  "r-t- 


=1=1= 


o 


i 


=1 — TP: 
j— r 


Abide  with  us,  Lord,  in  the  brightness,  Abide  in  the  still       e  -  ven-tide;       Secure,  we  will  rest  in  the  shadow,  If      Thou  with     us  still     wilt  a-bide. 


9 


-k  


i 


"i — r 


I 


"GATHER  THE  CHERISHED  ONES." 


H.  J.  COCCH. 


1         Gather  the  cherish'dones  Home  to  their  rest,Strew  the  pale  roses  Over  the  breast ;  Like  them  in  beauty,Flow'rs  decay  ,'When  the  heart's  earthly  joy  Passeth  away. 





to 


==to 


H-  - 


H  


=1== 


H — i — M 


^.f  a  ■  ■ 


2  "Weep  for  the  cherish'd  ones,  Hallow  with  tears.Graves  which  the  love  of  Lost  ones  endears ;  Trust  to  their  pillow  Gently  the  dead ,  An gels  from  heaven  will  Watch  o'er 

>  their  UvL 


Jesus, our  cherish'd  ones, Welcomes  on  high.With  him  for  -  ev  -  er,  No  more  to  die ;  May  we,  dear  Father.When  life  is  o'er,  Meet  them  in  glory,  to  Tart  nevermore. 


1— _JL3_3r^.  A  A. 


— i — p-+ 


-4- — I- 


64  Words  by  Mrs.  E.  C.  ELLSWORTH.  VOICES  OF  SPRING. 

First  time  Soprano  Solo,  or  Duet  for  Soprano  and  Alto.   Repeat  full  Chorus. 


J.  H.  TENNEY,  by  per. 


— s- 


N    N    N  N 


N   N    N  IS 


-i    >  h  h  E 


-4-r-t—R 


9  9 


mem 


-9—9—9- 


-w— 


1  Oh,shout !  winter  leave  is  tak  -  ing :  Joy !  joy !  mer-ry  spring  is  wak-ing ;  Oh,  look!  earth  her  fet-ters  break  -  ing,  Sweet  spring  sets  the  prisoner  free. 
D.C.    Tra  la,    la,    la,    la,    la,    la,    la,  Tra   la,  la,    la,    la,    la,    la,    la,  Tra     la,     la,    la,    la,    la,    la,     la,    Oh^shout !  spring  has  come  a  -  gain! 


3t 


1 
1 


~N — N- 


A— 

■  »  


2  Oh,  come,here  are  leaf  -  y  bow-ers;  Bright  beamswakethelovelyflowera;Softcloudssend  us  gen-tle  show  -  ers;  Warmrays  life  and  beauty  bring. 
D.C.    Tra  la,  la,   la,    la,   la,    la,    la,  Tra  la,    la,    la,    la,    la,    la,    la,    Tra  la,     la,    la,    la,    la,    la,     la,     Oh,  shout !  spring  has  come  a  -  gain ! 


— N 


N    N    N  N 


I 


5 


9    9  9 


~9     9     9  9~ 


-v—v- 


16* 


d.  a 


r-*—9    9  9 


m 


Oh,  come.birds  their  way  are  wiug-ing,    Yes,  yes,  'tis  their  time  of  sing -ing;  List  ye,  joy-ous  notes  are  ring  -  ing,  Just  now,  o  -  ver  land  and  sea. 


N    is  N 


P 


— 


5 


I 


1- 


Green  grass  "round  our  pathway  grow-ing;  Mild  winds  gently,  gen-  tly  blow-  ing;  Pure  streams  quickly, quickly  flow-ing ;  All  hail !  voic  -  es    of  the  spring! 

-0 — 0—9  


i — i — r 


— H  h 

9- 


t  1  t 


±    h  h- 


+ 


1  b — b — b — hr 


The  Crown  of  Praise. 


ATHETON.  L.  M. 


Arranged  from  a  Choral. 


1 1 


A—* 


ilT 


i 


I  i 


p — A— — A- 


E±=fcf=l 


T 


ee; 


1   Prais-es    to  him  who  built    the  hills;  Prais-es    to  him  the  streams  who  fills ;  Praises    to  him  who  lights  each  star    That  sparkles  in  the  blue    a  far. 


#3- 


~i — r 


— i-c. 


2    Praia  -  ea   to  him  who  wakes  the  morn,  And  bids  it  glow  with  beams  new-born;  Who  draws  the  shadows  of  the  night,  Like  cur-tains.o'er  our  weaned  sight. 


i 


1 


tr=tz 


I 


4* — IV 


-ri-d 


=E 


I 


I 


3    Prais-es   to  him  whose  love  has  given,  In  Christ  his  Son,the  life     ofheaven;  Who  for  our  dark-ness,givesus     light.  And  turns  to  dav  our  deep-est  nicht. 


ijzr— :p^=_*  __|  b^|?of=p=PL=i c 


-l — h 


^1- 


66 


i 


Smooth  and  gentle, 

E3 


FULLER.  L.M. 


J  H.  T 


-AH 


-AH 


-£H-i- 


-I   I  I 


1 — I — i— 


—4—+ 


— Ah 


is 


'~ii~i~r~' 


i 


1  Come,wea  -  ry  soul3,  -with  sin  distressed,Come,and  ac-cept  the    promised  rest ,  The  Saviour's  gracious  call  o    -    bey,    And  cast  your  gloomy  fears  a  -  way. 


4 


4=4 


H  1- 


-H+ 


Al  Ar-<- 


•+- +■ 


1 — h 


i 


2    Op   pressed  with  siu,  a     painful  load,  Oh , come  and  spread  your  woes  abroad :  Di-vine  com  -  passion,  mighty     love,  "Will  all  the  painful   load  re-move. 


'     A— i — •  1 — i — 


-i — h 


-0- 


m 


0 — 0- 


^-  -9 — 9- 


I 


-I  H 


■A— A- 


i  h 


-t— H 


i  

■I  h 


4- — h 


(9 — • — 


Dolce  e  piano. 


FEDERAL  STREET,  L.  M. 


H.  K  OLIVER. 


j^y^-frW^  ~A  a  aL 


2tA+ 


3 


A. 


11 


XL 


p=u2_i_f2_ 


I 


H  h 


i 


hd — I- 


-  i  I  i  4 


L9 — (9-- 


0-L:0—0—e-L-0—0-i-  —L— *~e— 4—t 


— rj-  .  |  1  1- 


^Ar["a~ 


-(9— (9- 


t 


See  gentle   patience  smile  on  pain,  See,  dy-ing  hope  re  -  vive    a  -gain;  Hope  wipes  the  tear  from  sor-row's  eye,  While  faith  points  upward  to  the  sky. 


~f -E*  W — k.- 


T-'  » 


Words  by  JOHN  Q.  WHITTIER.» 


TEMPLE.  L.M. 


-a-i — I — I—)— I — I- 


1  Thou  dwellest  not,  O     Lord  of        all '  In  temples  which  tliy  children  raise  j  Our  work  to  thine  is   meanand  small,  And  bncf  to  thve   -  ter-naldays. 

pnrs 


 1 — — F  1    ■  I  — F  ! — I        ^ — r       T— I  ~ 


H  1  h-i 


9     Forgive  the  weakness  and     the    pride,  If  mar'd  thereby  our  gift  may      be;  For  love,at  least,  has  sane  -  ti  -  tied  The  altar  which  wo   rear  to  thee. 


If 


3?^ 


i 


I 


^=  4*  — 


[Mi 


-V 


3  Tho*  here  should  never  sound  of    speech  Or  organ  an-them  rise  or        fall,  Itsstones  would  pious  les  -sons  teach.  Its  shade  in  ben-e  -    dictions  fall. 

4  Here  should  the  dove  of  peace  be    found,  And  blessings  free  as  dew-fall     given, Norstrife  profane,nor  ha-tred  wound  The  mingled  loves  of  earth  and  heaven. 


BSfF 


— 


-r 


-i — h 


a    A  A-  -&---A 


H  h 


r 


1   8"  a  a  A-ha-^-l-a — -at 


a-  a— a- 


a  < 


•  Written  for,  and  sung  at  the  dedication  of  the  "  Memorial  Church,"  erected  in  Georgetown,  Mass.,  by  George  Peabody,  Esq.,  of  London,  Jan.  8th.  1S6S. 

CTJ.  ZEl'NEK. 


MISSIONARY  CHANT.  L.  M. 


1   Ye  Christian  heralds,  go,  proclaim  Sal  -  va-tion  in    Im-man  -  uel's  name  ;  To  dis-tant  climes  the  tid-ings  bear,       And  plant  the  Rose  of  Aharon  there. 

/T\  /T* 

sir*—  ■  : — ■ — ■ — 1  ■  1—1  '' 


±3u 


4 — i — ■  -  a 

■e — & — 


H  1  1  V 


-d— d- 


— i 


H  h 


— 


I 


2  He'll  shield  you  with  a  wall  of  fire,  With  ho  -  ly  zeal  your  hearts  in-spire ;   Bid  rag-ing  minds  their  fu-ry  cease,        And  calm  the  savage  breast  to  peace. 
— V «-  -j,  r-  !  1  H  ■  1  1  1  1  h-r  k  r-H  1 


-i  1  h 


~i  f- 


f— ^  rJ- 


12: 


I 


i — h 


•i — i — i- 


*  0  0—0 


H  h 


3  And  when  our  la- bors  all  are  o'er,  Then  shall  we  meet  to  part    no  more  ;  Meet  with  the  blood-bought  throw:  to  fall,  And  crown  our  Jesus  Lord  of  all! 


-A— A- 


-a — a- 

H  h- 


-k  k- 

f=f= 


I 


H  h 


-B — B-- 


"I  1 — T 


 1  1  1  h 


-k-k- 


i 


A— A— A- 


p  a  g  i— 

±.  I  ■   I  og 


I 


68 


2La 


ELLSWORTH.  L.M. 

1 


— A— i*- 


i 


A.  J.  SHOW  ALTER,  by  per. 

A  


1  Oh,  conie,loud  an-thems  let     us  sing,  Loud  thanks  to  our  al-might  -yKing;  For  weourvoic-es  high  should  raise,"\Yhen  our  salvation's  Eock  we  praise. 


— s:  -A — -F— i — I — M — 1 — 1  •  1 — i  1  1 — I— !-h-N-  N  >  '  1 — I  ^— I — \ 


 *  ■  

-♦---'4 


us  haste,    To  thank  him  for  his    fa  -  tots  past ;    To  him' address  in   joy-ful  songs,  The  praise  that  to  his  name  be  -  longs. 


4=t 


Si5 


.1 — 


'J:  1 


3  Oh,  let    us    to    his  courts  re  -  pair,    And  bow  with  a  -  dor  -  a 


A — N — S — N 


II 


¥—¥■- 


tion  there ;  Down  on  our  knees,devout-ly 

r-N-N- 


alL       Be  -  fore  the  Lord,our  Maker,  fall. 


I 


-1    M  A_ 


Uoderato. 


mm 


a — 0  ^- 


-e1 


UXBRIDGE.  L.M. 


■+4 


I 


Dr.  L.  MASON. 


1=f 


-e1- 


1    The  heav'ns  declare  thy  glo  -  ry,Lord  !    In    every    star  thy  wis-dom    shines;  But  when  oureyes  be-hold  thy  word, We  read  thy  namein  fair-er  lines. 


2    The  roll-ing  sun,  the  chang-ing  light,  And  nights  and  daysthypow'r  con  -  fess;  But  that  blest  volume  thou  hast  writ  Ee- veals  thy  justice  and  thy  grace. 


0 


 S 

3  Great  Sun  of  Eighteousness,     a  -  rise !  Oh,  bless  the  world  with  heavenly  light !  Thy  gos  pel  makes  the  sfm  -  pie  wise :  Thy  laws  are  pure,thy  j  udgment  right. 


± 


-5 


r— A- 


I 


•9-1-61- 


Maestoso, 


DELFHAVEN.  L.  M. 


69 


^1    From  all  that  dwell  below  the  skies,      Let  the  Crea-tor's  praise  a  -  rise ; 


Let  the  Redeemer's  name  besung,Thro'  every  land,by  every  tongue. 


m 


4r 


-o—e- 


-o- 


-0- 


;  i.  . 


i 


--In 


T 

E  -  ter-nal  are  thy  mer-cies,  Lord !       E  -  ternal  truth  attends  thy  word  ;    Thy  praise  shall  sound  from  shore  to  shore,  Till  suns  shall  rise  and  set  no  more. 


i 


Andante. 


KELIANCE.  L.M. 


L  B.  WOODBURY. 

J  1  u_x. 


1  Thus  far  the  Lord  hath  led    me    on;   Thus  far  his  power  prolongs  my  days ;  And  ev' -  ry    evening  shall  make  known  Some  fresh  memorial  of  his  grace. 


A   -9-  -9- 


1 


at 


H  1- 


H  1  1  H 

H  1  i  K 


-9-  -9- 


▲    A  A 


I 


±1 


2   Much  of  my  time  has  run     to  waste,  And  I,    per-haps,  am  near    my  home ;  Eat  he    forgives  my  fol  -  lies  past ;  He  gives  me  strength  for  dcys  to  come. 


HE 


:at 


1* 


H  h 


^ — y 


i 


I 


3      I     lay  my  bod  -  y  down     to  sleep  ;  Peace  is  the  pil  -low  for     my  head  ;  While  well-appointed   an  -  gels  keep  Their  watchful  stations  round  nij  bed. 


-A- 


A-  -£  


u_i — l 


J2_ 


r: 


0 


70 


Allegro,  f 


ALPH0NS0.  L.M. 


J.  H.  TENNEY. 


m 


4Hf 


 1  K 


-O  1  O — I 


G — G — 

-I  1  


-I  h 


ttzt 


£4 

p5 


1    Now  let  us    all    to-geth  -  er  sing    The  praise  of   Zi  -  on's  glo  -  rious  King ;  'Tis  he  who  sits  on  yon-der  throne,'Tis  he  who  reigns,and  reigns  a- lone. 


— £H 


:Tz:xcq=mz^qq 


-£  £r 


— 


=1=3 


1 


-£t 


==£ 


— I — l-l — 


2     Let  those  who  praise  his  glo- rious  name,  His  grace  and  ma -jes  -  ty    proclaim;  For  Zi- on's  King  is  God  a -lone, — 'Tis  he  who     sits  on  yonder  throne. 


I 


to 


q— 


-1  l-K— 


if 


Q—P—O- 


f=t±t 


1- 


3      To  him  be  praise,for    praise  is  due      To  him  who  died,  ye  saints,  for  you ;  Sweet  is  the  sense  of  sins  for-giv'n,  But  who  can    tell   the  joys  of  heaven  ?| 


A-H2*- 


-e>- 


=!=T 


St 


-a- 


F 


■e- 


3± 


I: 


■es~\-m- 


FA— r? — FA- 


1 — I- 


4-4 


-o—o- 


Gently. 


EDWARDS.  L.M. 


W.  B.  BRADBURY. 


#  O  O  O — O-9-G 


1 — I — t" 


f~  G~Yp-  -O-0-G-§G-  :T^ET~?z 


*  u  <?-o — F#- 


-t- 


15: 


A  1  1  i 


1   Father  of  mercies.bow  thine  ear,Attentive  to  our  earnest  prayer  ;  "We  plead  for  those  who  plead  for  thee  ;  Successful  pleaders  may  they  bctSuccessful  pleaders,  etc. 


fell 


-i — i- 


-H  1 — i — i 


i 


-I- 


▼  -O-V    T    TT  —  jj—jf-  -Q- 

how  vast  their  charge,Do  thou  their  anxious  souls  enlarge;  Their  best  endowments  are  our  gain,"We  share  the  blessings  they  obtain,\A  e  share,  etc. 


=fe 


m 


H  h 


-\ — i- 


— t-T 


3  Clothe  thou  with  energy  divine  Their  words,and  let  those  words  be  thine;Teacb  them  immortal  souls  to  gain, Nor  let  them  labor,Lord,in  vain,Nor  let  them  labor,  etc. 


B333SE^^5  -Et=—  E 


>  A~A~  p- 

H — 1 — 1~ 
-i — i — I- 


■  *  d 


a 


-i — i- 


2t± 


H  i  1 — I 

H  1  1- 


^8 


a  Allegro  recitando. 


SUTTON.  L.  M. 


J.  H.  TENNEY. 


71 


sate 


-e—e- 


-V 


I 


/5  '  I  #  -0—0—0—0- 


4  1- 


3£ 


1  Lord.what  a  heav'n  of  sav-ing  grace,Shines  thro'  the  beauties  of  thy  face, — And  lights  our  passion  to   a  flame!  Lord,  how  we  love  thy  charm-ing  name ! 


I 


m 


-A; — 4 — A — A" 


I 


■Al — «, — A! — A 


=1= 


=F 


-A   Al    Al  Ar 


1 


^  2  When  I  can  say,my  God  is  mine,— When  I  can  feel  thy  glo  -  lies  shine, —  I  tread  the  world  beneath  my  feet,    And  all  the  earth  calls  good  or  great- 


-♦— ♦- 


-i — h 


tt 


— P — e-.-l — i- 
— i — i — I  » 

— H — 1 — 


(9- 


IB 


■  # 


1 


3  While  such  a  scene  of  sa-credjoys    Our  raptured  eyes  and  souls  employs,Here  we  could  sit  and  gaze  a -way 


(9 — G- 


I 


:-!— J  r 

— I — I— IV— A- 

I  H- 


r- 


-e— b-  - 


H  H 


A    long,  and  ev  -  er  -  last  -  ing  dav. 
 1  *  W  ,  P 


-t  !»«*•  G 


ZEPHYR.  L.M. 


W.  B.  BRADBURY. 

□r 


1  Why  should  the  Christian  fear    to  die  ?  What  tim'rous  worms  we  mor-tals  are ;  Death  is  the  gate  to  end -less  joy,  And  yet  we  fear  to    en  -  ter  there. 


EEEEEH 


-9-      v    -A        -A-      *  -£r 

2    Oh,    if  my  Lord  would  come  and  meet,  My  soul  should  stretch  her  wings  in  haste;  Fly  fearless  thro' death's  iron  gate,  Nor  feel  the  ter-rors    as  she  pass'd. 

H  H  1  ■ — 1  !  1 


•r- 


+ 


*=t=± 


t: 


3    Je  -  sus  can  make  a 


-a —   -(f —  ^— o 

dy  -  ing  bed   Feel  soft  as     down-y  pil-lows  are  ;  While  on  his  breast  I  lean  my  head.  And  breathe  my  life  out  sweetly  there. 


72 


TYSON.  L.M. 


—     -A+A  l-W^Ar 


-9-9- 


A- 


HI 


=P=a- 


i 


*t3 


— 1 — <— 


-N-N-N 


-AHA-A- 


J.  H.  TENNEY. 


I 


1     O  happy  saints,who  dwell  in  light.And  walk  with  Jesus,cloth'd  in  white  !  Safe  landed  on  that  peaceful  shore,Where  pilgrims  meet  to  part  no  more,  Where  pilgrims,etc. 


3$ 


2  Releas'd  from  sorrow,toil  and  strife.And  welcome  to  an  endless  life,Their  souls  have  now  hegun  to  prove  The  height  and  depth  of  Jesus'  love,  The  height  and  depth,  etc. 


 MV-r 

N  J.  » 


Ai  AI 


H  r 


i- 


-1 — § 


3  There,gazing  on  his  beauteous  face,They  tell  the  wonders  of  his  grace  ;  And  while  they  sing  with  rapture  sweet.They  bow,adoring,at  hisfeet,They  bow ,adorirg,at  his  feet. 

N  1  1      w  ~l  A" 


^-E>-4-a+a-a^aH-|  ;  i  a-i^+^v-a'-aH- ^'f^l^-H^-^-^-^-F^-^-fv-FA* — ^--hA  a-a^a-^- 


Rather  slow. 


ASHWELL.  L.M. 


Dr.  L.  MASON. 


-f-l-l-w—ii—ri 


I 


IT 


-  |  o   ar  9 


1—J—U+ 


1 


=t=t 


1  When  we, our  wearied  limbs  to  rest,    Sat  down  by  proud  Euphrates' stream  ,Wewept,with  doleful  thoughts  oppress'd, And  Zi  -  on  was  our  mourn-ful  theme 


pa 


-mt-^-i—A- 


=p=qn 


H — I 


e — e- 


2    Our  harps  that, when  with  joy  wesung.Were  wont  their  tuneful  parts  to  bear, "With  silent  strings  neglect  -  ed  hung,    On    wil  -  low  trees  that  withered  there 


=1= 


— *  i-- 

 * — »-L 


there. 


3    How  shall  we  tune  our  voice  to  sing,  Or  touch  our  harps  with  skillful  hands?  Shall  hymns  of  joy  .to  God  our  King,     Be  sung  by  slaves  in  for  -  eign  lands  ? 

 ,  ,  /TN   I  

i~r-— r-rrn-j-uzmp^^c:zztr--zr:  rs    ^x~i:zzz[i^ — , — I — 


9%^ 


A— A— A-  A- 


SB  J  T- 


1^  I       I  ■ 


:pz:p:.E: 


:5_ 


i 


f=F=F=F 


-A-  H 


:p=f=- 


-B- 


1 


CHADWICK.  L.M. 


73 


— *U  U  y 


1    Here,  at  thy  cross,  my  gracious  Lord,    I  lay  my  soul  beneath  thy  love ;  Oh,cleanse  me  with  a  -  ton-ing  blood,  Nor  let  me  from  thy  feet    re -move. 


 A  i  1  h- 

 ^000 


-tV 


I 


r-l  N  N  n 


-N— t- 


j_i  i- 


I 


,— I— 


a— 0—0-^ 


~rV-JN 
-i  1— 


2  Should  worlds  conspire  to  drive  me  thence,Moveless  and  firm  this  heart  should  be  ;  Resolv'd.for  that's  my  last  defense,  If    I  must  per-  ish,  there    to  die. 


fcdd 


-N— PV-^I — 9 


-I — I — h 


-0—0—0- 


\ 


HE 


N  N 


3    Yes,  I'm  se  -  cure     beneath  thy  blood,  And  all  my  foes  shall  lose  their  aim  :  Ho-san-na    to     my  Saviour  God!    And  loud-est  prais-es    to      his  name! 

-N-fr  \   1    ■   v   v   vi   r— r-A-A-A-r.*-^-*  i  .  .-r~=  Pr-* 


9:::3;,3--N^:;r_. 


-t+-*-*Jfy-y-t— \-f:f^Pe=g-g-fE — '-y^+r-\^- 


♦  ♦ 


— F 


Allegretto. 


DUKE  STREET.  L.  M. 


I 


— 1 — i— + 

=T=P 

1 


Q—0-O-  - 


-I- 


0-G 


-I — I — I  


v— v  — 

J.  HATTON. 


1    Lord.when  thou  didst  ascend  on     high,  Ten  thousand  an-gels  filled  the  shy;  Those  heavenly  guardsaround  thee  wait,  Likechariots.  that    at  -  tend  thy  state. 


~2 


V  "-T       v  0  -0-- 

2     Not  Sinai's  mountain  could  ap  -  pear  More  glorious, when  the  Lord  was  there  ;  While  he  pronounc'd  his  holy   law.  And  struck  the  cho  -  sen  tribes  with  awe. 


& — ' — i — I  n*--A — m-fs 


— 


\  0    &  0-  -P—O  H  1 — I  1 — I  -•  -0H  \  O  ■ 

I — [— M— ^  1  LS2_l  g_LAl    |_:..  L^-j  ,_J_C_I^  ,_ 


-  ^ — 


m 


3  Raised  by  his  Fa  -  ther  to     the  throne,  He  sent  his  promised  Spir-  it  down^'ithgiftsand  grace  for  reb  -  el    men,  That  God  might  dwell  on  earth  a  -  gain. 


-A-»- 


1  r 


-| — 1 — h 


1 


ANOIL.  L.  M. 


~ir.—?—19 


=t 


1 


1     So  let  our  lips  and  lives  ex-press    The  ho  -  ly  gos  -  pel,we  pro-fess  ;     So  let  our  works  and  vir-tues  shine,    To  prove  the  doc  -  trine  all     di  -  vine. 


r  dL^—^-J^X — ■  4  ^  i  A-*-4  4  4  i       #Jjj^- »  s  •  ■  4  m  0]4'  m  00  1  m  *    # — #— v   :— ^ 


2  Thus  shall  we  best  proclaim  a-broad    The  honors    of     our  Saviour  God  ;  "When  the  sal-va  -  tion  reigns  within,   And  grace  subdues  the  pow'r    of  sin. 


#3  * 


-4- 


y-y-^ 


3     Ee  -  lig-ion  bears  the  spir-its  up,  While  we  ex -pect    that  blessed  hope,— The  bright  appearance  of  the  Lord,— And  faith  stands  leaning  on    his  word. 


A— A- 


^y-y- 


y  *  / 


-f»-#- 


Hp 


y — r~~h — f — " 


Gentle  and  subdued. 


A— A 

-i  1 — 


A  *- 


MALVERN.  L.  M. 

Ill  |\-K 

>   |  0  0—0- 


Dr.  L.  MASON. 


1    God  is  the  ref-uge  of   his  saints,"vnien  storms  of  sharp  distress  in  -  vade  •  Ere  we  can  of-fer  our  com-plaints,  Be-hold  him  pres-ent  with  his  aid, 


-4_=i  I  ?vpa,. 

-*  1  1  H — V% — I-1 — I — I— in 


-Ah  -A--Ar  -Ar  -Ar  "A-^-A 


-A 
-it 


i 


A— N 


— 


^-     -Ar  -A  -A-  -Ar'-A-  -A -  ^  A  ' 


i    '  i-ri-L»-J-»'-i-- 


5 


1 — 

-At-  -^-Ar 


2  Loud  may  the  troubled  o  -  cean  roar,    In    sa  -  cred  peace  our  souls  a  -  bide,"WTiile  ev'-ry  na  -  tion,  ev'  -  ry  shore  Trem-bles,and  dreads  the  swelling  tide. 


S*i3tt±f 


A-Fv 


-♦— ♦ 


■  ■ 


-A 
-♦■ 


I — I 


If 


3  There  is    a stream,whose gentle    flow    Supplies  the  cit  -  y     of  our  God!  Life,love,and  joy  still    glid-ing through, And  wat 'ring our  divine     a  -  bode. 


ri- 


--—I 


hr~\  h 


-N — Nt 


-\r: 


— h 


Animated. 


A    A    A  '  A 


1 — b-ST— £ 


-F 


I 


is— N- 


MELZER.  L.M. 


75 


i 


a— a- 


M  I 


- 


L      E   h   N J-4 

7; 77 


1    See  Gabriel  swift  descends  to  earth,  Glad  to  foretell   a    Saviour's  birth ;  Hark !  a  full  choir  of  an  -  gels  sing, 


The  new-born  Saviour,  and  the  King. 


2  Be-hold  these  swift- winged  envoys  wait  On  Je  -  sus,  in  his  hum  -  ble  state ;  The  des-ert  and  the 


-t-kA— , — v — »^-^-p»—  n  i  i-i— =i^-w-^-a-h::»  ■  rr~tf 

-P —  K-A — i  -I — — I — l-l- — I — J— F— i — -i  —l«  A-« 


3  They  saw  the  conq'ror  mount  on  high  To    glorious  worlds  beyond  the  sky ;  Es-cort-ed  by  a 

■An  =  nr—  \-K 


shiningband,  To  take 


-\-0 — 0—0—0-' 

-y-i  1 — i — i — 

±JL  V  UM-= 


-I  I  £ 


his  place  at  God"s  right  hand. 
A  A  


rtfcHrfy-ir  r 


BENNINGTON.  L.  M. 

 N— I- 

-N-r— -J- 


-A-l-A — A — A— t-A-  ^ — F — A  ^-     — A     *  F 


-N — N- 


i 


A.  DOTY. 

I 


1    On  God  the  race     of  man  depends,  Far    as  the  earth's  re  -  mot  -  est  ends ;  At  his  command  the  morning  ray  Smiles  in  the  east  and  leads  the  day. 


-fi  T" 


lornand  ev' 

-K— N — H 


-ft— ft— Tt— ■ — 


.9—0—0- 


 V 


"i"  "S"  1  "A" 

2    Sea-sons  and  times    o  -  bey  his  voice;  The  morn  and  ev' -  ning  both  re- joice  To  see  the  earth  made  soft  with  show'rs,  Laden  with  fruit.and  dress  d  in  flow"rs. 

 — ,  1  ,  ■  .  ■  N 


76 


Andante. 


PITY.  L.M. 


J.  H.  LESLIE. 


3^3^l^=ff=[7-{— • 


i 


4^ 


I      r     T"   i      ^   i      I  ii 
1    Be -hold   a  stran-ger  at     the  door!  He  gen  -  tly  knocks,has  knocked  before, Has  waited  long — is  waiting  still,  You  treat  no  oth  -  er  friend  so  ill 


■G-\-0-*-0— § 

-\  h 


L|  


±*Z3i±3=t£ 


H  H 


(9 


6^ 

I  


1 


qzzRZizzt^ 


H— 


i 


Z=Z,zzr: 


HI 

Al  l~Al — 


H-£s — Ai       — 1  -£H 


2   Oh,  love  -  ly  at  -  ti-tude!  he  stands  With  melt-ing  heart  and  bleeding  hands ;  Oh.matchless  kindness!  and  he  shows  This  matchless  kindness  to  his  foes. 

P-4^d=jq^^qF=l^=S-^=:R:==5::F-'=l^::F:J — 


£g3ZES^EES 

(m   *  4- — 1 — <-r-^— * — * — 1  h — —  r 


^  1- 

— -w-  0 — -WH — 1  

H^-h*—-3  


LZZZDJ 


3    Ad-mit  himere  his    an  -  ger  burn,  His  feet  de-part  -  ed  ne'er   re-turn;  Ad  -  mit  him,  or  the  hour's  at  hand  You'll  at    hisdoor  re-ject-ed  stand. 


zz±Hzzz 


mm 


3=2 


-6^ 


I 


 1  i*- 


EzztzzE|zz£z«zzzE!rz^Et=Il 


~l— 1-4 


-G^—t-y-o—m 


~! — U 

-H— — I- 

5> — #- 


ROSED  ALE.  L.  M. 


-i — — Ih — i — i- 


(9 — 0 


0—0- — #- 


-& 

t- 

1  Great  God !  to  thee  my  evening  song  With  humble  gra-ti-tude     I  raise;       Oh,let  thy  mer  -  cy  tune  my  tongue, And  fill    my  heart  with  live-ly  praise. 


I 


Dr.  GEO.  F.  ROOT 


=n=t 


tz|=z 

2      My  days,un  -  clouded  as  they  pass,  And  ev'-ry  gen- tly  roll  -  ing  hour,     Are  monu  -  mentsof  wondrous  grace,And  wit  -  ness  to  thy  love  and  pow'r. 


zcz* 


1h^"?ri~i   1  I  Mil  j  j  i  j — '-I — i-l — !  iTT 


szesitzz*^ 


ztzN; 


3     And  yet  this  tho'tlcss, wretched  heart,Too  oft   re-gardless  of     thy  love,       Ungrateful,can  from  thee  de-part,  And,  fond  of    tri-fles,  vainly  rove. 

-1- 


^zfctztzf 


F=j— I 


-p — -£Zy- 


-A-A-E| 


h — I — v 


it 


A-zq 


A- -i9 — A— J 


ly  rove. 

 i  i~» 


z): 


BENARES.  L.M. 


77 


4 


IS  N  IS 


-A  '  A    A  A- 


A-N- 


I — ^_^__L_t  fcz 


1 — 

1  Oh,where  is  now  that  glow -ing  love    That  marked  our  union  with  the  Lord?  Our  hearts  were  hx'd  on  things  above, Xor  could  the  worM  a   joy     af  -  ford. 


2  Where  is  the  zeal  that  led     us  then      To  make  our  Saviour's  glo  -  ry  known?  That  freed  us  from  the  fear  of  men,  And  kept  our  eye    on     him  a  -  lone  ? 


3  Where  are  the  hap-py  sea  -  sons  spent    In    fel  -  lowship  with  him  we  loved?  The  sa-cred  joy — the  sweet  content, The  blessed  -  ness  that    then  we  proved? 


p3 


V-\  pv_ pV- 

— I  1  i- 

A-^-A— A- 


~0  •  I  9    9~  0- 

-I  |-H  1  1— 

i — Fv-v-v- 


0-'~Q—0-0 


,1 


Blaestoso. 


f-i — i- 


'f  1 — n — i— a-\-£s — H — i    T -H — i  a  I  & — i — I — i — H — K^-H^H-H — H — i — H — 1 — rrH — i~l  i+'h51 — :  I  -:  '■■   -I  .      — It 

1  Now  to  the  Lord  a     noble  song!        A-wake,my  soul— a  -  wake,my  tongue;  Ho  -  san-na  to  th'  e  -  ter  -  nal  name,  And  all  his    boundless  love  pro-claim. 


H — h 


TRURO.  L.M. 


Dr.  CH  BTOXEY. 


i — I  H 

— I  h- 


IP 


iPn — H— 


1 


H  \ 

A  ^ 


2  Grace !  'tis  a  sweet,a  charming  theme,  My  tho'ts  rejoice    at  Je 


i. 


sus'name!      Ye  an-gels,dwellup-on    the  sound;   Ye  heavens,retkct  it      to  the  ground! 


-4- 


— I  I  I  I 


gg 


Q  


*A 


I 


4- 


— H 


i 


— .  I  ^  A   '  — 

3    Oh,  may  I  reach  that  happy  place  Where  he  un  -  veils  his  love-ly  face!    Where  all  his  beauties  you  be  -  hold,  And  sing  his   name  to  harps  of  gold! 
&T-r-T-K  1  m-*-r-  r-F^P 




-&—>.  


is: 


f 


-o- 


±= 


-J  !  L 


T— (- 


■rft-i-r 


 £s-  -"—  --- 

■  


■  IT 


78 


Gentle. 


RED).  L.M. 


1    Still  eve-nlng  comes,  with  gentle  shade,Sweet  harbinger  of  balm  -y     rest,  From  toilsome  hours  and  anxious  tho'ts  Revolving  in  the    pen  -  sive  breast. 


2     Ee  -  ful-gent  day  in     darknesssets ;  The  noi-sy  crowds  are  hush'd  in  sleep ;  Harsh  sounds  to  gentle  murmurs  turn,  As  o'er  the  fields  the  zeph-yrs  sweep. 


3      Re  -  tirement,sol-emn  yet  se-rene,  And  un-disturhed  by  hu-man  voice,     In-vites  repose  on    Je-sus'  arm,And  bids  my  soul  in  God  re 

-N — ■ 


joice. 


1 


J: 


F-R-^  


iz 


H  1 


Moderate. 


-H-H 


— I — k- 


MIGDOL.  L.M. 

=H=ft  ' 


Dr.  L.  MASON. 


-f— h 


-i — r  l  i- 


I 


1  Soon  may  the  last  glad  song  a  -  rise, Thro'  all    the     millions  of     the  skies, That  song  of  triumph  which  records  That  all  the  earth  is     now   the  Lord's. 


■9—m- 


I 


— 


-&  0-^-^-0, 


i 


2  Let  thrones,andpowers,and  kingdoms  be  O-be  -  dient  mighty    God,  to    thee!  And  o-ver  land,and  stream  and  main,Now  wave  thesceptre  of    thy  reign. 


-h 


riTj-Trl 


J  1 — .  — A. 


H — I  h 

1— I  h 


1     *T   ft        '  ^ 

*  4-^-^  — 


— I— f-w-i*-i»- 


)  h 


3    Oh,  let  that  glorious  an-them  swell;  Let  host  to      host  the  tri-umph  tell,  That  not  one  reb-el  heart  re  -  mains,But  o  -  ver   all  the    Sav  -  iour  reigns ! 


Chanting  style. 


A— \ 


i    A    A— A- 


3*=a^ 


TRAFTON.  L.M. 


79 


— 1  ^-/-b, — M — 1+ 


»  »  ^  ♦ 


1 — W—A- 


I 


•A— A— A- A— A— y  -  -Ar 


s    1  With  tearful  eyes  I  look  a-round ;  Life  seems  a 'dark  and  stormy  sea ;  Yet.'mid  the  gloom, I  hear  a  sound.  A  heav'nly  whisper,"  Come  to  w}  A  hpaVnly  i  tc 


-V-V- 


2  It  tellsmeof   a  place  of  rest;    It  tellsme  where  my  soul  may  flee ;  Oh,to  the  weary  ,faint,oppress'd, How  sweet  the  bidding,"  Come  to  me,"How  sweet,  etc 

3  "  Comc.for  all  else  must  fail  and  die;  Earth  is  no  resting-place  for  thee  ;  To  heav'n  direct  thy  weeping  eye,I  am  thy  portion,Come  to  me,' I  am  thy  portion,  etc 


— fi  1  541 — s: — Ni  a  1 — r  N  !N  N-\nri  r  1  c — S-A — ,  *  

y- — »-Fp^-g-^-a — Fg-F*-.-*-*  *+rvJ\r-\y-?-'--*- — 7+— 


:tc. 


I 


4    O  voice  of  mer-cy!  voice  of  love!    In  conflict,grief,and  agony,  Support  me,cheer  me  from  above !  And  gently  whisper,"  Come  to  nie,"And  gently  whisper.ctc. 


A-A-A-AA-k 


A    A    A    A    A  A- 


Ah 


I  J      I  J  I 


-A- 


EE 


0-0-0-  s 


AIVAAAA 


-At— Ah 


11 


H 


ROLLAND.  L.M. 


W.  B.  BRADErRY. 


rffi 


•AAA 


3± 


T»"A 


-0—0— 


0- 


^-0 


-£-|~£r- 


■A — A — =- 


I 


i 


1  How  pleasant,bow  divinely  fair,   O  Lord  of  hosts,thy  dwellings  are!  With  long  desire  my  spirit  faints  To  meet  th'  assemblies  of  thy  sain  ts,To  meet  th'  assemblies,etc 


•A  1  H-B— 4-  1  1  1  h 

i^n.  1^"^  —1.  0- 


2  My  flesh  would  rest  in  thine  abode, My  panting  heart  cries  out  for  God  ;  My  God,my  King,why  should  I  be  So  far  from  all  my  joys  and  thee  ?  So  far  from  all  my.etc. 


r  1  !  i  1 

1  I'll 

 1 — 1 — 1 — !- 

*i  _  /m  £i  

1  r-i-N 

-1  1 — 1 — H 

1 — *  1 

?   2  A 

— 1 — 1 — f—rt- 
-A  A  & 

— A —  1  1 

— 1 — \-A-w  AI- 

r* 

-1  1  

i-r- 

-♦-1 

_i — , 

-A  A  *  * 

WAm  ±- 

1  B  ■  □ 

L*~*  

M 

■  0  



3  Cheerful  they  walk  with  growing  strength,Till  all  shall  meet  in  heaven  at  length,Till  all  before  thy  face  appear.  And  join  in  nobler  worship  there  .And  join  in.  etc. 


:a  a 


P-e- 


t~tt 


r: 


t: 


H — [- 
0  0 


80 


MEDWAY.  CM. 


E.  P.  NOYES. 


mm 


m 


-0  O 


-\— -1-4- 


i 


-S>- 


-O  h 


I — P — o — w- 

j  i  .  


-o> — |* 


1  Sweet  was  the  time  when  first     I    felt      The  Sav-iour's  pard-'ning  blood    Ap-plied    to  cleanse  my  soul  from  guilt,  And  bring  me  home  to  God. 

1L  Iff 


■e1- 


i 


-£j  4-L£!  AH-^  — A'- 


— F 


■©«- 


1 


'A 


2  Soon  as    the  morn  the  light    reveal'd,    His  prais  -  es  tun'd  my  tongue ;  And,  when  the  eve  -  ning  shade  prevailed, His  love  was  all  my  song. 


&- 


■4=n 


mm 


■t 


3=5 


-9 


— "H 


I 


3     In  prayer,my  soul  drew  near    the  Lord,    And  saw    his  glo  -   ry  shine ;  And  when     I  read    his    ho  -  ly  word,     I   called  each  promise  mine. 


^31oderato. 


COWPER.  CM. 


Dr.  L.  MASON. 


A^-A-A  l-A 


 hA^A*  A  A— I — 1—1- 


— i  i  i 


1   There      is    a  fountain  fill "d.  with  blood,Drawn  from  Immanuel's  veins ;  And  sinners,plunged  beneath  that  flood, Lose  all  their  guilty  stains, Lose  all  their,  etc 

li 

JEI  - 


A*w  JS       f  A^ZiL  A       ^     A.-L  A«* 


zj== 


IS    >  I 


H  1  I- 


"A1  "  A=  A  A  A 

2  The     dy-ing  thief  re-joiced  to  see  That  fountain  in  his  day,      And  there  may  I.tho'  vile  as  he,  Wash  all  my  sins  a  -  way,TVash  all  my  sins    a -way. 

3  Thou  dying  Lamb  !  thy  precious  blood  Shall  never  lose  itspow'r,  Till     all  theransom'd  church  of  God  Are  saved.to  sin  no  more,  Are  saved,to  sin   no  more. 


tap- 


At 


A     *  ▼^Z^ 


4       Since  first  by  faith  I     saw  the  stream, Thy  flowing  wounds  supply, Re-deeming  love  has  been  my  theme,  And  shall  be  till  I  die,  And  shall  be  till    I  die. 

~l  ,  ,  .  


 Aa_ .  A*  A  A  I  1*T£  f.  J   M  '  J  A  Pa^A  A    A—  A*  A  aT 


H  (■ 


1 


JOSIE.  CM. 


J.  H.  LESLIE, 


81 


1   Ma -jes- tic  sweetness  sits  enthron'd  Up -on    the  Sav-iour's  brow ;    His  head  with  ra-  diant  glo  -  nes  crown'd.His  lips    with  grace  o'er  -  flow. 


2    No  mor-tal  can  with  him  compare,  Among    the  sons  'of    men;      Fair-er     is    he   than  all     the  fair    That  fill     theheav'n-ly  train. 


mm 


1 


— K — h|~ 


H  1- 


— ^ 


^1 


i 


3    To  him    I  owe  my  life  and  breath,  And  all  the  joys    I     have;     He  makes  me  tri-umph  o  -  ver  death,  He  saves   me  from    the  grave. 


mm 


3=t 


-■    I  1-1— 

-i    i  |v 


+-,  h 


MOUNT  AUBTJM.  CM. 


Author  unknown. 


1 


-I — 


1  Come,  hnmble  sin  -  ner,    in  whose  breast,  A    thousand  tho'ts  re-volve ;  Come,  with  your  guilt  and  fear  oppressed.  And  make  this    last       re  -solve:- 


:q=qz:q=z: 


— i — h 

— ♦ — Q>- 


~1 — ^ 


I 


=J=t=t= 
-Ar-^  t? 


i 


 # 


H  1 


♦ — ♦ — v- 


-♦- 


2     111  go     to    Je  -  sns,  tho' my  sin    Doth  like    a  moun  -  tain  rise ;       I  know  his  courts,  Fll  en  -  ter    in ,  What  -  ev  -  er    may      op  -  pose. 


■A— 19- 


-# — # — o 


-l  11  1  Hg 


-♦ — i — 3 


-i — f 


1 


3    Per-haps  he  will     ad  -  mit  my  plea,    Per  -  haps  will  hear  myprayer;But    if    I    per  -  ish,    I  will  pray,    And  per  -  ish     on    -    ly  there. 


82 


MORRILL.  CM. 


T.  H.  TANNER. 





1 


321 


H — B- 


35: 


1    Ye    hum-ble  souls,  ap-proach  your  God  With  songs  of    sa  -  cred   praise ;    For    he    is  good,  su  -  preme-ly      good,  And  kind  are  all  his  ways. 





I 


-e-- 


I 


2    All     na- tare  owns  his  guard  -  ian  care ;  In  him    we  live      and  move;    But    no -bier  ben -e   -    fits     de  -  clare  The  wonders  of  his  love. 


P 


3± 


-e- 


3t 


f 


3± 


— I — *3-  - 


32; 


1 


3  He   gave  his  well     be-lov  -  ed  Son     To  save    our  souls     from    sin;    Tis   here  he  makes  his    good  -  ness  known,  And  provesit  all  di-vine. 


id 


j£±zt 


321 


_A  L 


-)  1- 


2ti 


WOODSIDE.  CM. 


L.  O.  EMERSON. 


:-l — I — 1  1 


M  - 


3= 


-43^-1- 


H  1 


7£=ZH 


I 


1  Oh, 


for    a  heart    to      praise  my  God,  A  heart  from  sin    set      free ;    A  heart  that  al  -  ways      feels  thy  blood  So  free  -  ly  spilt  for  me. 


1    M  -! 


o 


-I  1  1— ■ — f — | — ^ 

k; 

[ 


H  (- 


-o-*~e- 


H  H 

-0—0- 


1 — h 


 |_L^M-#— #  1  


2    A      heart  resigned,    sub  -  mis-sive,meek ;  My  great  Eedeem  -  er's   throne ; Where  on-ly  Christ    is      heard  to  speak,  Where  Jesus  reigns  a  -  lone. 


-•si— .*— e-f  e- 


3    A        heart  in    ev'  -  ry  thought  renewed,  And  full  of  love     di  -  vine ;  Per  -  feet,  and  right,    and     pure,  and  good,  A  cop  -  y,  Lord,  of  thine. 


3tZ2l 


H  1 — 


MARKELL.  CM. 


A.  8.  KIEFFER,  by  per. 


83 


P  B 

 1 — 

is  

 1 — 

 1  1 

±=«= 

4— 14- 

T— 1= 

'  1 — 

h- 

 1 — 

4-  1— 

i=b 

ip  ^ 

X- — p= 

-=4 

1   Why  should  our  tears    in     sor  -  row  flow,  When  God    re -calls    his  own,    And  bids  them  leave    a     world  of  woe,   For       an      im  -  nior  -  tal  crown  ? 


 r 


i 


3t 


IS 


mi; 


2  Their  toils    are  past,  their  work  is  done,  And  they  are    ful  -  ly  blest ;  They  fought  the  fight,  the    vict'-ry  won,    And     i  ll    III  ml  in   -  to  rest. 


3. 


IS 


-9- 


+ 


3* 


IS 


y  ?  2 


3    Then  let     our  sor  -  rows  cease    to   flow,  God  has     re-called  his  own;  But  let     our  hearts,  in    ev'  -  ry  woe,   Still      say, — "Thy  will  be  done.'* 
r  i©-r-n  m — h~ r   !  i-.  rm  rrr^-r— n  —  rO-r-r-i  — 1 — I— ■ — \ 


Z2±±S£ 


-T- 


V       A  I  — 


m 


CROSS  AND  CROWN.  C.  M. 


ALLEN*. 


4  1    r  - 


£  m 


1- 


p 


-A  1 — A- 


3t 


1- 


-FT 


I 


1   Must    Je  -  sus  bear  the  cross     a  -  lone,     And  all     the  world  go     free  ?       No,  there's  a  cross  for    ev'  -  ry  one,      And  there's  a  cross  for  me. 


H  1- 


H  1  i — H^B  1- 

q  1  *  -s 


32 


H  I- 


H  )  1- 

— I — m~ 


t  K J  I  I 
-i~>  •■---I 


:fl[ 


1 


2      How  hap  -  py  are     the  saints     a  -  bove,  Who  once  went  sorrowing  here;     But    now  they  taste  un-min-gled  love,    And  joy  without  a  tear. 

4,-=  .  _  ■      !    ■      ,    r-  ,  t-  —  —  r-& 


-fv-i-l-i 


i 


Ha — |  1-- 


H  j — I  '»**'—'  CI 


-l  


5  ! 


3      The  con  -  se-cra-  ted  cross    I'll    bear,    Till  death  shall  set    me     free;        And  then  go  home  my  crown  to  wear,  For  there's  a  crown  for  me. 

* — ^A- 


-£}  M- 


H  h 


1 


-re — r-» 


I 


-0^  6  . 
h  1 — l-f  H 

1 — h-T 


J   I  T| 


O  0 


± 


8-i 


WOODMAN.  CM. 


J.  H.  TENNEY. 


"It 


u  *  u 


t— ; — f— 


♦  K  » 


v- 


i — »  1 1 


-AH 


1 


-i— f 


1 


1  When  beauty  clothes  the  fertile  vale,  And  blossoms  deck  the  spray:  And  fragrance  breathes  in  ev'ry  gale,How  sweet  the  vernal  day !  How  sweet  the  vernal  day ! 


2    Hark!  how  the  feathered  warblers  sing!  "Tis  nature's  cheerful  voice;  Soft  mnsic  hails    the  lovely  spring,And  woodsand  fields  rejoice,  And  woods  and  fields  rejoice 

N  i  r— <-i — i  — N — I — Nr  m  1— r—  1 — N  ■  ■  f  -   ,-  I  , — H  r— V 


4  ,/V 


■i»    i»  <♦ 


H  h 


-+- 


=AH|-Ar 


-AHs- 


-it- 


H  H-4 


H  l-j — h 


H  h 


-+- 


-I  h 


-M  |  |/  ^  V 


H  H 


11 


i 


O  God  of  na  -  ture  and  of  grace,  Thy  heavenly  gifts  impart ;  Then  shall  my  med  -  i-  tation  trace  Spring  blooming  in  my  heart,Spring  blooming  in  my  heart. 


si 


Andante. 


NAOMI.  CM. 


Dr.  L.  MASON. 


■A— A— I 


d   d  d  d  d- 


A  * 


jtZ3t=3t 


i 


-4 


2=4 


1    Fa-ther,whate'er  of    earth-ly  bliss  Thy  sov'- reign  will    de-nies,         Ac  -  cept-ed    at     thy  throne  of    grace,  Let  this    pe  -  ti  -  tion  rise: — 


-+- 


-t— + 


1: 


+ 


4-*-*  iH*- 


I 


iK — A^S  va'  _^La'  w    £  "A^ 

2  Give  me  a  calm,  a     thankful  heart,From  ev'  -  ry  mur  -  mur  free ; 

1  szn  r-,  M— r-i  N- 


eH 


-t- 


^   aI  V 


^  did 


+ 


i 


A'       A     A  -AT  4il  '       A      AT  A^T~2~^ 

The  bless-ings  of      thy    grace  im  -  part,  And  make  me  live   to  thee. 


i 


-4—+ 


=H^ 


i 


■+- 


5%f 


3   Let  the  sweet  hope  that  thou  art  mine, My  life    and  death  at-tend,- 

*-M — f-r* — — zj: 


-AH-^Al  A>  A1 


"T~JTT 

— I— AHf-A- 


H  1— 

4  1 — 


Thy  pres-ence  thro'  my  jour-ney  shine^And  crown  my  journey's  end. 
r-1  N    N  1 — r 


-A — A — AH 


-AH 


-A+ 


Spirited. 


i 


m 


ANTIOCH.  CM. 


Arranged  from  HANDEL. 


85 


I 


„         Joy    to     the  world,    the  Lord      is  come!   Let  earth     re-ceive     her  King; 

t  ft.    ^        ,  . 


 A  •     A  L-A--— g-LA  1  L-AjL  ,-^r-L 


=C3: 


5H 


Joy    to     the  world,    the  Lord      is  come!  Let  earth      re-ceive     her  King; 


Let  ev'  -  ry 


heart 


v- 


=- 


pre  -  pare  him  room, 
^A 


■  # 


Joy    to     the  world,    the  Lord      is  come!  Let  earth     re-ceive     her  King; 


Let  ev'  -  ry        heart       pre -pare    him  room, 


I 


-i — ■ — h 


-& 


And     heav'n  and    na  -  ture 


sing, 


And  heav'n       and  na  -  ture  sing. 


And  heav'n  and     na  -   ture  sing, 

-4- 


And  heav'n  and  na  -  ture  sing, 


And     heav'n,    And  heav'n     and   na  -  ture  sing. 


r-J- 


4- 


I 


And  heav'n  and     na  -  ture  sing, 


And  heav'n  and  na  -  ture  sing, 


And    heavin,    And  heav'n     and  na  -  ture  sing. 


-4  Pv 

fS    IN    N  ft 

! 

— — - — 

*    i  t 

a      A  A  A 

Ly — L< — v — 

;  •  « 

— i  1  H  1  

-0  0—0—0  

-A  •  A- 

 1 — 

L|  ^_ 

1  ^ 

0 — 0 

F  »l 

And    heav'n  and    na  -  ture  sing, 


And  heav'n  and  na-ture     sing,        And  heav'n      and  na  -  tare  sing. 


86 


AMESBURY.  CM. 


J.  H.  TENXEY. 


-W-M  U  - 


rT=F 


1  Maj   -   es  -  tic  sweetness  sits     enthron'd  Up  -  on      the  Sav  -  iour'sbrow;  His  bead  -with  ra  -  diant  glo  -  ries  crown'd.His  lips  with  grace  o'er  flow. 


j=gr-ttTri==n  i  il  '  B 


2    To      him    I     owe  my  life      and  breath,  And  all      the  joys     I       have;    He  makes  me  triumph    o  -  ver  death,  And  saves    me  from  the  grave. 


-!■-*-»  1  


=0= 


±= 


l« 


3    Since    from  his  bounty  I 


re  -  ceive  Such  proofs  of    love  di  -  vine,    Had   I      a  thou-sand  hearts  to     give.Lord !  they  should  all  be  thine. 

■w  i — ,  ,     ■  A 


-0  0  l^f-0 

^  1  — 

I  1 


-»-P- 


:z: 


& 


±= 


Words  by  W.  B.  TAPPAN. 

<S7ou;  and  soft. 

<w  h  'i-b-,  »        m — 


TAPPAN.  CM.  5  lines. 


— -       0  0 — 


I 


Music  arranged  from  J.  A.  SAUMANN. 

p  dim. 
-V--NH  1  ■   !  i   N  K 


± 


— I — — L  0  0  0   1  I — 1  B— 


1  There  is  an  hour  of  peaceful  rest,  To  mourning  wanderers  given  :  There  is  a  joy  for  souls  distress'd,A  balm  for  ev'ry  wounded  breast, 'Tis  found  alone  in  heav'n. 


2  There  is  a  home  for  weary  souls,  By  sin  and  sorrow  driv'n ;  When  toss'd  on  life's  tempestuous  shoals,  Where  storms  arise,and  ocean  rolls,  And  all  is  drear — 'tis  heav'n. 

3  There  faith  lifts  up  her  cheerful  eye,The  heart  no  longer  riven  ;  And  views  the  tempest  passing  by, The  evening  shadows  quickly  fly ,  And  all  se-rene  in  heav'n. 

p  cres.  p  m  p  dim. 


■  R 


I 


I 


+ 


— 


1 


— 


/7\ 


I 


4    There  fragrant  flowers.iniinortal,bloom,  And  joys  supreme  are  given  ;  There  rays  divine  disperse  the  gloom  ;  Beyond  the  dark  and  narrow  tomb  Appears  the  dawn 

of  heav'n. 


i 


-N-N 


MEDITATION.  CM. 

HI 


-*  * — pc 

tU-i- — U 


ALDIN'E  S.  KIEFFER.  87 


1    As  o'er  the  past     my  inem'-ry  strays,Why  heaves  these  -cret  sigh?        Tis  that  I  mourn  de  -  part  -  ed    days,     Yet  un  -  pre   -  pared  to  die. 


as 

►33:: 


it 


 —  

■  i 

— i  1  1 

■     ■  -z 

 I. 



3  Yet,  ho  -  ly    Fa  -  ther,  wild  de-spair  Chase  from  my  lab'ring  breast ;    Thy  grace  it    is  -which  prompts  the  pray'r,  That  grace  can     do    the  rest. 


Ar 


63 


it 


■2  l 


4    My  life's  brief  rem-nant  all   be  thine ;  And  when  thy  sure  de-cree 


'?  *  v 


1= 


-4— j--*- 


.9-9 


-l  h 


— I  


Hi 


Bids  me  this  fleet  -  ing  breath  re  -  sign,      O  speed    my    soul     to  tlu-e. 

i=4=t,^=q=^-F-irr. 


r-t-(^ 


my    soul     to  thee. 


CORONATION.  CM. 


O.  HOLDER 


ESS 


-f*-^I 


H  1 — h 


I  !  1  1 


i — l-i — i — i — A  -----     '-P-t— h 

I  L,  1  1 — L* — *j — i — *-| 


4—1- 
■4—4- 


i — 

— h 

— 

i 

 k- 

1  All  hail, the  great  Immanuel's  name !  Let  angels  prostrate  fall :  Bring  forth  the  royal  diadem,  And  crown  him  Lord  of  all.  Bring  forth  the  royal  diadem.  Anil.  «  v. 
JR.,  *  ^  -,  — I — i — — r— ,  r-HH — ^ — r~r~n — I — h-+ 


2  Let  every  kindred,ev'ry  tribe,On  this  terrestrial  ball,To  him  all  majesty  ascribe,  And  crown  him  Lord  of  all.  To  him  all  majesty  ascribe,  And  crown  liiru  Lord.ctc 


zf^j.:git-^^ 

lis  fe 

i 


C±±= r±l 


-  v. 


3  Oh!  that  with  yonder  sacred  throng,  We  at  his  feet  may  fall  ;  And  join  the  everlasting  song.And  crown  him  Lord  of  all.  And  join  the  everlasting  BOO&An 


j — I  h 

i  1  r— H 


i — 1 — h 


*  1 


■i —  +—+■ 


I 


1  I  1  I 


t  h 


1 


I 

.etc. 

s 

c. 


TRUMPET  CHANT.  0.  M. 


1    Let  ev'-ry  mortal  ear   at -tend,  And  ev'-ry  heart  re  -  joice!  The  trumpet  of  the  gos-pel  sounds,With  an  inviting  voice,With  an  in  -  vit-ing  voice. 


H — i- 


4 


2    Ho!  all  ye  hungry ,starv-ing souls,  Who  feed  up  -  on  the  wind, — And  vainly  strive,with  earthly  toys,To  fill  an  empty  mind,  To  fill  an  emp-ty  mmd. 

--b-fr-^—?  ^"M^ITI — i — 1      I*11-"1    ■  1  — '    1  1  n-j-N-f-^-N-\ 


-•  f  i*-  hp— w-st-  —t- — i  3— f -»-pi^Hf 

 1  A-  -<W  m  1— §--i  H  H- 


i 


^  1 — 


3    Ho!  yewhopantfor  liv -ing  streams,  And.pine  a  -  way,  and    die;  Here  you  may  quench  your  ragingthirst  With  springs  that  never  dry, With  springs,  etc, 

A  .  ■       ■  ^r-P 


t-j— A-i-A  -  A  -A  A 


PHILLIPS.  CM. 

/TV 


Eg 


0—& 


— i- 


I.  B.  WOODBURY. 


1    Be  -  hold  the    west-em  eve  -  ning  light !    It  melts   in  eve  -  ning  gloom  :  So  calm  -  ly     Christians  sink    a  -  way,     De  -  scend-ing  to 


the  tomb. 


-AH  t2^ 


-4- 


-£r      -Ah  -? 


h-Lj  H — I — *■ — I — ' — I  J- 

-AH    13      -A-  -j-    -£r  w 


4h 


^tn" — h 
-♦—i — i- 


m 


-AH  -At-    v      -A  -i£r      *  -£H       A "  -A^-  -£H 

2  The  winds  breathe  low, the  with'-ring  leaf  Scarce  whis-  pers  from  the  tree :    So    gen  -  try  flows  the  part  -  ing  breath,  When  good  men  cease  to  be. 

3  How  beau  -  ti  -  ful     on    all    the  hills    The  crim  -  son  light    is  shed!  'Tis  like     the  peace  the  Chris  -  tian  gives     To  mourn  -  ere    round  his  bed. 


4  How  mild  -  ly    on     the  wan'-dring  cloud  The  sun 


:~d  ALzd: 


-i  H 


iaHizs: 


i 


set  beam    is  cast !    'Tis  like    the  mem'  -  ry  left    be  -  hind,  When  loved  ones  breathe  their  last. 


q: 

9 


-#-L(9— " 


r  1 — i  1— i — i  1  i — i  i-i — —  ■ — i  r 

|  — ,  1  1  1  !  1 —  !-]  1 — I-  — !  


 1 

— e 


ZZ^Z 


M 


HEPWORTH.  CM. 


J.  H.  TEJTNEY. 


1    Thou  art  the  Wat — to  thee    a    -  lone  From  sin 


and    death  we      flee  ;  And  he,who  would  the  Fa  -  ther  seek, Must  seek    him,  Lord,    in  thee. 


3=T 


•9- 


i 


1 


2  Thou  art  the  Truth — thy  word  a  -  lone  True    wis    -    dom  can      im  -  part ;  Thou  on  -  ly  canst     in-struct  the  mind, And  pu   -  ri    -    fy      the  heart. 

3  Thou  art  the  Life — the  rending   tomh  Pro  -  claims     thy    conq'-ring    arm ;  And  those  who  put  their  trust  in  thee,   Nor  death  nor     hell  shall  harm. 


4    Thou  art  the  Way, the  Truth, the     Life— Grant  us 


to     know  that  Way,That  Truth  to  keep,  that  Life  to    win,Whieh  leads   to      end  -  less  day. 


A  -  A  \  -1  -1 

==1  =t 

-a  -P 



H  £r- 

_A  

i  —  

Ei=h=N=^ — i 

-i  1  — 

r  It- 

-h  r— 

-1 — r~ 

S 

k-  * 

Allegro. 


LANESBORO'.  CM. 


English  Tune. 


-I — G—  e-o-  q'Y — 


■t— | — tf— *- — *- 


"A~r"  ^  IT 


1     Early,  my  God,without  de-lay,  I  haste  to  seek  thy  face  ;  My  thirsty  spirit  faints  a  -  way,  My  thirst -y        spir-it    faints  a  -  way  .Without  thy  cheering  grace. 


2     So  pilgrims  on  the  scorching  sand, Beneath  a  burning  sky,Long  for  a  cool-ing  stream  at  hand, Long  for  a 


9-e 


-id.?: 


gj__j  1- 


cool-ing  stream  at     hand.  And  they  mast  drink.or  die. 

ST 


3  I've  seen  thy  glory  and  thy  pow'r  Thro'  all  thy  temple  shine,My  God  repeat  that  heavenly  hour,My  God  re  -  peat  that  heavenly    hour.That  vis-ion  so  di -vine. 


>):  2 


i — m- 


ZgL  L_ 


t-tT- 


-I  -J 

-U4 

1     i  :: 

■a)  d  

ttl.  J 

-a  d  

-6 


90 


TRIUMPH.  CM. 


A.  J.  SHOW  ALTER,  by  per. 


ii 


-7=1- 


-4— f=f 


=rzzp::r 


1£ 


1   There  is     a  name  I  love     to  hear,      I    love  to  sing    its     worth ;    It  sounds  like  mu-sic    in    mine   ear,     The  sweetest  name  on  earth. 


2     It  tells  me    of     a   Sav-iours  love,  Who  died  to    set    me       free ;     It  tells  me    of  his  pre  -  cious  Mood,    The  sin-ners  per  -  feet  plea. 


IT 


■o>- 


3    This  name  shall  shed  its  fra-grance  still      A  -  long  this  thorn  -  y       road,  Shall  sweet-ly  smooth  the  rug  -  ged   hill     That  leads  me  up       to  God. 

i  (— .  . — ,  1  1  L 


A_A- 


i 


6>^ 


3t 


6^- 


Aifetuoso. 


EEO.  CM. 


Dr.  L.  MASON. 


i 


4^5 


♦  »-r- 


£  A 


H  H 


■o — 


zr 


♦     l»  l» 


1  With  joy  we  med-i-tate  the  grace  Of  our  High  Priest  above  ;  His  heart  is  made  of  tenderness,His  heart  is  made  of  tenderness,  His  bowels  melt  with  love. 
It  /T\  /7\ 


33EEE 


1 


H  1  h 


— t 


! 


— — »-•     - « »  .--->*   -  ^- 

2  Touched  with  a  sympathy  within,He  knows  our  feeble  frame ;  He  knows  what  sore  temptations  mean,He  knows  what  sore  temptations  mean.For  he  has  felt  the  same. 

3  He,  in  the  days  of  feeble  tlesh,Pour'd  out  his  cries  and  tears,    And  in  his  meas-ure  feels  afresh,  And  in  his  measure    feels  afresh  What  ev'ry  member  bears. 


0  0  9 


-0-0  d  9-4 


-0-9- 


S  


-A- 


=7  1  1  i  1 1 — 1 1  rs  m  |=n  1 1  !    1  1  M-| 


1  t—MT-mT 

f**  


m 


9^3 


Then  let  our  humble  faith  address  His  mercy  and  his     power ;  We  shall  obtain  delivering  grace,We  shall  obtain  deliv-ering  grace  In  each  distressing  hour. 


ZZZZZ 


^1 


0-0-0- 


t-1-t- 


1 — 


-0-0-&- 


j.  — i — i>  /  i — 1 — 


HELENA    C.  M. 


91 


3^ 


JLi. 


4= 


AM- 


1    There  is    an  hour  of  hallowed  peace  For  those  with  cares  opprest.  When  sighs  and  sorrowing  tears  shall  cease,  And  all  be  hushed  to  rest,And  all  be  buahed  to  rest. 

Si   ill   [  TTSfA—^- 1 1  i  I  fl\  I    S  I   .11    k\  f  I  ,   f1  Pi  is] 


fas 


«l-j*J_«L 


_v: — *- 


Tis  then  the  soul  is  freed  from  fears  And  doubts  which  here  annoy  ;  Then  they  that  oft  have  sown  in  tears,  Shall  reap  again  in  j  oy,  Shall  reap  a-gain  in  joy. 

J— s  n^-r-^T—  hr-J  '  ^ 


3     There  is     a  home  of  sweet  re-pose,"Where  storms  assail  no  more;  The  stream  of  endless  pleasure  flows  On  that  ce  -  les  -  tial    shore,  On  that  ce  -  les  -  tial  shore. 

♦  H«  1  rH  \H  h-7TT  T  1  r  1  1  I t 


fY:— 4-^ 


A-  A  A  A 


5£ 


-F 


H— — h 


-I 


i 


ARCADIA.  CM. 


Dr.  T.  HASTINGS. 


H — h 


J — I — I- 


I    I  I  1- 


H — I  H 


^ — h 


g*  #  #  # 


5>A 


1    In  time  of  fear, when  trouble's  near.I  look  to  thine  abode  ;  Tho'  helpers  fail,  and  foes  prevail,IH  put  my  trust  in  God,       I'll  put  my  trust 


in  God. 


H  1- 


H — h 


0—0—0- 


2  And  what  is  life,'mid  toil  and  strife,"What  terror  has  the  grave  ?  Thine  arm  of  power  in  peril's  hour,The  trembling  soul  will  save,Thc  trembling  soul  will  save. 


H  1- 


I 


*"  -  0-0-  # 


<7  T 


H — h 
ii — h 


I  IP  I* 


-0-0-0- 


H  H 


m 


_• 


3     In  darkest  skies,  tho'  storms  arise,I  will  not  be  dismayed :    O  God  of  light.and  boundless  might, My  soul  on  thee  is  stayod,My  soul  on  thee 


is  stayed. 


82 


Gently. 


ALFOED.  CM. 


J.  H.  T  FINNEY. 


Jk.  A_ 


1    How  vain  are   all  things  here  be  -  low,  How  false,  and  yet    how    fair!     Each  pleasure  hath  its  pois-on,      too,    And  ev'  -  ry  sweet  a  snare 


I 


*^  ^     ♦  "  '    '  -©»-    x)-  -O  -i  ^  XT  XT  XT' 

2  The  brightest  things  be -low    the  sky     Give   but    a    flatt'- ring  light;    We  should  suspect  some  dan-ger      nigh,  Where  we    pos-sess  de- light 

3  Our    dear-est  jovs,  and  near  -  est  friends.  The  part-ners  of     our  blood,     How  thev  di  -  vide  our  wav'ring    minds,  And  leave  but  half  for  God. 


1 


-# — #- 


5- 


p     A  A 


ST 


U  . 


4     The  fond-ness  of       a  crea  -  tore's  love — How  strong  it  strikes  the    sense  !  Thith-er  the  warm  af  -  fee  -  tions  move,  Nor  can    we  call  them  thence, 


-Ss-5— k- 


i 


-k— k- 


—  a  a: 


JS2  A. 


i — r 


Allegretto.  Declamento. 


MERTON.  CM. 


H.  K.  OLIVER. 


u 

-3  1  A  * 

*— 

ah 

r* — *  » 

9-m- 

A  ' 

1  a 

A 

i   V  

. — 

u   — 

— * — i  i — 

 7-5^ 

^  a  || 

H  

 ■ — 

L_T  

✓ 

■ —  . — 1 

*~r  ■ 

— i  — 

1     Ye  gold  -  en  lamps  of  heav'n!  farewell,  "With  all    vour  fee  -  ble  light ;  Fare- well,  thou  ev  -  er-chang  -  ing  moon,  Pale    em  -  press  of  the  night! 

1  V 


0 — 0—0- s 


i 


V   N   V  S 


3  m 


2  And  thou  jre  -  ful-gent  orb       of  day,     In  bright  -  er  flames  arrayed.    My  soul,  that  springs be-yond    thy  sphere.  ^>"o  more  demands  thine  aid. 

3  Ye  stars  are  but  the  shin  -  ing  dust     Of  my     di  -  vine  a -bode;  The  pave-ment  of  those  heaven- lv  courts.  Where  I    shall  reign  with  God. 
^  r-^  .  .  .  .  „  .  ,  .  kr-X 


1 


a 


♦  i 


v — s~ 


■99- 


m 


X 


4  There  all  the  millions  of       his  saints  Shall  in     one  song  u  -  nite,    And  each  the  bliss  of      all     shall  view,  With  in 

 s  V — ^ 


A  S  S  S  S 


S     S  S 


fi  -  nite  de- light. 
0    0  0 


_A  A_.  A  A  A_ 


I 


i 


.A  A  A. 


Ill 


V—/-/ 


& 


Tenderly. 


CAELENE.  CM. 


J.  H.  TEN"JTEY. 


93 


■£ — £- 


22: 


1 


-9—9 


-e-.- 


1 


i 


1    As     o'er  the  past    my  mem'  -  ry  strays,  "Why  heaves  the  se-cret  sigh?         'Tis  that  I  niournde- part- ed  days,  Still  un  -  pre  -  pared     to  die. 


3  Yet,     ho  -  ly    Fa  -  ther.wild    de-spair  Chase  from  my  lab'-ring  breast ;       Thy  grace  it     is  that  prompts  the  pray'r;  That  grace  can  do       the  rest. 


EES* 


~A  A 


-A^—Ar 


-G- 


-A — A~ 


-£r~A- 


-O- 


jlJZL 


Allegretto, 
Jk  a    1 1 — 1  \ 

HI  k  ,3,    *  — * 


IEA.  CM. 


fTTT  ZEUNER. 


H-4+— 


3t 


f        1      75  r 

1  j  M 


i 


id: 


HI 


3£ 


I 


i  h 


-1  


1     Je-sus!  I  love    thy  charming  name ; 'Tis    mu.- sic  to    mine  ear;  Fain  would  I  sound    it    out  so  loud,  That  earth  and  heav'n  might  hear. 


o  -0-  -c- 

2     All  that  my  loft  -  iestpow'racan  wish,  In    thee  doth  rich  -  ly  meet;  Not    to  mine  eyes     is  light  so  dear,  Nor  friend-ship    half       so  sweet 


m 


i  h 


m 


±= 


3    Thy  grace  still  dwells  up -on  my  heart,  And  sheds  its    fra-grance  then. — The  noblest  balm     of  all  my  wounds,The  cor  -  dial  of 


my  care. 


94 


Devoutly. 


ii  -  ti.  trocar,    .i:         :*e         -  :"cr 


DUBTJYNE,  S.M. 


To    thee  all 


10O3  bow. 


bow.  I 

eg 


3  V  o 


# — #- 


A-l   — 


 ^ 


kingdom  come ;  thy  will     On  earth  be  done     in      lore,  Aa 

dai  -  1  j  bread  sap-plj.  While    bj  thy  word     we     live ;  The 


bet  -  a-phimfal-  £1  Thy  per  -  feet  law  a  -  bore. 
»r      in  -i-qm-ty      For-grre,    aa        we        for    -  grre. 


-#  a — 0 


—o- 


4  Thine.then.  for  -  ct  -  er    t«       Glo  -  rj  andpowr    <ii   -  Tine:    The  seep  -  tre.thrope  ,and  maj  -  es  -  ty       Of  hear'nand    earth       are  thine. 


t 


— w- 


LISBON.  S.M. 


Ait.  from  D.  READ,  by  J.  H.  T. 


~f  M 


-=  A  A 


!  ■  I  ■  I 


a.  a 


-A— A- 


-A — A- 


-A  A 


rift  ^ 


1  ~t  1_t  •: : 


i!   Wei -come  to  this  re-TtT- 


A  Tvrl  fli... 


HE 


~¥  9    9    9  \~9 


f — y 


f 


2    The  Kins  himself  comes  near  And  fear 


and  pray. 


♦  ♦  ♦  j  9  w  ^  ♦  w ♦ 


A.  A 


EEEF 


3    One  (Lit.  a-midtl 


Where  mx dear  Lord  hath  >:-eri  Js     rweeterthan  ten  Aoosaad  davs  Of  j  k-ascre-a 

A  A  A-  ' 


-a   -   -    -  ble 


i 


^  7     4    ^  !  I        ;  ~*~  i=f  I       [  A     A     A     A  |  —A- 


SEABROOK.  S.  M. 


95 


-A  A 


M — / 


0-  0 


- — ■-  - /—■-I  


— i  y 

-0 — 0- 


-A — A 


-A  w-  A 


I 


#  tf  0- 


1    My    God,  per  -  mit   my    tongue   This  joy,      to       call     thee    mine;  And     let  my  earl    -    y  cries    pre -vail,      To  taste    thy  love     di  -  vine 

-2—1      ^   M  f^-H^rh^T-srH         I   r— r-       .   N  1 


pi 


x  


i 


0  •  m 


i; 


-9  —f 


2  For     life  with  -  out     thy     love,      No    rel  -  ish        can    af  -   ford;    No    joy  can    be       compared  with  this,      To  serve  and    pleasethe  Lord. 


V  2  F 


j  I  pi  rn 

3tXJ  ^   -A  ^ 


[La  _A  £ 


2S. 


g 


<S7o?r  arir/  50/?. 

5. 3  ■ 


DEUNIS.  S.  M. 


H.  G  XA(.KI.I. 


i 


=3 


1 — v 


3  «. 


s 


s  1  1 


It 


How  gen  -  tie     Gods  commands!  How  kind  his  pre-cepts  are!  Come,  cast    your  bur  -  dens  on      the    Lord,   And    trust    his    con  -  stant  ca 


I 


4=AL 


1. 


-j  h 


#         "  -0-0-  -o      T  "      "  ^  "    -0)  \0)   -&-  '^0-  J*  -0- 

2     His    boun-ty     will  pro -vide  !    His     saints  se  -  cure  -  ly  dwell ;  That    band  which  bears  ere  -  a    -    tion  up.     Shall  guard     his     cbil-dren  ■lO. 

5 


It 


h 


A_TA.  .A-r  A'^A1  I  ^ 


H — H 


3     His    goodness  stands  approved,  Un-cbang'd  from  day  to  day;    I'll     drop    my    bur  -  den     at       his    feet,    And     bear      a     song     a  -  way. 


BOTELEE,.  S.M. 


1    And  will  the  Judge  descend,  And  mustthe  dead  a  -  rise,  And  not  a     sin-gle  sonles-cape  His  all  -  dis  -  cern  -  ing  eyes  ?  His  all  -  dis  -  cern-ing  eyes  ? 

*3E 


§§1 


I — I—  -*-Vrj— a — a  ■ — i — 1-|  — i  \ — S —  1  ' — I — i  1  P — f—t — i  1 — f 

it  ~£ 


2    How  will  my  heart  en -dure  The  ter-rors  of  that  day,  "When  earth  and  heav'n  hefore  his  face  As-ton-ished  shrink  a  -  way?  As-  ton-ished  shrink  a-  way  ? 


~N-A- 


*-9 


I 


^  


A— fv 


I 


3    Bnt,ere  the  trumpet  shakes  The  mansions  of  thedead,Hark!fromtheGospel'scheeringsound"Whatjoy-ful  tid-ings  spread!  "What  joyful  tid  -  ings  spread ! 


A— N- 


-h — I 


m 


a— 


y— 


4-H 


Slowly. 


NATHALIE.  S.M. 


BEETHOVEN. 


^:=FFFrl:z:^ 


i4 — I — V 


m 


i 


1     The  Spir  -  it 


in     our  hearts,    Is  whispering  "  Sin  -  ner,  come ;"  The  hride,  the  church  of  Christ,  pro-claims    To    all     his    chil-dren,"  come." 


-4- 


2    Let  him    that  hear  -  eth  say 


To  all 


m 


1=T 


=i — i — 3533 — i — * — ^-r-^fi 

h  a  H — H~d  1  1  1  1 — V 


a  -  hout  him,"Come ;"  Let   him  that  thirsts  for  right- eons- ness,  To  Christ,  the    foun-tain,  come. 


s 


m 


i 


3    Yes,  who  -  so  -  ev  -  er  will,    Oh,    let    him     free  -  lycome,    And  free  -  ly     drink  the  stream  of     life;  'Tis    Je  -  sus   hids  him  come. 


1 


— ±- 

-t  1  

1 — E 


I 


ZEIGLER.  S.M. 


# — \-0- 


~4-# — h 


1 


<5— l  -o — 


J.  H.  TEXXEY.  97 


1  Thou    Lord  of  all      a  -  bove»  And  all    be  -  low  the  sky,  Pros  -  trate   be  -    fore    thy    feet      I  fall,     And     for      thy  mer   -  cy  cry. 

to: 


tb 


Eg 


-e»- 


#  ^ — i- 


=A  M- 


1 


I 


2    For-give    my   fol  -  lies  past,  The  crimes  which  I    have  done ;    Bid    a       re  -  pent  -  ing  sin  -  ner  live,  Through  thine    in  -  car  -  natc  Son. 


33 


3 


-A- 


=J==t 


i5 


-#-H 


-I — h 


F^'J  F 


1 


i 


3    One    gra-cious  look  of  thine  "Will    ease  my    troubled  breast ;  Oh,     let     me     know  my    sins     for-giv'n,  And 


shall  then    be  blest! 


H  + 

 1   s   i-H  — H 

 r- 

-1  1 — 

H  i — 

— i  1- 

-e — 

- 

" — f-i^H — 1  1- 

 A- 

-i  ! — 

— a — 

— i — i — 

H  i  

-A  A 

:t  f= 

-J  1- 

^  

mm 

^  — 

OLMUTZ.  S.M. 


Gregorian. 


i 


1 — i — t — rr 


-A  *  £- 


"I  1~ 


1    Your  harps,  ye  trembling  saints,  Down  from  the  wil  -  lows  take:  Loud    to     the  praise     of     love     di  -  vine    Bid     ev'  -  ry     string      a  -  wake. 





d  1  h 


o  o' 


F-t-F*— 


~0~ 


2  Though  in    a    for  -  eign  land,  We    are  not  far    from     home;  And    near- er     to       our  home     a  -  bove     We       cv'  -  ry     mo  -  men t  come. 


?3EE 


 !- 


H  f 


i 


3     Soon  shall  our  doubts  and  fears  Sub -side  at   his    con  -  trol ;  His     lov  -  ing  kind  -  ness  shall  break  through  The  mid -night    of       the  soul. 


98 


WARNER.  S.M. 


-0-0 — & 


i 


-A-A- 


-A- 


=F=1=U==1 


T.  H.  T  ANN  Ell. 

ft 


f-A-j-A-g-A^TA  '    I  E=CV 


1    Sweet  is         the     friendly  voice  Which  speaks  of  life  and  peace;  Which  bids     the  pen  -  i  -  tent  re  -  joice,  And    sin  and    sor  -  row  cease. 


3£ 


4- 


■A- 


1  A 


i 


2  No      balm      on     earth  like  this,  Can    cheer  the  con -trite  heart;  No      flatt' -  ring  dreams  of  earth  -  ly    bliss    Such  pore  de  -  light  im  -  part. 


3 


=* — t- 


-A- 


1 


.#— I — I- 


-e»- 


F  i  W 


-0 — i- 


mi 


3   Still     mer  -  ci   -    ful    and  kind,  Thy  mer  -  cy,    Lord,  re  -  veal ;    The    bro  -  ken    heart  thy  love  can  bind,  The    wounded  spir  -  it  heaL 





I 


1£ft± 


Moderate. 
— i  N 


BRALTON.  S.M. 


Dr.  L.  MASON. 


j— tziz 


I 


■  i — „- 

~F  *-  

(— ■  B  73  — 

4l     ^    <^  P~ 

— 1  1  l-H  

— 1  H  f2  fes— 

— 1  !  1  1  

iBEfl 

±=ZL_|  1- 

' — i  1  1  *"*  

L,  ,  L.         ,  1 

lift  my  soul     to  God !   My  trust  is    in     his  name ;  Let     not  my  foes,  that   seek    my  blood,  Still    tri  -  umph  in       my  shame. 


=1: 


H — 


 h 


o 

2  From 

3  Be 


M   d  U- 


rf- 


is: 


I 


earl  -  y  dawn  -  ing  light  Till  eve  -  ning  shades  a  -  rise,  For  thy  sal  -  va  -  tion,  Lord,  I  wait,  With  ev  -  er  long 
mem-ber  all     thy  grace,  And  lead  me  in    thy  truth ;  For  -  give  the  sins    of       ri  -  per    days,  And    fol  -  lies  of 

i  1 — r— +— i  1  1  1— 


mg  eyes, 
my  youth. 


4- 


+ 


3 


+ 


+ 


4- 


4- 


+ 


The     Lord  is  just    and  kind ;  The  meek  shall  learn  hia  ways ;  And     ev' -  ry  hum  -  ble      sin  -  ner    find     The  bless  -  ings 


of 


his 


grace. 


I 


Cantabile. 


WILLIE  LOW.  S.  M. 


 £r 


4=1=t 


-A) — A — A+— A — A — A- 


A.  J.  SHOW  ALTER,  by  per.  99 


-A  A  hr 


1    Sweet  Sabbath  of     the      year,  While  eve-ning  lights     de    -    cay,    Thy  part-ing  steps  methinks  I  hear,        Steal     from  the  world    a    -  way. 


3 


-9—9—7)- 


3: 


m 


I 


4^: 


i 


i — r 


H  H 


-A  (- 


2    Lord,  at  this  clos  -  inpr    hour,    Es  -  tab-lish  ev' 


9^3 


+ 


ry       heart     Up  -  on  thy  word  of  truth  and    pow'r,     To     keep  us  when    we  part. 

>  i  p  i  i-t  i  i  i — r 

— \-\  1 — i — i — I — i — X- 

 |-j  \-M — A — A — A — A — A 


I 


A  


OLAYTONVILLE.  S.  M. 


W.  B.  BRADBURY. 


-i — h 


£>  7^- 


-|  1- 


a  a 


H  h 

t—&- 


i 


— I  1  

— W — 9- 


4— j-^j-E 
■  ■  ^  i 


1    Come,  Ho  -  ly  Spir  -  it,      come,  With    en  -  er  -  gy     di  -  vine,     And      on  this  poor     be-night-ed  soul   With  beams    of    mer    -    ey  shine. 


H  1  1- 


-0  &- 


G 


I 


2    Melt,  melt  this  fro  -  zen    heart ;  This  stubborn  will  sub  -  due ;    Each      e  -  vil  pas  -  sion    o  -  ver-come,  And     form    me  all 


new. 


J  J  u 


-i — t- 


-t — (- 


t 


H  h 


H  h 


1 


mm 

-9  ^5 — ■— 


3    Mine  will  the  pro  -  fit       be,     But  thine  shall  be     the  praise;  And     un  -  to  thee  will  I    de-vote  The     rem  -  nant    of       my  d.us. 


-A — A 

-I  1— 


-r~ 


3_ 


"I   I  I — !"    1    !  !' 


r-  I  1 


I' 


100 


Moderate. 


CONFIDENCE.  S.  M. 


N.  BARKER. 


1    When  sorrows  round  us  roll,    And  comforts  we    have  none,    Dear  Sav-iour,  joy  that  thou  art  ours,  And  all  our  griefs  are  gone,  And  all  our  griefs  are  gone. 


— P   r-  I 


-^—^ — ^ — ^ — >-v — 


2    Tho'  ia  the  gloomy  vale,    Yet  wewillfear  no   harm,  Sup-port-ed    by    thy  powerful  grace,  Be- clin-ing  on  thine  arm,    Ee-clin-ing  onthineann. 


i5 


H  1-*H 


A    A'  A 


r-<9- 

f— 


0  # 


v=gzt± 


1 


H  f 


t^*-l — I- 


Gently. 


£EYANT.  S.M. 


J.  H.  TENNEY. 
From  "  Temple  Star,"  by  per. 


id: 


ZE 


1  5=z£ 


r=*Ft=F 

■*i*=:t 


1- 


1  Eest  for  the  toil  -  ing  hand,  Eest    for  the  anx  -  iousbrow,    Eest  for  the  wea   -  ry,  way- worn  feet, 


Best    from    all  la 


hor     now : 


2    Eest  for  the  fever  -  ed  brain,  Eest  for  the  throb-bing  eyes ;  Thro' these  parched  lips  of  thine  no  more 


Shall    pass    the  moan 


-9-  ~^ 
or  sigh. 


-n— t 


-al — ^ 


+ 


3t 


-+- 


— i- 


3l- 


3  Soon  shall  the  trump  of  God    Give    out  the  wel  -  come  sound,That  shakes  the  si  -  lent  chamber  walls, 


A — * — A 

1  1  (— 


And  breaks  the   turf  -  sealed  ground. 

t  c — &  


+ 


m 

id. 


t=t=t 


THEO.  S.M. 

4- 


101 


^ — A 


1       My    spir  -  it    on     thy     care,    Blest  Sav-iour,  I       re  -  cline ;  Thou  wilt  not  leave  me      to    de-spair,    For   thon  art  love     di  -  vim. 


-1 — 1 

— 1 — 

-4  -1 — 1  = 

 1  

»  fed 

m 


9—0—73 


3 


H~  5 


I 


2  In     thee  I  place  my    trust;     On     thee  I  calm  -  ly     rest;      I     know  thee  good,  I     know  thee  just,    And  count  thy  choice  the  beak. 

3  "What  -  e'er    e- vents    he  -  tide;    Thy    will  they  all     per -form;  Safe     in  thy  breast  my    head  I  hide,     Nor    fear  the  com  -  ing  storm. 

-4™  ,  ,  v—  1  —  1  


Let  good  or  ill 


It   must  be  good    for    me, —   Se  -  cure  of  hav  -  ing   thee  in  all, 
f*  r— 1  1    i  _    ■     ,    .    I  ■   


Of     hav-  ing  all 


3± 


'I    1  1 


n^+i  ^  ■ 


HARTLAKD.  S.  M. 


AARON  CHAPIX. 


1 


-£1- 


-o- 


-M- 


O- 


II  i      i        -  -     -  i        i  — 

1     The  day      is     past    and    gone,  The  eve  -  u  ing  shades  ap  -  pear;  Oh,  may     I       ev  -  er    keep    in    mind,  The  night     of  death  draws  near. 


i 


-4-4 


u     -^r-^r    -4-'  "  -4^- 

2    Lord,  keep    me"  safe     this  night,     Se-cuxe     from  all     my    fears;  May  an  -  gels  guard  me  while    I     sleep,  Till  morn  -  ing  light     ap  -  pears. 


-A 


-+-+ 


-4 


1 


4^ 


■4-4 


I 


3    And  when   I     earl  -  y      rise      To  view     th' unwear  -  ied  sun,  May   I       set  out 


9t 


-0 


1 


1= 


-1 — t— 


to     win     the  prize.  And  aft  -  er      glo  -  ry  run. 

— r 


o 


II 


m 


BERTHA.  S.M.  Double. 


-I — i — | — p 

-Hi — H-i — t- 


IT 


I    -was      a  way  -  -ward  child,        I   did     not  love   my    home,       I     did    not  love   my    Fa  -  ther's  voice ;  I    loved    a  -  far      to  roam. 


i 


They  found  me  nigh    to    death,    Famish'd,  and  faint,  and   lone;     They  hound  me  with    the  hands  of  love ;  They  saved  the  wand'-ring  one. 


-+- 


*EEEEE 


^3 


'Twas  he    that  sought  the  lost, 
A  *  


-F 


That  found  the  wand'-ring  sheep;    'Twas  he    that  brought  me  to     the  fold, 'Tis     he   that  still  doth 
-k  A —  m — ~  r»—  r-A  A — A  ■ — — , — \ 


keep. 


-r— 


^ — i — 
+• — t— 


-+- 


-k  Ifc- 

-I  1— 


+ 


-I  • — 


-+- 


HALLECK.  H.M. 


H  


It 


3L 


i 


T.  FRANK  ALLEN'. 


103 


m 


1  Blow  ye     the  trum  -  pet,  blow,     The   glad  -  ly      sol  -  emn  sound :   Let     all     the     na  -  tions  know,     To  earth's   re  -  mot  -  est  bound :  The 


i  '  i  A  i 

— i  1  1  ._ 

-i  -\  1  r 

 1  1  1  ar- 

H  1     ^  *^ 

.  1  1  1- 

3t 


2j. 


?=5 


t- 


2    The  gos  -  pel  trum  -  pet  hear,     The  news     of  heav'n-ly    grace,    And,  saved  from  earth,    ap-pear       Be  -  fore    your  Sav  -  ion r*s  face: 


The 


'—4r 


I 


year      of  ju 


bi 


lee 


is    come,       Re  -  turn,    ye     ran  -  somed  sin  -  ners,  home,     Re  -   turn,    ye     ran  -  somed  sin 


-i-=5— i- 


4 


■A- 


1 


ners,  home. 


— 1- 


3^- 


^ — 


,1 


tor 


year 


1 — r 


i 


of     ju  -  bi   -    lee      is    come,       Re  -  turn,    ye    ran  -  somed  sin  -  ners,  home,     Re  -  turn,    ye    ran -somed  sin    -    ners,  home. 


104 


BECKFOED.  C.  P.  M.  With  Chorus. 


1   Oh,  could 


I  speak  the  match  -  less  worth,    Oh,  could 


I    sound    the     glo  -  ries     forth  Which     in  my    Sav    -  iour  shine! 


2     I'd  sing 


H — 


the  pre  -  cious  hlood    he    spilt     My    ran    -    som  from      the  dread  -  ful  guilt 


-N--— A- 


Of 


at  ~» — » — w— F-g-F^ — ft  f» 


I'd    sing     the  char  -  ac  -  ter     he    bears,     And  all 


I 


the  forms 
-A— 


-A- 

i 


of  love 
—4k- 


-h 


and      wrath  di  -  vine; 




H  (- 


he     wears.  Ex 


on        his    throne ; 


it 


m 


kt-H — 1  1— 


I'd    soar    and  touch  the  heaVn  -  ly     strings,  And     vie      with      Ga  -  briel  while      he     sings,       In    notes      al    -  most      di  -  vine 


 <*  IP 


ft 


— ^- 


 rA  H — 

-A 

— 0  

I'd    sing     his   glo-rious  right  -  eous-ness,       In  which  all 


per  -  feet,  heav'n  -  ly      dress,     My    soul  shall 
V 


0 — 

ev  - 


er  shine. 


I 


In     loft  -  iest  songs    of    sweet  -  est  praise,      I    would  to 


ev 


er  -  last  -  ing     days,    Make  -all 


his 


glo  -  -  ries  known. 


BECKFOKD.  C.P.M.  Concluded. 


11  „CHOBTJS. 


-N— V 


-N — N 


H  1- 


105 

Jtepeat  p. 


In  notes  al-most  di  -  vine,  In  notes  al  -  most  di  -  vine,      I'd    vie  with  Ga-briel  while  he  sings,  In    notes  al  -  most  di  -  vine. 


I'd    vie  with  Ga  -  hriel  while  he  sings,  In   notes  al  -  most  di -vine. 


m 


4*— 


-Pi  r — ^* 

V  P  -V    a  — 

h  :■  t  ■ 


1 


Make  all    his    glo  -  ries  known , 
\^rX-»-.  r 


Make  all  his  glo -ries known, 


9:v ; 


I'd    vie  with  Ga  -  briel  while  he  sings,    In  notes  al  -  most  di  -  vine. 

m 


zc — ■ 


— iy — \- 


-1 


MILDRED.  H.M. 


up 


I 


♦ 


Tr_._r_L^  r  -  m   y    ■  r  ' 

J  Je  -  sus' har-moniousname!  It  charms  the  hosts  a  -  bove  ;  )  ,Tig  au  their  hap  -  pi  -  ness  to  gaze,  'Tis  heav'n  to 
1\They  ev  -  er  more  pro-claim,   And  won-der  at  his  love:  |         


IF**** 

— N — N — N — N 

— 1  1  1  H 

-A — A — A — AH 

■3- 


— K — N- 


see    our   J  e 

-K 


sus'  face. 


-K- 


— -=■  ■  ■  0      0     m     m     m    w  -  -  jt^- 

i  His  name  the  sin-  ner  hears,  And    is  from  sin  set  free  ;  j    New         do  now  his  life    em-ploy,  And  bounds  his    glad -dend  heart    with  joy. 
2\  'Tis  mu-sic  in   his    ears.    'Tis    life  and  Vic -to-  ry:  J   )   


1  :■  » 


-a^H^ 


m 


0  r   Oh,  for    a  tram-pet  voice, 

3\   To  bid  their  hearts  rejoice,      In    him  who  died  lor  all! 


On    all  the  world  to  call,  j 


For   all,  my  Lord  was  cru  -  ci  -  fied ;  For    all,  my    Sav  -  iour  bled    and  died. 


■£a_a_a_a — 


-4—  w- 


FP=P 

k 


Tj  1 

V— ^ 


I 


-4 


m 


106 


IPS: 


FREMONT.  7s. 


J.  H.  LESLIE. 


E>  rs  n  n  n,  l 


-N— N- 


IS    N    f\  N 


3 


4r 


-&- 


1    Haste,    0  sin  -  ner !  now  be  wise  ;  Stay  not  for  the  mor  -  row's  sun ;         Wis  -  dom  if  you  still  de-spise,  Hard  -  er   is    it    to      be  wen. 


N    IS  N 


+ 


£3 


— N — N- 


"Tt    N  hs 

— 1  N 


_J  L 

_« — ^ 


-— -f- 


1 


,   2  Haste 


and  mer-cy  now  im-plore ;  Stay  not  for  the  mor -row's  sun, 
JV — sr,  .-—  -i  N— I— =hr4- 


Lest  thy  sea -son  should  be  o'er    Ere  the  mor-row    is     be  -  gun. 


(5 


I 


A — N — fv 


— \ 


 UJ  ft 


q: 


O    sin -ner!  now  re -turn;  Stay  not  for  the  mor  -  row's  sun, 


w— v- 

Lest  thy  lamp  should  cease  to  burn  Ere  sal  -  va-tion's  work  is  done. 


s 


— \ 


A — A — .A — A — A- 


ROSEFIELD. 


7s. 

2> 


6  lines. 


cres. 
-I— 


Rev.  Lr.  MALAN. 

f  > 


s 


i 


sirs: 


-X3- 


,  f  From  the  cross  up-lift-  ed    high,  W  here  the    Sav-iour    deignsto    die,  1  «  T      ,     A        .   ,    .     ,  n  _  ,  ,  

1  \  it'v.  i  _  i       j-  j       .  °  '  T.  .  .    ,      '  v "  Love  s redeem-ing    work  is  done —  Come,  and  wel-come, 

I  v\  hat  mel  -  o  -  dious  sounds  we  hear,  Burst-  ing    on  the       ravished  ear,  J  "  '  ' 


sin-ner,  come:" 


3 


4- — I  1- 


-sg— «g- 


I 


qzq: 

H  h 


-e-  -e-  -d-  -d- 
P 


i 


+— j- 


-e-  -e- 

crcs. 


I' 


2^3: 


1 — r 


-AHH  h 


-I — h 


H — I- 


22: 


-a-a- 


& — n  


i 


2  f  Sprinkled  now  with  blood  the  throne,  Why  be  -  neath  thy    bur-dens  groan  ?  j  and  kisg    ^     Son_  Co      and  wel 

I.    On  my  wounded  bod  -  y      laid,     Jus  -  tice  owns  the     ran  -  som  paid —  J  ' 

<-    &    ■  ,  ■  -  ■  ■  1  —  ■ — —  


come,  sin  -  ner,  come. 


1EEEE 


1 — F 


\-G- 


-G—6- 


-ih-G—G—P—G- 
— rl — I  1  1  1— 


H  h 


Eli 


Moderate. 


HENDON.  7s. 


Rev.  Dr.  MALA5. 


107 


i 


 lO" 


-a — -i— 


— 


\ 


1    To     thy    pas  -  tures, 


fair     and  large,     Heavenly  Shep  -  herd,       lead      thy     charge ;  And    my  couch  with 

=f^=^=Pn  


tenderest  care, 


33 


(9- 


-iO  o- 


1    To  '  thy      pas    -    tures,     fair     and  large,     Heavenly     Shep  -  herd,    lead      thy     charge ;  And   my    couch  with     tenderest  care, 


I 


* 


-iO — 


-i — ^- 


— i- 


Midst  the  spring  -  ing    grass  pre 


pare, 


Midst  the      spring  -  ing      grass    pre  -  pare. 


i 


Midst  the  spring-ing 


grass   pre  -  pare. 


i 


> — k 


m 


Midst  the  spring-ing  grass 


pre 


pare, 


Midst  the      spring  -  ing      grass    pre  -  pare. 


Fi 


-19- 


r 

Midst  the  spring-  ing 


-G- 


1 


grass  pre  -  pare. 


2  "When  I  faint  with  summer's  heat, 
Thou  shalt  guide  my  weary  feet 
To  the  streams,  that,  still  and  slow, 
Through  the  verdant  meadows  flow, 
Through  the  verdant  meadows  flow. 

3  Safe  the  dreary  vale  I  tread, 

By  the  shades  of  death  o'erspread ; 
With  thy  rod  and  staff  supplied. 
This  my  guard,  and  that  my  guide, 
This  my  guard,  and  that  my  guide. 

4  Constant  to  my  latest  end, 
Thou  my  footsteps  shall  attend  ; 
And  shalt  bid  thy  hallowed  dome 
Yield  me  an  eternal  home, 
Yield  me  an  eternal  home. 


108 


LUTHER.  7s. 


Ufa 


3 


m 


-0 — G- 


-6  F 


-t— h 


^  


H— 


—     I  0-0  " 


3± 


2-3 


t 


1    Hark!  the  her -aid  an -gels   say,  Christ,  the  Lord,    is      ris'n     to  -  day!    Kaise  your    joys  and  tri  -  umphs  high,     Let  the  glorious  tid-ings  fly ! 


2  Lives  a  -  gain  our  glo-rious  King,"  Where.O  Death,  is      now      thy   sting  ?"  Once  he      died  our 


2 


q: 


tt: 


j 


=1 


souls  to     save,"  Where's  thy  vict'ry,boasting  Grave  ?" 


3  "What  tho'  once  we    per  -  ished  all,  Part-ners     of      our      pa  -  rents'     fall  ?  Sec  -  ond     life  we       shall  re    -    ceive,    And  in  Christ  forev  -  er  live. 


1 


-f?- 


-"1  1~ 

MARTTN.  7s.  Double. 

Fine. 


H  t- 


S.  B.  MARSH. 


D.a 


■g — p-p — g: 


H  1- 


■         I    i  '  '  I  T  1     i  I — I 

i  1 — . — L  ~    *"  C  


n  f     Ma  -  ry  to    the  Saviour's  tomb,  Hasted  at    the  earl  -  y 
\  Spice  she  brought,and  sweet  perfume,But  the  Lord  she  lov'd  h 
D.C    Trembling  while  a  crys  -  tal  flood    Is-sued  from  her  weeping 


For    a  while  she  ling'ring     stood,       Fill'd  with  sor-row  and  sur  -  prise ; 


H — H 


H — h 


[ 


— h 


FlNE. 


B.C. 


„  f  But  hersor  -  row  quickly  fled.When  she  heard  his  welcome 
\  Christ  had  ris-en  from  the  dead ;  Now  he  bids  her  heart  re 
D.C.    Ye  who  weep  for  Je  -  sus'  sake,  He  will  wipe  your  tears  a 


voice 
joice 
way. 


"  J-      What  a  change  his  word  can     make,       Tum-ing  darkness  in  -  to        day : 


_L_^LJL: 


— 


ATA 


I 


ASHER.  7s.  6  lines. 


109 


^-<^f— r  * 


hP-J—- 4-+ 


r: 


9-  0 


I 


1   Safe  -  ly     thro'     an  -  oth  -  er   week     God      has    brought        us      on       our    way ;     Let       us  now 


bless  -  ing      sttk , 


E 


— 1  1- 


-1- 


■1 — r 


-V~*-*-        A       "A  A" 

2  'While  we     pray      for  pard'  -  ning  grace,  Thro'     the  dear 


>  

'1 


*       I^L        Ct  A  A       A        +A  jj. 

Ee  -  deem  -  er's    name,    Show    thy       re  -   -   con  -  cil    -    ing    lace ; 


5  L 


=F=t 


in 


I 


3  May    the     gos  -  pel's  joy  -  ful  sound    Con  -  quer     sin  -    -    ners,  com  -  fort    saints ;  Make    the      fruits         of      grace    a  -  bound ; 


1 — F-A- 


[ 


ii 


Wait  -  ins  in 


his  courts     to   -    day ; 


— !  h 

't  A 


3 

<9 


3t 


Day  of      all    the      week   the   best,     Em  -  blem  of 


ter    -  nal  rest. 


Take     a  -  way 


; — Jf- 


*  -9- 

our  sin       and    shame ;       From  our  worldly 

£1 


— 


■ 


m  * 


cares   set    free,    May      we  rest 


this 


day 


--r*3— l-P 
—I  1  1  1~ 


Bring    re  - 


lief        for  all  com 

 - 

-A- 


plaints:      Thus  let     all      our       Sab  -  baths  prove,    Till      we  rest 


thee 


'M. 


— I — 
— (— 


1 


in  thee. 


1 


bove. 


110 


Earnestly. 


BINGHAM.  7s.  Double. 


-- 1  1  1- 


1 


12 


m 


m 


1    Sin-ners,  turn  ;  why  will  ye  die!    God,  your  Mak-er,     asks  you   why;    God,  who  did  your     be-inggive — Made  you  with  him  -  self   to  live! 


H  1- 


-0—0- 


B  ■  ■ 


5  6>: 


i 


=o3 


-0— "—4  


-*—g-i-e — *~4 — — i 


I 


2    Sin-ners,  turn  ;  why  will  ye    die!    God, your Sav  -  iour,  asks  you     why;    He  who  his     own    life  did  give,    That  ye  might    for  -   ev  -  er  live! 


m 


H  1- 


-0 — 0- 


:EEzt: 


E3 

I  h 

1  0 — # 


i 


3    Sin-ners,  turn ;  why  will  ye    die!    God,  the  Spir  -  it,     asks  you     why— He  who  all   your  lives  hath  strove,  Wooed  you  to     em -brace  his  love 


hH 


1 — at 


H  1- 


-+  h 


H  h 


#4- 


ft 


» — v- 


He  th< 


m 


-m  1  f 


He  the   fa  -  tal    cause  demands,  Asks  the  work     of     his  own  hands ;  Why,  O  thank-less    crea  -  tures,  why    Will  ye  spurn  his    love,  and  die? 


H  1- 


•  0 


■m—  0 


IP 

^— L/O  L 


3= 


-G- 


-0 — 0 


=FrT 


-H- 


5>- 


i 


Will  ye   let    him    die    in  vain,    Cru  -  ci  -  fy    your  Lord  a  -  gain  ?  Why,  O    ran  -  somed  sin-ners,     why    Will  ye  slight  his   grace,  and  die  ? 

i  i  n 


 Wr 


I 


-e — e- 


F 


s<  d" 


-0—0- 


Will  ye  not     his  grace  re-ceive  ?  Will  ye  still     re  -  fuse  to  live  ?    Oh,  ye    dy  -  ing    sin  -  ners,  why    Will  ye  grieve  your  God,  and  die  ? 


p — p  *  f*-j 

-1  p  -  * 

fa  F — «  «- 

■  ^    r— r 

r  i — t=tz 

-    L|-  1  l|  fcr-t=E= 

-A     1  A'  a' 

-a  i — r~ r-^ 

WAYLAND.  8s&7s. 


Ill 


i — f- 


IP 


Ft 


H— - 


'ft  1 


i- — H  1  I- 

-!  *~ ■ 


H  h 


A— K 


17 ■ 


1  Why    la-nient  the  Christian  dy  -  ing  ?  Why    in-dulge   in  tears  and  gloom  ?  Calm -]y  on     the  Lord  re  -  ly  -  ing,    He    can  greet  the    op'-ning  tomb. 


-\ — \ — N 


— h 


+ 


H  I- 


A'     A1   •   A     A1     A1  '  A 


I 


1  JT^ 


-ps 


— N  — 


I 


A     A"  "2     A  "A  v  A~A     A     A  2 


1 


2  What    is  death  with  i  -  cv  fin-gers,    All     the  fount    of   liie  congeals  ? 'Tis     not  there  thy  broth-er    lin-gers,    Tis    not  death  his  *pir  -  it  feels. 


3= 


JL 


3    Tho'    for  him    thy  soul    is  mourning,  Tho'  with  grief  thy  heart  is  riven,While  his  flesh     to  dust  is  turn-ing.    All     his  soul   Lrfilled  with  heav'n. 


Moderate. 


A~A — A 

-i  1  1  v 


mm 


I 


■A-|~Ar-A-Ar 

5=1 


•  -A— A— A  - 


A    *    A      A  _ 

v  n. 


■n — 


 3 — I  hJ  1  — I  ■- 


WORTHING.  8s&7s. 

>m4 


i  1  1  1 — I — I   W  i  :  I— j-H  —  I-  — H- 

I  1  1  ■—•ni  1 — L|  1 — »  ■  — 


6CHTTTZ. 


1  Glo  -  rious  things  of     thee  are  spoken,     Zi  -  on,  cit  -  y    of  our  God;      He,whose  word  can  ne'er  be  bro  -  ken.  Chose  thee  for     his  own    a- bode. 

=f1=F 


•J  -d-  -s-  -m-  -s-  H-  ■*    *  9_ 


2  Lord,  thy  church  is  still  thy  dwelling,  Still    is  pre-cious  in    thy  sight;    Ju-dah's  tem  -  pie  far    ex-ccll-iog,  Beam  -  ing  with    the  gos- pel's  light. 


-A — s- — h 


With  sal  -  va  -  tion 's  wall  surrounded, 


3    On      the  rock    of     a  -  gesfounded,  What  can  shake  her  surere  -  pose?     With  sal  -  va -tion 's  wall  surrounded,     She  can    smile  at    all    her  foes. 

H  hr-»  ♦  W  


—H — A — A  f  A  A — A—  A- 

-j — |  1 — I   ,       I  — I  1 — 

-H — t-f-i — i — h-H 


-)  1  £s- 

m  F" 


•  9 


112 


Andante. 


LOWRY.  8s&7s. 

Fine. 


A—LA 


~o — P- 


i 


1  /  Hap  -  py  soul,  thy  days    are  end  -  ed,  All     thy  mourning  days  be  -  low  ;1        .  '  ' 

1\  Go,  by  an -gel-guards  at- tend -ed,  To  the  sight  of  Je-susgo!  J  Waiting  to  re  -  ceive  thy  spir  -  it,  Lo!  the  Sav-iour  stands  a  -  bove; 
D.C.  Shows  the  glo-ry      of     his  mer -it,  Reach  -  es  out    the  crown  of  love. 


-i  1  1  H I  1    ^        ,  1  1  

 A. — 4 — A-1-^ — *t— m  M   !    .  i 


i 


5 


-i — h«-#-"- 


-#— - 


Tike 
i  !■  H  I 


— i. 


1 


D.C. 


R— j— f 


»  i — i— ■  1  1— ,  1  


„   (  Strng-cle  thro' thy   lat  -  est  pas-sion,  To    thvdearRe-  deemer  s  breast,  1 -r,         .      ,         ,  .  _ 

2  -s  m       i  ■     *     *  i      I         *-       rr>       ,  ■  14.-         ±    'J-Forthejoy  he     sets  be  -  fore  thee,    Bear  a    mo-ment  ■ 

\  To      his  ut  -  ter-most  sal-va-tion,  To     his  ev  -  er  -  last  -  ing  rest,     1  J  J  '  ul 

D.C.  Die,     to  live    the  life     of  glo  -  ry —  Suf  -  fer,with  thy  Lord  to  reign, 


ry     pain ; 


35 


A — A- 


A  A  A 


-N— t- 


i ,  i 


-0—0- 


i 


=A— A^ 


i 


:*=Ai 


tt=t 


I 


-V  1  i 


FENWICK.  8s,  7s  &  4s. 


F  0  0—% 


m 


— i— 


-41—41. 


Dr.  L.  MASON 

^j-r-i — 1 — -*1 


1 


(   Toss'dno  more    on    life's  lough  bil  -  low,  All  thestormsof  sor 
\  Death  hath  found  a     qui  -  et    pil  -  low  For  the  faith -ful  Chris  -  tian's  head 


4-~TTT7 


Peace  -  ful  slumbers     Guarding  orer 


(his) 
(her) 


low 


ly  bed. 


-fv-v 


1 


i 


re  -  u  -  ni  -  ted    To  the  spir  -  its    of  the 
I.    Leav-ing  all     that    sin  hath  blight -ed  With  cor-rup-tion,  in  the 


just:  \ 
dust:  J 


Hear 


9 

us,  Je  -  sus 


!  x  1  i  !: 
1     I  — 1 — 


AH— £:  »— 


Thou, our  Lord,  our  life,      011/  trust-. 


9l~!r^zJjATZA_ptZ=A 

S   R  1  /S  »J  1  Lj  i_ 


-JS— A 


en  fit  i/tt 


"!  ■  v  V 


i 


— o- 


!  h 


-*-0-0 


BILLINGS.  7s. 


J.  H.  TEXNEY. 


113 


:z 


— 


—B---B 


-B 


— 


- 


1  Praise  the  Lord,  his  glo  -  ries  show,Saint3  with  -  in     his  courts  be -low,     An  -  gels  round  his  throne  a-bove,    All   that  see    and  share  his  love! 


:z: 


2    Earth    toheav'n,  andheav'n  to  earth,  Tell    his    won  -  ders,  sing   his  worth;  Age    to   age,   and  shore   to  shore,  Praise  him,praise  him,  ev  -  er-  more ! 


i 


2= 


I 


± 


Iplil 


3  Strings  and  voic  -  es,  hands  and  hearts,  In     the    con  -  cert  bear  your  parts;  All  that  breathe  your  Lord   a  -  dore ;  Praise  him.  praise  him,  ev  -  er-morc! 


-i- 


i 


Andante,  and  with  sustained  tones, 


i  I  *  1; 


- — ^ 

1    "When  the  worn  spir -it  wants  re -pose,  And  sighs  her  God  to 

5*3 


BRADISH.  CM. 


B.  F.  BAK  ER,  b j-  r*r. 


1»—  ^ — .♦ 


I 


seek,  How  sweet  to  hail  the  evenings  close,  That  ends    the    wea  -    ry  week. 


— tv 


■iS — !S 


' — * — «  w  o 

2     How  sweet  will  be  the  dawn-ing  hght,Whose  soft  and  sa  -  cred     rays    The  will  -  ing  soul  to    rest  in-vite,    And  grate  -  fill  songs     of  praise. 


i 


f 


HI 


[1 


3   Blest  day !  thine  hours  too  soon  will  cease ;  Yet,  while  they  gen  -  tly 


=t 

tzfcd 

roll,  Breathe.heav'nly  Spirit, sourceof  peace,     A     Sab  -  bath  o'er      my  soul 


1 


N    N    N    N    N  N 


-A — *- 


1 


l_K  uj  


1 


114 


FISHER.  8s,  7s  &  4s. 


rt— H- 


3 


H  1- 


i — 1- 


Hear,  O  sin  - 
Bids  you  haste 


I 


Dr.  M.  J.  MUNGER. 


ner !  mer  -  cy  hails  you ;  Now  with  sweet-est  voice  she  calls ;  \  jjear  q  ^ 
to  seek  the  Sav-iour,  Ere  the  hand    of  jus-tice  falls:/  ' 


ner !  Hear,  O    sin  -  ner !  'Tia  the  voice  of  mer  -  cy  calls. 


0  f  Haste,  O    sin  -  ner,  to   the  Sav-iour!  Seek  his  mer  -  cy  while  you  may;  \  tt„„*„  r>  „;„   ,  rr„„i.^  r\  ,  v  ■  . 

2(  Soonihe  day      of  grace  is     o  -  ver;  Soon  your  life    will  pass  a  -  way|}Haste'0  sm  "  ^r!  Haste,  O   sin  -  ner!  Yon  must  per  -  ish    if  yon  stay. 


1 


to 


-i — i- 


i — h 


-I- 


3ti 


ZION.  8s,  7s  &  4s. 


Dr.  T.  HASTINGS. 


^Hrvay^^^d^^K^^SS^T4'  }  Cease  thymouming;  Zion  still  is  well  beloved.  Cease  thy  mourning ;  Zion  still,  etc 


— A— A- 


H — 


11 


-F — I  1  b'~ 

•r-t— V"^ 


OCEAN.  8s,  7s  &  4s.  Peculiar. 


OGDEN. 


115 

i 


A  A — A- 


H  1- 


-A— A 


i=rrTrr 


1  Star 
5== 


of  peace,  to  wand'rers  wea-ry,    Bright  the  beams  that  smile  on  me ;  Cheer  the  pi  -  lot's  vis  -  ion  drear-  y,       Far,        far  at 


± 


-I  1- 


-N— i- 


2    Star    of  hope,gleam  on  the  bil-low,  Bless   the  soul  that  sighs  for  thee ;  Bless   the  sail-or's  lone  -  ly  pil-low,  Far, 


far  at 


4r 


«  «  « 


Jt=t 


3    Star     of  faith,when  winds  are  mocking  All     his    toil,he  flies  to  thee ;    Save   him  on  the  bil-lows  rocking,      Far,        far       at  sea. 


i — M— t 

_^  1     _|  1  1 —  E  :  

-A  4 — 1  |— 1  N  i  ,  1 

-1 — 1 — 1 — h-I-  e  •-•  -  » 

4     Al  *     Al    a!  — Ar- 

— i  1  1     »  1- 

-A  A  A  1~ 

— i — i — i — 1- — t- — i — i — i- 

-Al  A — & — |    A  — A — A'  AH 

— i — i — i — i—l — i  1  1 — 

-AAA     Ar-f-h  1— 

LEE.  8s&4s. 


B.  F.  BAKER,  by  per. 


I 


i 


i 


^-W— tHI  


V-'- 


V— t^- 


-A  £r 


1   There  is     a    calm  for  those  who  weep,     A   rest  for  wea  -  ry    pilgrims  found ;  They  soft- ly    lie,     and  sweet -ly  sleep,     Low     in        the  ground. 


i 


§ 


-A)-5 — Aj- 


2    The  storm  that  wrecks  the  wint'ry  sky      No  more  dis-turbs  their  deep  re  -  pose    Than  summer  eve  -  ning's  lat  -  est  sigh. 


^  -w  v 

Tliat    shuts     the  rose. 


f 


IS 


-\ — k — s- 


3= 


A  | 


"A  M 


1 


3       I    long  to  lay    this  pain-ful  head     And  ach-ing  heart    beneath  the  soil ;      To  slum-bcr,  in     that  dream-less  bed,      From  all 


mv  toil. 


ft:  ft  a  f 


-A — A — |A— 1 


I 


— ■— t- 


116 


Allegro. 


7s  &  6s. 


Dr.  T.  HASTINGS. 


1  * 


x 


0-6 


1    Rise,  my   soul,    and  stretch  thy  wings,  Thy  bet  -  ter     por  -  tion  trace ; 


Rise,  from  trans 


tor  -  y    things,Toward  heaven  thy  native  place  i 


i 


¥ 


.75: 


zrz 


I 


2    Riv  -  ers     to      the    o    -    cean  run,    Nor  stay     in      all    their  course ;      Fire     as  -  cend  -  ing  seeks    the  sun,   Both  speed  them  to  their  source ; 


1 


f — »  "   o  v" 

3  Cease,  ye     pil  -  grims.cease  to  mourn,  Press  on  -  ward     to     the    prize ; 


~f=- 


£ZZ3±- 


+■ 


+- 


Soon  your  Sav  -  iour  will    re  -  turn    Tri-umphant  in  the  skies. 
H  1  H — I  1  H 


zz*  [~a — a^_a    a1  I  a1   -A1  jTfr_i  |  ^fe^Ef 


ret 


-r>- 


-A — A- 

E3= 


Sun,  and  moon,  and  stars   de  -  cay,  Time  shall  soon   this  earth    re  -  move ;  Rise,  my    soul,  and  haste   a  -  way  To   seats    pre  -  pared  a  -  hove. 


f 


T2 


So 


— 


25: 


-+- 


a     soul  that's  bom   of     God,  Pants  to    view    his  glo  -  rious  face,    Up  -  ward  tends    to   his      a  -  bode,  To    rest    in      his  embrace. 
W  x  _  rs  z  =  i— I  !  n  1  1  1  0% 


I 


+ 


— 


-A — m- 


:z: 


— 


= 


-r— t- 


±zzzt 


Yet     a     sea  -  son,  and   you  know  Hap  -  py     en  -  trance  will   be    giv'n,  All   your    sor  -  rows  left      be  -  low,  And  earth  ex-changed  for  heav'n. 


=fc=fc 


fza — azzza — r 


FISKE.  10s. 


J.  H.  TJENMJET. 


1    Go  to  the  grave  in  all  thy  glorious  prime,In  fall  activ-ity  of  zeal  and  pow'r  ;  A  Christian  cannot  die  before  his  time  ;  The  Lord's  appointment  is  the  servant's  hour. 


2  Go  to  the  grave ;  at  noon  from  labor  cease ;  Rest  on  thy  sheaves;  thy  harvest-task  is  done;  Come  from  the  heat  of  battle,  and  in  peace  ijoldier.go  home,  with  thee  the 

light  is  won. 


=3tt. 


-gfr-X|  J  J-y 


zcs: 


1 


3    Go  to  the  grave ;  for  there  thy  Saviour  lay  In  death's  embrace.ere  he  arose  on  high ;  And  all  the  ransom 'd,by  that  narrow  way. Pass  to  eternal  life  beyond  the  sky. 


'21 


T      i     !  £^ 

I  1  !  !  Eg: 


H  1  !  H 


E  (»  , 

H  1  1*- 


I* 


— Ff^ 


♦  ^ 


i 


SAVANNAH.  10s. 


FLEYEL. 


I-  1 1  I  I  I^l: 


1     A-gain  the  day  returns  of  holy  rest,Which,when  he  made  the  world  Jehovah  blest ;  "When.like  his  own. he  bade  our  labors  cease. And  all  be  piety  .and  all  be  ptace. 


H- r 


I — —l — l  1 


-4—1- 


H — h 


H — I — I- 


2  Let  us  devote  this  consecrated  day,  To  learn  his  will.and  what  we  learn.obey  ;  So  shall  he  hear.when  fervently  we  raise  Our  suppli  -  cations.and  our  sonjs  of  praise. 


gE  2  Bp 


I. 


:~- 

H — l — i — 

• 

— i  4 — 

m 

♦ 

♦ 

-i — 1 

-Ll— 

'1  11 

— 

! 

1  

—  1 

l  

1  1 

3     Father  in  heaven  !  in  whom  our  hopes  confide  ;  Whose  power  defends  us.and  whose  precepts  guide  ;  In  life  our  guardian.and  in  death  our  friend  :  Clory  supreme 

be  thine,  till  time  shall  end. 


P3 


»-2-* 


m 


o  


-4-1— l- -0-0 


S 


'     1  I 


i' 


-0  


118 


OTTO.  8s. 


i-H-H- 


m 


E.  H.  BAILEY. 


A  At 


— I- 


I 


•h- 


^ — f — 


T©- 


as 


-i — h 

tzit-5 


1©- 


1    The  svin-ter    is     o  -  ver  and  gone,  The  thrush  whistles  sweet  on  the  spray,  The  turtle  breathes  forth  her  soft  moan,  The  lark  mounts  and  warbles  a  -  'way. 


2  Shall  all    liv-ing  crea-tures  a-round,  Their  voic-es    in  con -cert  u-nite? 


And  I,  the  most  favor'd,  be  found,  In  praising    to  take  less  de  -  light? 


S3 


-  I  * 


■A — A — A- 


-i  h 


# — 0 — 0- 


CUTLER.  8s. 


Dr.  T.  HASTINGS. 


1    To     Je  -  sus,  the  crown  of  my  hope,    My  soul    is    in  haste  to    be  gone ;  Oh,    bear  me,  ye  cher  -  u  -  bim,  up,   And  waft  me    a  -  way  to   his  throne. 


-2— r 

-  A  »  L 


-©>- 


S3 


3 


3 


=-l  1—  4 

H  !- 


-©- 


4 


biz: 


-Ah  -&r  -Ah  -Ah  -£h  "At" 

My  Sav-iour,whom  ab-sent,  I    love, Whom  not  hav  -  ing  seen,    I     a  -  dore  ;  Whose  name  is  ex  -  alt  -  ed 


-©14 


-  bove    All  glo-ry,  do  -  min  ion,  and  pow'r. 


^5 


^=:rq— q=Tr— r-zrqzz^ 
-f— | — *-  -d— ^-  -ff^- -d-rf 


i 


—0-\  1  r 


=ri=s 


+ 


3  Dissolve  thou  these  bonds  that  de-tain    My  soul  from  her  por  -  tion  in  thee  ;  Oh,     strike  off  this    ad  -  a  -  mant  chain,And  make  me 

I  I 


-i — h~L 

e  -  ter  -  nal  -  ly  free 


■6*— P— 


g|3 


-I — htt: 


■4 


4- 


1 


ANDREW.  8s.  Double.  (10th.  P.  M.) 


E.  COOK. 


119 


♦He 


H  h 


A- 


1     A-way  with  our  sorrow  and  fear,       We  soon  shall  re-cov-er  our   home;     The  cit-y    of  saint's  shall    appear,     The  day  of  e-ter-ni-ty  come: 


2  Our  mourning  is  all   at  an    end,     When  raised  hy  the  life-giving    Word;     We  see  the  new  cit-y  de  -  scend. 


Adorn 'das    a  bride  for  her  Lord 


I 


7  lr  \ 
Bur 


F-F--R-^ 


v-V- 

3    By  faith  we  al-read-y    he  -  hold       That  love-ly  Je-ru-sa-lem  here 

3 


-jk — A. — A — A- 


[ 


f1  h  N  h 


Her  walls  are  of  jas-per  and    gold;       As  crys-tal  her  build  inps  are  clear: 


-- — i — h 


-Ar'-AK|-Ar-r->— ^— V— ^— j?1— 


I 


l-N-N-N--*- 


-A. — ▲ — ▲ — A- 


— r— I-y- 


,      s  , 


Nr-K    N  IS 


From  earth  we  shall  quickly  re  -  move,  And  mount  to  our  na-tive    a  -  bode,    The  house  of  our  Fa-ther  a  -  bove,     The  pal-ace  of  an-gvls  a  -  bore. 


The  cit-y     so   ho  -  ly  and    clean,    No  sor  -  row  can  breathe  in  the  air : 


3E± 

*  '  *  *  ^ 

No  gloom  of  af-flic-tion  or  sin; 


No  shadow  of   e  -  Til   is  there. 


Im-mov  -  a  -  bly  found-ed    in     grace,    She  stands  as  she    ev  -  er  hath  stood,    And  brightly  her  Builder  dis  -  plays  And  flames  with  the  glory  of  G«L 


120 


i 


HAREISTON.  Us  &  10s. 


i 


J.  H.  T. 

a^c 


H— H 


It 


4 


I 


«  a! 


«5t 


H  h 


5 


1  Bright -est    and  best     of     the  sons     of    the  morn  -  ing !  Dawn    on    our  dark- ness,  and  lend   lis    thine  aid ;    Star    of     the    East,  the  ho  • 


q: 


-I — i  Nr  k — I  P  v    — ±H~;  — I- — ' 


^*  ^ — ^ 


H  H 


Cold     on     his  era  -  die     the  dew  -  drops  are  shin  -  ing ;  Low   lies    his  head  with    the  beasts   of     the  stall :  An 


i 


-N--fe-4 


I 


gels  a  -  dorehim  in 
-P-'— P, — P-A-» 


-I — -l- 


fat 


— - — ^L-k— y- 

3    Say,   shall    we  yield    him,    in  cost  -  ly    de  -  vo  -  tion,     O  -  dors     of    E  -  dom,  and  off'- rings    di- vine?  Gems    of     the  mountain,  and 


A'  — A- 


A  A— A 


-A  '  A 


-A" — A- 

-h — 


=p= i 


-0—0- 

H  I- 


-P—  


-A-— - 


it: 


l=t=E3: 


A  A-*— A — A — I -A  A  A  A  A- 

H  1  y — f= — I— i  1  F  1  1— 

-i  v — v  i — F  v    v    i  v- 


S 


zon      a  -  dorn  -  ing,    Guide  where  onr    in  -  fant  Re-deem  -  er      is  laid,  Guide  where  our     in  -    fant  Re-deem 


is  laid. 


A'  w  Ml       •     A  -^L'  £T 

slum  -  ber      re  -  clin  -  ing,     Mak  -  er,     and  Mon-arch,and  Sav  -  iour     of    all!     Mak  -  er,    and    Mon  -  arch,  andSav  -  iour     of  all! 


3: 


I 


A  A  *— 

a"  1  P-« 

U       1  H 


pearls  from   the    o    -    cean,  Myrrh  from  the     for  -  est,  or    gold    from    the  mine  ?    Myrrh  from  the      for  -   est,     or  gold     from    the  mine  ? 


1 


v — v- 


-A— — A — 

h  y — F- 


I 


a  r.  r 


-I — 

v: 


-V- 


PRINCE.  12s,  lis  &  8s. 


L.  O.  EMERSON. 


121 


-ff- 


-A  A- 


4- 


-r 


1  The       Prince    of      sal  -  Ta  -  tion-    in     tri  -  umph  is 


i 


-I — 


.A. 

-I — 


And      glo  -  ry      at  -  tends  him 


long      his     bright  'way, 


thy  great -ness,  thou  con  -  quer  -  ing     Sav-iour,    Let      thou  -  san&3    of    thou-sands  sub  -  mit 


to 


thy     reign  ; 


±1 


i  1- 


-A- 

4— 

H — 


loud  shall    as  -  cend    from  each  sane '-  ti  -  fied     na  -  tion      The    voice     of  thanks-giv  -  ing,    the    cho  -  rus 


of 


praise, 


 1 — i  1 — . — i- 

-k  k  k  1  1  1-  H 

h — - — i  1  j  i — |— i- 


( 


I 


i — i — i — 

r-t  i*  ■ 

— i  1  1— 

— E  3k  -£ 

^— R 

i  1  

— H  1 

—  —  1  

 .  1  

: — I  1 

▲ 

▲ 

▲ 

—A— 

A 

A 

▲ 

▲ 

▲ 

A  1 

A— 

A 

* — 

— j  1  1 — 

 ▼  — 

■ 

— 0- 

 0— 

 0— 

II  !   

 !  1  

 1  1  1  

!         t—  H  

The 

news 

of 

i 

his 

grace 

on 

 1 

the 

 1  

breez  - 

— i — 

es 

 1  

are 

— i — 
glid 

 1 — — 

-  ing. 

And 

i 

na  - 

tions 

are 

own 

•  ing 

his 

swav. 

I  L_ 

I 

 1         -J  1 — 

 1  

I 

 ;  

4- 

■ 

 i— 

 1  1  : 

m — 

— 0- 

 1  

•i 

 1 — 

— 0— 

 1 — 

 0— 

 0— 

■ 

— i — 
-0— 

 1— 

m 

* 

Ac  - 

r  » — 

knowl 

-  edge 

— m — 

thy 
A 

good 

-  ness, 

— m — 

en  - 

treat 

for 

thy 

 1— 

 1 — 

fav 

i  1- 

 I— 

-  or, 

And 

fol 

i  1— 

 1 — 

-  low 

 1  

 1 — 

d 

thy 
— 9 — 

glo 
..  A  . 



-  ri 

A 

ous 

— 

train. 

A 

ud 

m — 

aeav'n 
l 

— i  

— I  

shall 

-i  1 

re  - 

— I — 

— 1  

— I  

ech 

1  1~ 

h 

-  0 

— t- 

 i  

 1  — 1 

the 

1 — i  f— 

- 

song 
— k  

-19— 

4— 

of 

-k— 



sal  ■ 
 k — 

— d- 

va 

i  1- 

 !~ 

-4-1 

-  tion, 

-M 

In 

rich 
— k  - 

and 
—  k  — 

—\  

mel 

— k— 

-  0 

• 

-  di 

-4- 

-  ous 

• 

Lavs. 

z  f= 

A 

— 

 1  

 1  

-1  h  1 — 

A 

t1  ' — h  l — 

— 1  1  1  

122 


Words  by  A.  T.  WORDEN. 


COMING  HOME  AGAIh. 


ft-  V  N  -ft"ft 


VI  N  N  N 


J.  H  T.,  by  per.  of  D.  8.  HAKES. 

N    N    N  h| 


1 


A  A1 


1  Where  the  turrets  of  the  man-sions        Rise    toward  the  gold-en  sky ; 


 h_3 

-I — — — i—  V 


Where  the  shining  palms  are  waving,      There  my  wearied  soul  would  fly,- 


f 


V-V-V 


t-T  {■ 


I     will  tell  him  I  have  wan-der'd,      And,  low-bending  at    his  knee, 


Wounded,  sore,and  sad  -  ly  plead-ing, 


-&r      '  1,  i 


Fft=F?=3t 


-o  ■  


I — I- 


?r~~r*" 

—  


l  h-HS-^^ZZ|^E^Erf^I 

^-0-^-0-^-0  '   '  ig — i  1 — 


I      be-hold  him  in  the  dis-tance;    Tears  are  gushing  from  his  eyes; 


J ust  a  ser-vant  I  would  be ; 


d  1- 


And  his  liands  reach  out  in  pleading,      As  the  golden  daylight  flies ; 


-h— N— N— N-h 


^  u  ^  ^  ?~ 


ft  h  N  -ft 


'AI'J^K 


4 


i 


A-N-Pv-ft 


H  1  1  (- 


-N-  TS    h  -lv- 

-i — f— : — i- — i— 


To     the  out-stretched  arms  of  mer  -  cy, 


To     the  garments  cleansed  from  stain,     From     the     sor  -  did  husks       of  earth    -  life, 


-h — h — N — Pv — N 


rv  r>  r>  px  r> 


i 


pkj — j- 


-0 — 0 — 0—0 — 0- 


0^—0 — 0- 


-0 — 0- 


Sad  -  lysoiled,my  re -gal  gar  -  ments, 


Lost,  the  treasures  of   my  heart, 


To 


his      o  -  pen  arms      I'll  take 


me, 


k  " 


k  •  k— k- 


I 


is    late,  and  now  the  eve  -  ning 


Com  -  eth  down  up  -  on    us  fast ; 


Soon      I'll    rest  up 


his  bo   -  eom, 


.p  6  0  gup: 


I  P  '  p  -m—P—r—0. 

■I — U— U— U=tz=^ 


COMING  HOME  AGAIN.  Concluded. 


I 


CHORUS. 

N  6r 


— 


123 

*  


From 


my     sol  -  i  -  tude  and  pain. 


9ss 


am  com  -  ing,    Fa  -  ther,    com-ing,     Wea  -  ry,  worn,     and  fall 


of 


-f- 


— I  1  

• — a — 0- 


-N-- 


Nev    -    er,    nev  -  er   more     to  part. 


-N  V 


— h— 


p — n- 


■+- 


111 


1 


-W— r  A- 


And 


be     safe    at    home    at  last. 


am    com  -  ing,     Fa  -  ther,  com-ing,     Wea  -  ry,  worn,  and 


full 


of 


[ 


pain, 


am    com  -  ing,    Fa  -  ther,  com-ing,    Wea  -  ry,  worn,    and      full      of  pain. 


I 


pain. 


I 


-  s-v  K  1 — r — h 

-- y— P  p  c— 1 — W— h 

 0  1 — 


rit. 
-ft— N 


To     the  wait  -  ing,    lov  -  ing     Fa  -  ther,  I 


am  com-ing  home    a -gain,  Com  -  ing,      com  -  ing,  I 


am  com-ing  home    a  -  gain. 


-A — N- 


To     the  wait  -  ing,    lov  -  ing      Fa  -  ther,     I        am  com-ing  home    a  -  gain,  Com  -  ing,      com  -  ing,     I        am  com-ing  home    a  -  gain. 


A  \- 


~0  *  0~~m~ 


TO" 


m 


it 


* — 4  '    0  Hi-*  * — j£— -  -tz 


To     the  wait  -  ing,    lov  -  ing      Fa  -  ther,    I        am  coming  home    a -gain,  Com  -  ing,      com  -  in^,     I        am  coming   home    a -gain. 


-N  N  ^r 


124 


HOW  CAN  I  KEEP  FROM  SINGING?     From  "  GOLDEN  SUNBEAMS,"  by  per. 


-0 — 0- 


> — K 


£ 


m 


-# — 0- 


s 


I 


1    My  life  flows   on     in  end  -  less  song;    A  -  bove  earth's  la  -  ment  -  a  -  tion,    I  catch    the  sweet,  tho' for  off  hymn,  That  hails  a    new  ere  -  a  -  tion: 


a—  -i— . — »-  f -w—pi— — -i — -i — 4^ -j — [ — — h^- ai — 4^ -3 — if 


2  What  though  my  joys  and  com  -  fort  die?  The  Lord,  my  Sav  -  iour,  liv  -  eth;Whattho'    the  dark  -  nessgath-er  round?  Songs  in  the  night  he  giv  -  eth  ; 


H  H 


— I — | — r~~  —  ~~| — — j  — i~r — 


-♦— ♦-y — i — i 

H  -A' 


3     I    lift     my  eyes,  the  cloud  grows  thin;   I    see    the  blue     a -bove    it;  And  day     by    day  this  pathway  smooth.Since  first  I  learn'd  to  love  it; 


^  8 a b 


-A — A — A- 

-h — I  hr 


i 


-I  h  H 


it; 


l-H— H  


1 


ttEE 


I 


Through  all     the    tn-  mult  and    the  strife,    I     hear  the    mu  -  sic  ring  -  ing ;    It  finds    an    ech  -  o    in     my  soul,  How  can    I     keep  from  sing  ing  ? 


i 


No  storm  can    shake  my  in  -  most  calm,While  to    that   ref  -  uge  cling  -  ing ;  Since  Christ  is     Lord  of  heav'n  and  earth,  How  can  I     keep  from  sing-ing  ? 

 -    I.  N 


m 


-i — h 


»  h  r 


The  peace  of  Christ  makes  fresh  my  heart,  A     fountain    ev  -  er  spring-ing  ;    All  things  are   mine  since  I      am  his,    How  can  I     keep  from  sing-ing? 


::a — a — A-f-A 


-I  h 


I 


CHORUS. 


HOW  CAN  I  KEEP  FROM  SINGING?  Concluded. 


125 


— ♦- 


EzzEEB: 


-0 — #- 


-#  0  . — 

H  1 — A-i#- 


-A=A 


^    ■  ♦ 


u  How  can      I   keep  from  sing  -  ing  ?  How  can      I    keep  from  sing  -  ing?     It  finds    an     ech  -o     in     my  soul,  How  can     I    keep  from  sing  -  ing? 


4s— |      N1 1 

-A  A  A- 


H  l-l- — >- — I — l-» — v — i — i  1 —  1  1  1  1  \  — I  N — '-I — jr 

^  ^  p   f-AHP^  A — A!  ^-|-g  g  g-f — ^ 


~l  h 

~r--0- 


How  can      I  keep  from  sing  -  ing  ?  How    can     I    keep  from  sing  -  ing  ?  Since  Christ  is    Lord   of  heav'n  and  earth,  How  can     I    keep  from  sing  -  ing  ? 
_-JS  -i-,     \,-f^  Si  .  ,  PS—P*!- 


I 


-A-v 


A 

H  hr 


t- 


♦ — ♦ 


IT  —  1        1        1  9W   

 V  — I  — I  -0  — I  < 

_H_A  ,  

0  

How    can    I  keep  from  sing  -  ing  ?  How    can    I     keep  from  sing  -  ing  ?    All  things  are    mine  since  I     am    his;  How  can     I    keep  from  sing  -  ing  ? 


mm 


BMI3F 


n*— A- 


•I' 


a-*-— a  * 
i: — I — j-U- 


-A — A- 


1- 


-0—0- 

4  1 — 


0  * 


Words  by  HENRY  HOPE. 


MY  FRIEND. 

5^   i 

L.— c=:q=CA^_A— £  ■ 

 0—0-\-O-\-O — -j — 0 — I  h — h 

— |-  ;  I  I  f — ♦  r  "  v— 


Fin-e. 


-—\-e — \—0 — 0  .  ^  4- 


#  0 


0  •  #— <9 


1   Now     I  have  found  a  Friend ;  Je  -  sus    is  mine  ;  His  love  shall  nev  -  er  end:  Je-sus    is  mine;  Tko'earth-ly  joys  decrease.Tho'  earthly  friendship 

D.S.    Now    I  have  last-ing  pe;ice  ;  Je  -  sus    is  mine. 


-a — A+- 


4»  '  ^ — O1- 


fTTi  j.  n 

A  Af-'-^y-" — £s  A  Ar 


^A— ^- 


I 


V    *  ♦ 


4- — I  h 


A  '  A — £r 


-£r— A- 


♦  . 


[ 


2     Tho'     I  grow  poor  and  old,    Je-sus    is  mine;Tho'I    grow  faint  and  cold,  Je-sus    is  mine;  He  shall  my  wants  sup-ply  ;  His  precious  blood  is  nigh; 

D.S.  Naughtcan  my  hope  de-stroy;  Je-sus   is  mine. 


4  a> 


 ♦- 


"Ti  n 


-l-e' — h 

-* — ,  AH 


-0 ^-A— 6 


-i — h — ■> — e> 


-j-J-4 


-A—  <9- 


1 — ! — t 


*=5  -  I 


3  When  earth  shall  pass  a  -  way,    Jc  -  sus  is  mine;  In    the  great  judgment  day,  Je  -sus  is  mine  ;  O    what  a    glorious  thing  Then  to  be  -  hold  my  king, 

D.S.     On  tune-ful  harp  to  sing    Je-sus   is  mine. 

<tA  n  .  ,  ,  n  1         ^     -  1  Q 


Qir2z4^-=A=A: 


A-^-A— fM-A- 


H  1  r 


-A-  A — A-IA---A — A1 -A 


(9 — 0—0- 


4  •  A  _ 


From  the  SHINING  LIGHT,  by  per. 


126 


N   ft    ft  ft — ft 


-ft— V 


SINGING  IN  HEAVEN. 

ft—  ft    ft    ft    ft — 


A.  S.  KIEFFER. 


ft  ft 


-ft— ft 


ft    ft    N  ft— V 


1    'Tis  pleas  -  ant    to  sing    the  sweet  praise  of  our  King,  As  here     in  this  val-  ley    of  sor  -  row  we  rove;  'Twill  be  pleas  -  ant  -  er  still,  when  on 


^  ft  ft  v^ft 


N  ft 


ft    ft  ft- 


ft— ft 


ft" — i — ■+—S — 0-^0 — 0 — # — #- 


ft  ft  n 


ft — ^ 


ft — ft — ft- 


H  1 


f-  -0-    '  *   -0-     -0-  -0-  .jjjh  ^    0  "    ~  . 

2   Tis  sweet    to    re-cline    on  thy  bo  -  som  di  -vine,  And  feel   that  our  hearts  and  our  spir- its  are  thine,   And  up -held    by  thy  love,  we  are 


ft— ft- 


-ft-ft- 


-ft — ft~ 


ft-r 


-v-ft— ft- 


ft— ft 


#  1  # 


-    -  ijp  -  - 

3    On   Ca  -  naan's  fair  land    we    in    tri-umph  shall  stand,  With  crowns  on  our  hcads,and  with  harps  in  our  hands ;  "While  our  songs  shall  a-bound  to  the 


a — O 


ft— n 


0-0-L^C 


■ft — l- 


— T 


-ft    ft  ft 


t=3t 


-ft— ft 


■ft— ft 


.a  i.  a 


ft— ft— ft — ft— ft- 


-ft— 1 


CHORUS. 


-ft— ft" 


-ft— ft 


"ft— ftr 


3 


"ft— ft 


IA  • 


Zi  -  on's  fair   hill,     "We  shall  sing    the  sweet  prais  -  es       of   Je  -  sus      a  -  bove.    Sing  -  ing  with  ser-aphs,  and  sing  -  ing     in  heav'n,  Yes, 


i 


■ft- 


-ft    ft    ft  \— ft 

ft — fv — i  w 


— -j  .  " —  ! — — !N — ft — i — r-fi — i  «  0  0-1-0  0  «  1— 

blest  from    a  -  bove,      As  with  sing  -'  ing  and   tri  -  umph  to    Zi  -  on     we  move. 


\  h 


0  1  0) 


Sin? 


ing    in  heav'n, 


yes, 


ft— ft" 


5^ 


O — 0 




Lamb  who    is  crown'd,    And  ho  -  san  -  nas  to      Je  -  sus  through  heav'n  shall  re  -  sound.     Sing -ing  with    ser-aphs,  and  sing  -  ing      in  heav'n,  Yes, 


ft — ^ 


n— n 


-9— V- 


rft-ftr 


5=t 


From  SHARON'S  DEWY  ROSE,  by  per. 


SINGING  IN  HEAVEN.  Concluded. 


sing  -  ing  with     ser  -  aphs,  and  sing  -  ing      in  heav'n  ; 


Oh,  'twill    be    sweet  -  er,     our  sing-ing    in  heav'n,  our    sing    -    ing  in  heav'n. 


sing  -  ing    with    ser  -  aphs,  and  sing  -  ing     in  heav'n : 


Oh,  'twill    be    sweet  -  er,     our  sing-ing    in  heav'n,  our  sing    -    ing    in  heav'n. 


m 


9^~fr  •  •  • 


>\   S  -v 


2  A  A  A 


-»  0-  e\ 


'    ¥  * 


FAREWELL!  WE  MEET  NO  MORE. 


33 


1 


-Al-Ai  Ai- 


9ZtS 


f    A  A 


----- 


1    Fare   -  well!      we  meet  no  more  On  this  side  heav'n;    The  parting  scene  is    o'er.      The  last  sad  look  is  giv'n: 


Fare  -  well ! 


Fart  -  well! 


§£E3 


3 


— I  1    ^    «|  1 — '  


--! — n  1  h 


I 


2  Fare  -  well !    my  soul  will  weep  While  mem'ry  lives :  From  wounds  that  sink  so  deep    No  earth-ly  band  re-lieves :       Fore  -  well ! 

3  Fare  -  well!    my  stricken  heart  To    Je  -  sus    flies:  From    him  I'll  nev-er    part;      On  lummy  hope  re  -lies:         Fare  -  well! 


Fare  -  well! 
Fare  -  well 


-b  m  ■ 


■A    A    A  A~ 


m  mm 


-3 


I' 


4    Fare  -  well !     and  shall  we  meet  In  heav'n  a  -  bove  ?     And  there  in   union  sweet,    Sing  of    a  Saviour's  love  ?      Fare    -    well !       Fare  -    wrll ! 


J  L 


^~Ah 


— I  1  1  h 

-A. — Ai — A — Ah 


-3-f 


It 


128 


Words  by  Rev.  H.  B.  HARTZLER. 

■H=l 


ZELtt 


MY  REDEEMER  LIVES. 

^r— r   -r— ^ 


CHORUS. 


3* 


! 


■i  i  i-J— 1 — 


1    "I  know  that  my  Redeem  -  er  lives !"  I  feel  his  kindling  love ;  I'll  hear  the  cross  till  I   shall  gain  My  crown  in  heav'n  a-hove.  Hal-  le  -  lu-jah  ev-ermore !  Hal-le  - 


i 


1 


3t3t 


—  - 


IS. 


6^ 

2   "  I  know  that  my  Redeem- er  lives!"  To  in- tercede  for  me;  And  hy  his  rich,  a  -  bounding  grace  I'm  saved  e  -  ter-nal  -  ly.    Hal-le  -  lu    -    -  jah!  Hal-le 


I 


±= 


3    "  I  know  thatmy  Re-deem-cr  lives!"  The  TJ- ni- ver-sal  King;  Let  all  the  earth  and  all  in  heav'n  To  himtheir  praises  bring.  Hal-le  -  lu-jah  evermore !  Hal-le- 


— 4-*- 


-a  a  a  r 


H  h 


■P  '  ♦  » 

■I  1 — F- 


H — I- 


A*  M  A 


H  H 


H  1 — 4 — A- 


J     I  Hi 


1 — \~ 


2= 


ip-p: 


w  •  k 


-t- 


k  k  k  k  ■  i 

H  h 


f 


v— v- 


lu-jah  ev-ermore  !  Je  -sus  stands  and  bids  me  come. 


Hal  -  le  -  lu  -  jah  ev  -  er  more,  Hal  -  le  -  lu  -  jah  ev  -  er  more !  I    am    on  my  jour-ney  home. 

 r-  r-T—  ^ 


H- 


■+- 


^k^ 


t 


id- 


ea: 


lu 


jah !  Je  -  sus  stands  and  bids  me,  bids  me  come.  Hal  -  le  -  lu 


-  jah !  Hal-le  -  lu 


jah,  I    am  on    my  jour-ney  home. 


9* 


-B- 


lu  -  jah  ev  -  er  more !  Je  -sus  stands  and  bids  me  come. 


N  N  N  N  ! 


-H  i    i  i 


m  m  m  m  m- 


Hal  -  le  -  lu-jah  ev- er  more !  Hal-le  -  lu-jah  ev  -  er  more  !  I  am    on  my  jour-ney  home 

~P  P  P  P  P  F-^-^T-T-P- 


— N 


¥-*-¥-*-\  V- 


 l-r 


fczt: 


I 


From  SPIRITUAL  SONGS,  by  per. 


— i . 


_q — zp_ 


1 


THE  SOUL'S  SWEET  FATHERLAND. 


Words  and  Music  by  A.  8.  KIEFFEIi. 


129 


m  ~n 


-L 


■£s  Ar 


I 


1    There  is      a  land  on  whose  fair  shore  No  tern  -  pests  beat  nor  surg-es  roar;  "Where  wea-ry,  way- worn  souls  may  find  Rest  for  the  throbbing  heart  and  mind. 


i 


3 


I 


2  Its    graceful  plain  glows  in    the  light  Of    one  glad  day  that  knows  no  night,There  Christthe  King,who  reigns  above  Fills  all  the  boundlessrealm  with  love. 

3  Sweet  are  the  songs  the  sing-ers  sing   In    that  great  tern  -  pie  of  our  King;  There  martyrs,priests,and  prophets  old,  Walk  on  the  streets  of  shining  gold. 


It 


I 


zjzzp 


I 


4 


S3 


H  h 


i 


1  ■ 

4      Oh,  may  we  reach  that  joy  -  ful  land,  No    more  to    clasp  the  parting  hand  ;  For  -  ev 
^-r-^  srn  ,  r  r^-r-H  f 


-=r-l~*r 


I 


-6»— 

1= 


er  there  with  Christ  a-bove,Reign  in  that  land  of  boundless  love. 


4- 


i 


at* 


CHORUS. 


— 6H 


4t 


C  » 


1©- 


(9— 


-tzttztl 


A- A- 


'Tis  theclime  of  the  blest,7tis  the  land  of  de-light,Where  the  many  mansions  stand ;  'Tis  the  home  of  the  soul, ever  fair,ever  bright,  Tis  the  soul's  sweet  father-land. 

£  


— 1 — 1- 


-rV-N 


-^-f-AT-At-p&l — M—M 


=1 — 


9  9 


:  it 


0-9- 


Tis  theclime  ofthe  blest,'tis  the  land  of  de-light,Where  the  many  mansions  stand ;  'Tis  the  home  of  the  soul,ever  fair.ever  bright,  'Tis  the  soul's  sweet  father-land. 


1O   »  V 


m 


'Tis  the  clime  of  the  blest,'tis  the  land  of  de-hght,Where  the  many  mansions  stand ;  'Tis  the  home  of  the  souLever  fair.ever  bright.Tis  the  soul  's  SNUUl  niher-land. 


soul  s 


[I 


From  the  SHINING  LIGHT,  by  per. 


130 


Y/ords  by  Dr.  H.  BONAR. 


BEYOND  THE  SMILING  AND  THE  WEEPING. 


 h  

t 


I 


■r-r-f-r 


1    Be-yond  the  smil-ing  and 


the    weep- ing, 


I  shall  he    soon  ;  Be-yond  the  wak-ing  and 

3= 


'I — V  )/  V 

the    sleep-ing,    Be-yond  the  sow-  ing 


=r- 


I  shall  be    soon ;  Be-yond  the  shin-ing  and 


3— T*j  I  1  =+t    I  t~T-  IS    N  IS- 


the     shad-ing,    Be-yond  the  hop-  ing 


3    Be-yond  the  part -ing  and 


the   meet -ing, 


I  shall  he    soon ;  Be-yond  the  fare-well  and 

=l=n 


the    greet-ing,    Be-yond  the  pul  -  se's 


I 


^2= 


and 


the    reap  -  ing, 


■  P— <9— 

zt — |z±f:  

shall    be  soon : 


0— X- 


9^= 


Love,    rest,    and      home ! 




Sweet 


hope !       Lord,  tar  -  ry      not,  but  come 


and  the  dread  -  ing, 

1  -CU* 


shall    be  soon : 


-0- 


ver  -  beat  -  ing, 


I 


1  

I     shall    be  soon : 

==4=i 


Love,    rest,    and      home ! 


i 


hope! 


Lord,  tar 


not,  but  come. 


_l  i  Mt- 


Si 


Love,     rest,    and     home ! 


Sweet         hope !       Lord,  tar  -  ry      not,  but  come. 


-1— 


Hi 


± 


From  GOLDEN  SUNBEAMS,  by  per. 


Words  by  FRANCIS  RIDLEY  HAVERGAL 

 N: 


I 


THE  HALF  HAS  NEVER  BEEN  TOLD. 

i 


R  E.  HUDSON. 


131 


f 


-A — Pv- 


-Gh- 


1 — 


A— A- 


▼  • 


p 


1    I  know    I    love  thee  bet  -  ter,  Lord,  Than  an  -  y  earth  -  ly  joy, 

-A— i  


For  thon   hast  giv  -  en   me  the  peace  Which  noth  -  ing  can     de  -  stroy. 


-N-A- 


H- 


— 


1 


"  1  i  


^ — < 


i 


2  I  know  that  thon  art  near  -  er   still    Than  an  -  y  earth  -  ly  throng, 

3  Thou  hast  put  glad-ness  in  my  heart ;  Then  well  may    I      be  glad ! 


-Ah    -*r'  w 

Andsweet-er  is  the  thought  of  thee  Than  an  -  y  love  -  ly  song. 
With-out    the  se  -  cret  of   thy  love      I     could   not  but     be  sad. 


A — A 


A  v 


n  r\  r\ 


1 


-9  t 


[ 


4    O  Sav  -  iour,  precious  Sav-iour  mine !  What  will  thy  pres  -  ence  be, 


If  such     a    life  of   joy  can  crown  Our  walk     on  earth     with  thee? 


gag 


ALa  M. 


v— v- 


G 


1 


A— N— V 


m 


[ 


CHORUS. 


rit 


\  N  N 


A  » 


■  - « 


A   m»  f?  A  I  ^ 


WE 


If'  If,  A  I  , 


"Vir 


| 


-N-N- 


The  half  has  nev-er  yet  teen  told,yet  been  told, Of  love  so  full  and  free;  The  half  has  nev-eryet  been  toldyet  been  told.The  blood— it  cleanseth  me,cleanscth  me. 

*.    3   3  »  ■ 


IPi 


The  half  has  nev-er  yet  been  told, 


-0- 


-A  A. 


Of  love  so  full  and  free;  The  half  has  nev-er  yet  been  told, 


The  blood— it  cleanseth  me. 


-|  A— i — 


A  A 


i 


The  half  has  nev-er  yet  been  told.yet  been  told,Of  love  so  full  and  free;  The  half  has  nev-er  yet  been  toldyet  been  told.The  blood-it  cleanseth  me. 


i^-$:a|a 


*- 

I* 

From  GEMS  OF  GOSPEL.  SONG,  by  per. 


Words  by  A.  E.  CHTLDS. 


BEYOND  THE  SWELLING  FLOOD. 


J.  H.  T. 


1 


will  meet       be  -  yond      the    flood,    In  robes    made  wbite 


in    Je    -    sns'  blood,  Ajad  hold 


sweet  con  -  verse,  free     from  pain, 


FT 


^5= 


not    now    what  ills     may  come,  Since  hope      sns  -  tains  this  thought  of    home,  And  spir 


it 


ing,    oh      how  sweet  -  ly     dear!  "What sounds  shall    greet  the   list  -  ning    ear!  "What thrills 


-I- 


--v 


m 


es    soft    -  ly  .  say 


H- 


of 


I 


rap  -  ture  wake    the  soul, 


m 


V- 


CHORUS. 


v- 


-7- 


Nor  ev 


fear       to  part 


gam, 


Be-yond      the  swell  -  ing  flood. 


{Be-yond  the 
Well  meet  to 


swell 
part 


ing  flood, 
no  more. 


Be  - 

We'll 


— 1  *  1  Nhi  r- 

-1  1  \ 

1    M  .  h 

— i  1  1  i-M-l  1 — 

*  *  *  . 

-A  1  H  r- 

=1  

— i  1  p 

-A; — '  ^- 

*  ■  9~ 

— * — 

"  Thy  God    shall  wipe 


From  GOLDEN  SUNBEAMS,  by  per. 


I: 


BEYOND  THE  SWELLING-  FLOOD.  Concluded. 


133 


3E 


-Ah 


yond 
meet 


I 


the  swell 
to  part 


ing 
no 


flood, 
more, 


Be  -  yond  the  swell  -  ing 
"We'll    meet      to     part  no 


yond 
meet 


the 
to 


 lV 


is — 


V  9       9  9 

swell  -  ing  flood,  Be 
part      no    more,  "We'll 

N— 1— t^v 


yond 
meet 


:a: 


the  swell  -  ing  flood,  We'll  meet  to  part  no 
to        part      no    more,     Be  -  yond      the    swell  -  ing 

J  v 


more, 
flood. 


+ 


yond  the  6well  -  ing  flood, 
meet     to    part      no  more, 


Be  -  yond  the  swell  -  ing  flood, 
"We'll      meet    to      part      no  more, 


"We'll  meet 
Be  -  vond 


to  part  no 
the    swell  -  ing 


more, 
flood. 


.  .1' 


A-'  A 


H  1  1  1- 


CALVARY.  L.M. 

-I — 


L.  O.  E>rERSON\ 
From  "Harp  of  Judab,"  by  per. 


I    A)  A 


-£  W~± 


-t— h 


H-A-A 


i 


A  A 


9ZW 


H  1- 


-A-A- 


l  |  w  ■  i  i  I  I  ■  i         •  I  i  I  I  I  ■  1 

1  He  dies  !  the  Friend  of  sin-ners  dies  !  Lo!  Salem's  daughters  weep  around  !  A  solemn  darkness  veils  the  skies!  A  sudden  trembling  shakes  the  ground ! 
_  ,  _  .  ,  r.  ^  ,  ,  ,  ,  r 


i — h 


-i — (- 


If 


H  h 


-I  H 


[ 





-i — i — 2 


g-h^-r-d- 


-I — h 


±31 


2  Ye  saints,approach  !—  the  anguish  view  Of  him  who  groans  beneath  your  load;  He  gives  his  precious  life  for     you,  For  you  he  sheds  his  pre  -  cio  us  blood. 


o  1 


134 


"Words  by  Mrs.  EMMA  PITT. 


HAPPY  HOME  ON  HIGH. 


J.  H.  TENNEY,  by  per. 


v- 


X 


1    Beau  -  teous  flow  -  ers  bloom     in  Heav  -  en,  Flow'rs  that  nev  -  er  fade      a -way;    All       is  bright  andcalra,    and  ho  -  ly,  In      that  land  of 


5=1= 


— 9- 


'--4- 


4=^ 


-B— *- 


2  Friends  we've  loved  have  gone      be-fore     us, — Pass'd    the  por  -  tals  of 


_4  . 


the  grave, — Sing  the  hal 
 V 


m 


le  -  lu    -   jah  cho  -  rus, — Vict'-ry's  ban  -  ner 

i  N— ;  ; 


i 


3*1 


-r 


■+- 


tt=t= 


v — i— 


end  -  less  day :  There    temp-ta  -  tion  can  -  not  harm     us,  Tears     will  nev  -  er     dim    our  eye ;    There     the  Sav  -  iour  waits      to  greet  us, 


sr- 


-a) — i — h 
— 9-W- 


■+- 


-)- 


3S 


+ 


-+- 


H—  H 


:3 


joy  -  ful  wave :  There      no  grief  can    ev  -  er     en  -  ter, —  All       is   bliss    be  -  yond  the  6ky, —  We     shall  see    our  bless  -  ed  Sav  -  iour 


l-i — -y-r- 


—A  * — A- 


— I- 


3tZ3t. 


HAPPY  HOME  ON  HIGH.  Concluded. 

REFRAIN.  j  ^   ^ 


1 


-i — 


135 

I 


In     that hap-py  home    on  high.  Home,sweethome,ourdear,  hap- py  home;    Our      sweet,     hap  -  py  home     on  high, Our  dear,        hap -pv  home. 


_A  A  A. 


ri~  A1- 


-4- 


i 


-v— 


i 


-B-- 


— h 


±3t 


3=T 


21 


3 


A  . 


1 


In     that  hap-py  home    on  high.  Home,sweethome,our  dear,  hap-py  home;    Our      sweet,     hap  -  py  home     on  high.  Our    dear,      hap-py  home. 

-*   ■  -  -4 


&  a 


,  ^_ 


it 


3i 


li 


A  • 


A  I  A 


9  * 


=T-H  H 

H     I    k  ' — 


MARTYR.  6s&4s. 

i,l  i  ■■— i- 


D.  B.  HOBSON. 

I  ,  I  


i 


1  Come,thou  Almight-y  King,  Help  us  thy    name   to  sing,  Help  us  to  praise !  j  q^"* ^[       ^  "  j|"°°g'  }  Come,and  reign  o  -  ver  us,   Ancirnt  of  days. 


5 


I 


A  


1 


H^d — © — aI- 


y  •  ^~yTr-g   a   A-ra— nr^t  Ha  a 
#--#-  -s>-*  s  • 


p 


2      Je-sus,our    Lord,  de-scend :  From  all  our  foes     de  -  fend,  Nor  let  us   ^  5  {  o^rsuredef^ 


-A— 1— A- 


r  ♦  

A   A- 

: — fn- 

•  r. 

-J 

*  * 

I1 

136 


Words  by  Rev.  E.  A.  HOFFMAN. 


135 


a— 


4 


-0-  '-0- 


a  m  rs 


WHEN  HE  MAKES  HP  EES  JEWELS. 

^^^^^^^^ 

 !  /■  1  — y — — |  l 


~\-£—t±£r 

I— I  H  

-■ — I  / — /- 


■A— * 


R.  E.  HUDSON. 


1    Oh,  when  the  Sav-iour  shall  gath-er  his  jew -els        In  -  to    the  bean  -  ti  -  ful  man  -  sions  of  rest,       Shall  I     be  count-ed    as  wor-thy    to    en  -  ter 


A=5 


I 


A—A 


Ar    A  ^  -At* 

2    Oh,  when  the  Sav-iour  shall  make  up  his  jew -els,  Wash'd  and  renew 'd  in  his   own  pre-cious  blood,  Shall  I  be  cleansed  from  all  sin  and  de  -  file-ment, 


i 


.  ft  >  |  I  !  PR! 


 ^— A  .      *  a  I-*-  a      ^  ^ 

-I- — i  ?n — N-A — i — A-  h  A-^-j— d — r 


3E± 


is 


5=D 


=!=1 
— ♦-■ 


3    Oh,  when  the  Sav-iour  shall  make  up  his  jew-els,     And,  in  their  triumph, tbey  sing  the  new  song,  Shall  I    be  there  to    u  -  nite  in  the  cho-rusT 


-k-*--k- 


i4  aH 


CHORUS. 


-0  0  -  s   -g-Fr — ^ — ^— ^ — ,  F  ? — £~ E"l —  F~'  * — — g-FF 


In  -  to     the    home   of     the    pure  and    the  blest '?  Yes,  pre  -  cious  Sav  -  iour !     Grant  but    thy  lav  -  or,  Dai  -  ly     to  strengthen    me  and 


-•ft  r»-fr 


Bead  -  y      to      en  -  ter     the  king  -  dom    of     God  ?  Yes,  pre  -  cious  Sav  -  iour !      Grant  but   thy  fav  -  or, 


Dai  -  ly     to  strengthen    me  and 

K — fc— !N  N   N  K 


■)■  1 


Shall     I       be      one      of     the    num-ber  -  less  throng ?  Yes,  pre  -  cious  Sav  -  iour!      Grant  but    thy  fav  -  or, 

-*  ■  !S     h  A. 


Dai  -  ly      to  strengthen    me  and 


— :  1   — e — w  ^r  H  ? — p — 


.From  'Gems  of  Gospel  Song"  by  per. 


WHEN  HE  MAKES  HP  HIS  JEWELS.  Concluded. 


137 


 1  M  !«- 


I' 


help    my  soul     a  -  long,    Then,    rob'd    in  white  -  ness,     Changed    to     thy  like  -  ness 


shall    be  one 


of 


the    num-ber  -  lesB  throng. 


 N- 


-V 


— N- 


-A- 


help    my  soul     a  -  long,    Then,    rob'd    in  white  -  ness, 


-3- 


Y—y- 


-7- 


I  r 


±— 19- 


Changed    to     thy  like  -  ness 


shall    be     one  of 


the    num-ber  -  leys  throne. 

N 


iz 


help    my  soul     a  -  long,    Then,    rob'd    in  white  -  ness, 


Changed    to     thy  like  -  ness 


shall    be     one      of     the    num-ber  -  less  throng. 


-gr 


i 


Andante. 


-A  A — 


1 — r 


i 


PEMBROKE.  CM. 

I 


A.  KRIESSM.OT. 


i — * — ^ — i — 

r     ^  *  ^4  Ir 

-1  

■      a     lj  _ 

=rH=-i= 

*                      {  a  If 

Lj_                                1  ■_ 

— 1 — i  1  

1     Oh,  that  thy  stat  -  utes  ev' -  ry  hour  Might  dwell  up  -  on     my  mind  :  Thence  I     de-rive     a    quick 'ningpow'r.And  dai  -  ly  peace  I 


find. 


rP — r 


=t=l=t=J= 


— "St-1"*' —  <5 


M— J— I 


2     To    med  -  i  -  tate    thy  precepts,Lord,  Shall  be    my  sweet  em  -  ploy ;   My     soul  shall  ne'er  for  -  get  thy  Word  ; — Thy  word  is    all  my 


— i — i — - 

A — « — rJ- 


m 


i 


± 


i 


3  Howwouldl    run      in    thy  commands,   If   thou  my  heart  dis-charge  From  sin  and  Sa  -  tan's  hate-ful  chains.  And  set   my  feet      at  large 

.  I  A 


— i  1  1- 

-A  * — £r 


tz*:E: 


■  >   »   E>  I— 

— — r — 


I 


138  Words  by  Rev.  E.  A.  HOFFMAN. 

*4n 


ABUNDANTLY  ABLE  TO  SAVE. 


P.  P.  BLISS. 


rs      n  s 


-0—0- 


 — tf — a — 0- 


1  Who-ev  -  er  re 


eth     the  Cru 


A — N — 5 — N 


fied  One, 

— 


Who  -  ev 


be  -  liev    -    -    eth     on    God  s    on  -  ly  Son, 


E-A  P 


2  Who  -ev  -  er    re  -  cciv 


eth     the    mes  -  sage    of  God, 


And  trusts   in     the  pow'r 


of     the    soul-cleans  -  ing  blood, 


=t 


rt — r 


A — Fv— N— N 


-0 — 0 — 0- 


3  Who-  ev  -  er    re  -  pents 


and     for  -  sakes    ev'  -  ry  sin, 


And 


pens    his  heart 


for     the  Lord    to  come 


-tf  8  \s  ^ 


A — iN- 


jSzfe 


pres  -  ent    and  per 
-A-' 


i — \ — v — is 


r- 


-A  A 

H  1- 


fect    sal  -  va  -  tion  shall  have, 
A  A  A  A- 


For  Je 


is  read 


this    mo  -  ment    to  save. 


"I  


I 


From  SPIRITUAL,  SONGS,  by  per. 


u  CHORUS. 

%t     »     X  X~ 


ABUNDANTLY  ABLE  TO  SAVE.  Concluded. 


139 


^— p — ^ — ;  ;  ^py"—  j — i — » — v — » — g — a — v- 


-s — s — v 


i — r 


3*= 


Broth-er,  the  Mas-  ter    is  come  and  is  call  -  ing  for  thee ; 


Broth-er,  his  grace  and  his  mer-cy    are  wondrous!  y    frte ; 


My  brother,the    Mas  - 


ter    is   call  -  ing  for     thee  ; 


His  grace  and  his  mer 


A  N  IS  N 


H  (- 

0    0    0  0 


-r>  j  


i  sh 


ZALZAl  A     A'  4—2. 


f=N  n  rs  -p 


-   -    cy  are  wondrous-ly     free ; 

— N   TN    N    N    s — 


I 


Brother,  the  Mas-ter    is  come  and  is    call-  ing  for  thee ; 


Brother,  his  grace  and  his  mer-cy  are  wondrous-ly  free; 


J*f  H- 


-A— A — A — A  A — A — h 


*-A 


2=5 


h — i- 


#—*—*—*     0     0     *-  . 

 !  !  U  U  1  *- 


A  A- 


— 


N    V    N    N  N 


i 


1 


1  r 


-= 


A     A      A      A  A 


3 


1a'_A_J^ 


i 


jft  *  I*  *  *  E 


Broth-er,  his  blood  as     a   ran-som  for  sin  -  ners  he  gave, 


And  he    is    a  -  bun-dant-lv     a  -  ble  to  save. 


N    >  V 


J      ,N  >— fv-A-^E-j  1 — \    \  'tr~ft-I^|::^— 


His  blood  as    a  ran 


som  for  sin -ners  he  gave, 

 Nr 


And  he     is     a  -  bua  - 


dant-lv    a  -  ble    to  save. 


I*— W- 


-h — \ 


h   N  N 


A'     A'  A' 


Broth-er,   his  blood  a3     a    ran-som  for  sin  -  ners  he  gave, 
-A — A—  A  A — A — A — A  A — *- 


-v- 

And  he    is     a  -  bun-dant-lv     a  -  ble   to  save. 


m 


140 


Words  by  Rev.  E.  A.  HOFFMAN.  C0K0NATT0N  DAY. 

£r-N — Js  N  FN  N — Ps  N  Fv 


— i — i 


1    When  the  crown  ing     day  shall  dawn,  and     I       am  sum-mon'd  home,    At    the  bid-ding  of   the  Mas-ter    to    his  throne  I'll    come,  Leav  ing 

FF=F 


I 


^  fc— K — \ — N-- 


— * — i~  4 


i — AH- 


i  4  k  ^ 

— N  N    -N      S  h  -S 

— y — i — i  j- — h — t- — i — J- 

-  i    1  n-r~^jN 

-*  4>  ♦  ♦  ♦  *  ♦  5- 

~*-4  d  4  m  J.  d 

3    When  the  crown  ing     day  shall  come,    I     shall    be  safe     at     last ;  Earth's  tempta-tions  will  be    end -ed,  and  the  riv  -  er    pass'd;  Oh,  how 


-1  +- — d  1- 


i— H 


CHORUS. 




all    I    love  be- low,   lay  -  ing  cross  and  ar -inordown,  To    be  crown'd  by  my  Ke-deem-er  with  a   gold  -  en  crown.    I  shall  wear    a  bright  and 


±ZZt=l- if  ZtZZ!t  -^-^'-^-^-^+--^--4^-^-  I  |-f 
 1  "-L^  A  1 


raiment  snow -y- white,  read  -  y      for  the  mansions  bright.He  will  deck  me  with    a  crown  of  nev  -  er  -  fad  -  ing  light.    I  shall  wear   a     bright  and 


r^-g-#-^-- rh^-#  »— »--F— F-F— F— F F  :f— P= 


b^zzfczkzzfc 


> 


I  shall  wear    a     bright  and 


hap-py    I   shall  be,     my  Re-deem-er  there  to   see,    And  in   Par  -  a  -  dise  to  live  with  him  e  -  ter  -  nal  -  It,      I  shall  wear    a  br 


CORONATION  DAT.  Concluded. 


141 


— i — ■ — H — W 

AAA 
9    9    9    0  \'< 

A  A  A  A  A  | 

#  #  ■ 

I — h1 

 1 — 

0* 

H — — h-1  

 1  j  1  /  -¥— 

v  1/ V  V 

f- W 

l« 

shin-ing crown,Wlien  I    lay  my    crossand     ar  -mor  down,And  thro'  ev -er- lasting  days, while  upon  the  Lamb  I  gaze,  I  will  sing  my  Redeem-er's  praise. 

N  N  N 





=4T 

 -At— <— 


AH1-*)    Al  Ah 


s-  |  "  ->   I, 

♦  ♦  ,  .  -  L  I1 


P 


shin-ingcrown,'Wlien  I     lay  my    cross  and     ar  -mor  down,And  thro'  ev  -  er  -  lasting  days,while  upon  the  Lamb  I  gaze,  I  will  sing  my  Redeem-ers  praise- 


i 


^ —   1  j   i  i  a 


N  K  S 


-£-+-hzzg 


I 


H — h 


V  V  V 


m 


1  

shin-ing  crown,TVhen  I    lay  my    cross  and     ar  -mor  down,  And  thro'  ev  -  er  -  lasting  days,while  upon  the  Lamb  I  gaze,  I  will  sing  my  Redeem -er's  praise. 


,<rji  A  A  A- 


_A_jl_A_ 


qzzq: 


I 


3CZ3C 


A  A  A  A 


-w  fcv  w  w  k 


H  1- 


y  v  u     i — I 


A  Jfctuoso. 


ECKWORTH.  CM. 


Dr.  L.  MASON*. 


:i 


-a  '  * 


P 


::z£z 


3 


1  Hear  me,  O    God,  nor  hide  thy 


face,     But  an-swer,  lest  I 


die  ;  Hast  thou  not  built  a  throne  of       grace.    To  hear  when  sin  ners  cry  ? 


see 


-3- 


I: 


1 


2  As  on  some  lone-  ly  build  -ing's     top,     The  spar-row  tells  her     moan,    Far  from  the  tents  of    joy    and     hope,     I     sit  and  grieve  a  -  lone. 

3  Mylockslike  wither'd  leaves  ap   -   pear,    And  life's  de-clin-ing     light  Grows  faint  as    eve-ningshad -ows      are,    That  van  -  ish   in  -  to  night. 


-E3--S- 


— P- 


H  i- 


— I- 


J — L 


I  g 


4  But  thou  for  -  ev  -  er   art    the    same,     O     my    e  -  ter  -  nal      God !    A  -  ges  to     come  shall  know  thy    name.  And  spread  thy  works  abroad. 
 1  ~ 


PUP 

d. 


142 

mm 


Words  by  EDO  AH,  A.  HOLME. 


THE  SWEETEST  VOICE. 


-i? — 1» — i — i — i —  A- 

\  1  0  —  0  0  —  H- 

 f~ 


I 


J.  H.  TENNEY. 


F 


1    The  sweet -est  voice  I     ev  -  cr  heard,  Was  that  of    Je  -  sus  call-ing  ;  Thro' ev'  -  ry  pulse     it  thrill'd  and  stirr'd,And  at      his     feet,  low     fall  -  ing 


3& 


\ — fv — ps-^ 


H  ■ 


-a-  "  "  -y 

2   The  fair  -  est  fat  e   I    e'er  be  -  held  Was  that  of  Christ  so  ten  -  der 


■*— 0)— < 


--A- 


-Ah  ¥ 


— f 


I  gaz'd,  and  joy    with  -  in     me  swell'd,  A   joy     no  tongue  can    ren  -  der; 


3   The  strong-est  love  I     ev  -  er  knew  Was  that  which  Jesus  bore  me;    It  thrill'd  my  spir  -  it    thro'  and  thro',  And  shed    its    sweet -ness   o'er  me; 


A 


S-^EZZ^-^-^Sz^rg — 0  N- — !— i~~Nr" N  N — N  K  N~ — \  \ — Ai — N  N  k  ^ — m  a — r 


53 


CHORUS. 


0-& 


1 


-G 


I   wept  in  the  deep  joy    I    felt.Whilc  there  I  hura-bly,  hum  -  bly  knelt. 

i  


-A   •  W 


-h-i— ^— -F-pz^: 

-L*  — „  1- 


I  gaz'd  in  won-der  and    a-dored  My  kind  and  lov  -  ing,  lov  -  ing  Lord 


-Mr   -At*  -At-Ar 

Oh, voice  sosweet,oh,faceso  fair! 


Oh,  love  so 


-e>- 


1^ 


N — j; 

-  6»- 


I  pledge  to  him  be-yond  re -call  My  life,  my  love,  my  soul,    my  all 


 7MZ  1^  — N — ^    !^  7*"  T^l — ^~ 


E 


Oh, voice    so    sweet!  ....    Oh,face  so 
Oh,  voice  so  sweet! 


fair! 
Oh,  face  so  fair! 

is    N  K 


Oh,  love  so 


i 


1 


THE  SWEETEST  VOICE.  Concluded 


rit 


143 


A    A  •    A  A- 


_A_ 


-9- 


3 — 


■o- 


Oh,  love    so  strong  to     me  ! 


6> 


My   Je  -  sus  at 
S  — 


thy  feet      I  fall,    And  hum  -  bly  wor  -  tsh;p  thee. 


strong 
f 


to  me! 


-Ah* 

My  Je  -  sus  at  thy  feet     I  fall, 


And  hum  -  bly  •wor  -  ship  thee. 

r  -  P 


1* 


H — H 


— h 


V 


-  <S>- 


And  hum  -  bly  wor  -  ship  thee. 


10 


9i 


strong  to    me ! 

Oh,  love  so  strong  to  me! 
-7k-    *-*   -A- -A-      _  /T\ 


My  Je  -  sus    at  thy  feet 

My  Je  -  sus  at 




fall. 


thy  feet      I  fall. 


-*  


7A  •     A  A 


ZJZ-K. 


Moderate. 


FLOREN.  7s. 


Mil  -g=f 

■Jfi— ^1    l^ifa  A  A 


1 


1     Hark,  my  soul,  it 


3 


4r- H-  1  !  \ 

*  0  '—0—0 — 0 


is    the  Lord  !  'Tis    thy  Sav-iour.  hear  his  word  ;  Je  -  sus  speaks,he  speaks  to  thee,  "  Say,    poor  sin  -  ner,    loVst  thou  me?" 


■ — ! — I— I—1  -r  — < — i — #--+■  — ' — |— 1^ — ^r~J — i 


2       "I      de-liv-ered  thee  when  bound.And  when  bleeding,healed  thy  wound,Sought  thee  wand'ring,  set  thee  right.Turned  thy  darkness  in   -  to  light. 


V— H 


sl  


P 


-H-H 


i 


F  r~Fp — tr~sj^ 


* 


3  ''Thou  shalt  see    my    glo  -  ry  soon,  When  the  work  of   faith  is  done ;  Part  -  ner  of  my  throne  shalt  be ;  Say,     poor  sin  -  ner.    lov'st  thou  me?' 


i 


#r-F-i  h- 

-fc=  


144 


NEARER  HOME. 


-H-4i- — ^4~V  a 


-N  rs  N 


Words  and  Music  by  A.  S.  KIEFFER. 

■  w    I  ■  N 


— N- 


I 


1    Pil-grims  in    this  land  of    sor-row,    Day    by  day     we  jour-ney  on;    And  each  fast    suc-ceed- ing  mor-row    Finds  our  life  -  work  near-er  done. 


i 


— ff  ^F^  \— & — W-i—  f-N — p  

h— f— v — N — i  p — t— — ^— — f — i  s  — i  f 


9~  0 


^     #     w         w  mm--     ^     ^     ^     -  -      m  -    m      -  • 

2  Day    by  day   life's  path  grows  drearer,  Earth  -  ly  joys    pass  swift -ly  by;     But  the  thought of  heav'n  grows  dearer,   As    our  hopes  and  pleasures  die. 

3  Earth  -  ly  frieud-ships  oft  de-ceive  us,     Beam-ing  with     in  -  con  -  stant  ray  ;   But    the  Sav  -  iour  ne'er  will  leave  us      In    the  dark   anddrear-y  day. 


v- 


I  ■  is  Kri: 


H- 


-Ah.- 


:q 


H  — Ah 


 N-^rn— r 


4     In    our  jour  -  ney  may  we  nev-er     Faint  or   fal  -  ter  by    the  way  ;    In     the  glo  -  rious  glad  for  -  ev  -  er      "We  shall  rest     in  end  -  less  day. 


H  1  /  


— IV — 1/--4  « — ~—  I  IV —  1 — 1  y  1— I- 

— H  1  1  L-  ^-L^ — 


CHORUS. 


 P--A-- 


Near  -  er  home !  yes,  bless  the  Sav -iour,  Near-er    to      a    Fa  -  ther's  love !  Near  -  er  heaven's  e  -  ter  -  nal  por  -  tal !  Near-er    to    the  home  a  -  hove. 


— N — K- 


M---M — A 


A — K-a- 


Near-er  home!  yes,  bless  the  Sav -iour,  Near-er    to      a     Fa- ther's  love !  Near  -  er  heaven's  e  -  ter  -  nal  por -tal!  Near-er    to    the  home  a  -  bo  ve. 


■i©~b»-A-fe- 


-M- |~»  .     J       'J  P-*-T^B--+—  If 


9 


Near  -  er  home !  yes,  bless  the  Sav  -  iour,  Near  -  er    to      a    Fa  -  ther's  love !  Near  -  er  heaven's  e  -  ter  -  nal  por  -  tal !  Near  -  er    to    the  home  a  -  bove. 


<2|  *Jk      A  ■  A  I  A  »    (A  . 


— H — H — 


w — p- 


^=1 


4> — g- 


V— r — a. 
 fc^^ 


-f— H 


1 — p-*>— ^ 


is 

— 


Trom  the  SHINING  LIGHT,  by  per. 


k_A._A._A.  ^ 


HAPPY  HOME. 

I 


t=t= 


T.  W.  DEJTNTNGTON'.  145 
CHORUS. 


1    Oh,  home  of  rest,  for  thee  I    sigh,  When  will  the  mo  -  ment  come,  When  I    shall    lay    my   ar  -  mor     by,  And  dwell  in   peace    at  home.    Oh,  that 

i  I  A  J| 


2  There  ev  -  er  -  last-  ing  spring  a  -  bides,  And  nev-  er  -  with'-ringflow'rs ;  Death,like  a 


3E_ 


-^i  i- — 


I — h 


-I — I — I- 

i — h* 


nar  -  row  sea,     di  -  Tides  Thisheav'n-Iv     land  from  ours.    Hap  -  py 


_, 


:z: 


3  Sweet  fields  beyond  the    swelling  flood,Stand  dress'd  in  living  green;    So    to     the    Jews    old    Ca  -  naan  stood.While  Jordan  rolled    be-tween.  Oh,  that 


____3_ 


1 


11=4= 


 '  ■  ■ — r 

_zz_zzzzz|zz 
t— i — A  R 


- 1 U  b  I 


■Wt- 


A-A-N-A- 

H  )  1  h— 


A-  * 


i — — — /  ✓ 


-K—K 


■  ■ 


m9  "mup 

happy ,happy  home.Oh, that  home  so  bright  and  fair ,How  I  ]ong,how  I  long  to  be  there.Where  angels  bright  are  rob'd  in  white,Oh. I  long.yes.I  long  to  be  there. 


"i 

r            r  * 

-1  N-A 

"I  FTN 

U — o —  1 — N 

— 1  1  h 

Fit— i  :  

-e — •  m  -  a 

_zzz  

11= 


zz 


v  r 


0—0—0—00 


home, 


bright  and  fair, 


How  I  long 


to  be  there,Wbere  angels  bright  are  rob*d  in  white.Oh. I  long.yes.I  long  to  be  there. 


m 


__ 


♦  ♦ 


-w—m- 


-  i 


happy,happy  home,Oh,thathomeso  brightandfair,How  Ilong.how  I  long  to  be  there.Where  an-gels  bright  are  rob  d  in  white.Oh.I  long.yes.1  long  to  be  there. 

-A-  -A-  -A- 


ftizz_z*zz* 


 «. 

-H  /- 


A~  N    S  N-j- 


3"  A—A'—A'-AL-AZ^ 


rTj-i-n — !  t- 


1 


A    A  A 


m  9 


A  i 


k    k    •      *  * 


✓     ✓  _- 


i 


146 


4*r 

■H 


0 

i  1  1— 


THE  BETTER  LAND. 

"tn  


J.  H.  TEKNEY. 


0-0^1  --fW=$ 
-1  1  1- —  ^ 


# — 0  •  \  0  • — 0- 

H  H  1— I  U- 

&  i  IrW — p- 


1   Hark  !  the  cho  -  ral  band,    "With    its  mu  -  sic  float-ing  ev  -  er 

 ^  ".     -  ■   --  -  ~  r-^-N 


-  -4- 


IN  f*s 


q: 


O'er    the  bright   and  spark -ling  riv  -  er,     From    the  on 

A-H  ^  ^ 


-Ah 


-  seen  strand ; 
-1  


2    New    my  brow  is  fanned,  By     the  breez  -  es  from  the  mountains,  And      I    hear     the     rip  -  pling  fo  on- tains     Of      my   na    -   -   tive  strand; 


\ 


3±t 


Bnt 


I  wait- ing  stand,    And    my  eyes    are   ev  -  er  tnrn-ing,     And     my  heart 


ev  -  er  yearn  -  ing      For      the  gold 


en  strand ; 


a_a__A_|_a_|:_A 


0 '  0 


1©-*- 


■V — 


V— V— /- 


A  '  I  A  *  A- 


V  v  i^-rv— t 


 h 


i 


§ 


"Where  the  an  -  gels  bright  are  winging,    And    the  bean  -  ti  -  ful  are  sing  -  ing,  "While  the  gold  -  en  harps  are  ring-ing,     In    the    bet  -    ter  land. 

-fr-ft-N 


i 


SI 


-ArA-At- 


~N — N" 


1 


* 


"Well    I   love    the  rocks  and  tow-ers,     "Warb-ling  birds  and  fra-grant  flow-era,     Of   my  spir  -  it's  na-tal  bow -era,     Of  this  earth  -  ly  land. 


:d  E-fr 


-A- 


 1  1- 


E 


+ 


-B 


"Where  with  heart  to  heart  n  -  ni  -  ted,     "We  shall  keep  the  vows  here  plighted,   And  the  wrongs  of  earth  be  right- ed,     In     the    bet    -    ter  land. 


^=T^^pATZ=A^=A^=AZri==p 


CHORUS. 


THE  BETTER,  LAND.  Concluded. 

■  I       N    IS    ^fo~        0       \  0  '   0    0-  |-»  ' — 0 

—{-  1  1 — *-k  1  1  \j — i  I— I  ^ 


^ — A  '  KA  ' 


JS 


-A- 


147 

I 


In     the  bet  -  ter  land, 


la     the  bet -ter  land,  the         bet  -  terland,  1       -n  . ,         .  .  . 

'  >  VV  nile  the  gold  -  en  harps  are  nng-ing,      In      the     bet    -    ter  land. 


=T 


Of     this  earth-ly  land, 
A" 


-Ps — — P* 


• — ■ 


is 


Of    this  earth-ly  land, 


Of     this  earth-ly  land, 

-i  N 


'9—0- 


 i- 


Well    I  love    the  rocks  and  tow-ers,       Of     this  <^xth   -  >y  land. 

1 — Mv 


14- 


v — V 


— I  Ar.  I  1  ^ 


1 


In     the  bet -ter  land,  In     the  bet -ter  land,  1  .    ,     ,,  „      .,         .        .        _  ,w 

^  \  And    the  wrongs  of  earth  are  nght-ed,       In     the    bet    -     ter  land. 


In    the  bet -ter  land,  the        bet  -  terland. 


^  A    A  a: 


-h  h; — \ 


-e- 


A  _A_A_|_A^ 


ret  -•- 


i 


CONCORD.  S.  M. 

-p-j— i — i — 1 1  ■  i  i 


OLIVER  ITOLDEN. 


1    The  hill  of  Zi-on    yields    A  thousand  sacred  sweets  Before  we  reach  the  heav'nly  fields, 

Before  we  reach  the  heav'nly  fields,  Before  we  reach  the  heav'nly  fields, Or  walk  the  golden  strwts. 


2  Then  let  our  songs  abound,And  ev'ry  tear  be  dry,  We're  marching  thro'  Immannel's  ground, We're  marching  thro'  Immanuel's  ground  To  Mm  worlds  on  nigh. 

We're  marching  thro'  Immanuei's  ground, 


TTf>- 


-H  -i  h 

-A—A  ^- 


-0'  1-0 


f 


-9-9- 


i 


A  r> 


-t-l  !  h 


-P—0- 


0-*  0- 


-A—w-^ 


-0  0  0  T  0 

H  1  ~  I 

i  i  I  hr 


148 


p  Soft  and  gentle. 


EVEN-SONG. 


J.  H.  TENNEY,  by  per. 


T=F=F 


 1  1  1- 

ning  Steal     a  -  cross   the  sky,    Now  the  dark-ness 


1    Now  the  day 


I 

is 


yer,  Night    is    draw  -  ing  nigh,      Shad  -  ows  of 


3 


l§ 


the  eve 


•5k 


2  Je  -  sus,   give    the  wea 

3  Com -fort     ev'  -  ry  sufF' 


ry  Calm  and  sweet  re  -  pose,  "With  thy  tend'-  rest  bless 
rer,  Watch-ing     late     in  pain,     Those  who    plan  some  e 


H2I 


 ¥  W 

ing  May    our    eye  -  lids  close.   Grant  to    ns,  thy 
Til,  From  their    sin      re-strain.  Thro' the  long  night 


to 


9 


3* 


--G- 


-<d — -r 


P— # 


4    Now  the     day     is    o    -    Ter,  Night    is    draw  -  ing  nigh,     Shad  -  ows     of      the  eTe  -  ning  Steal    a  -  cross  the   sky,  "When  the  morning 


-B- 


AAA  A-- 


H  


-5'- 


\ 


91- 


V- 


-I — 


-P — 


r  I  i 


gath  -  ers,     Stars    be  -  gin      to    peep,      Birds,  and  beasts,  and    flow  -  era     Soon    will     be      a  -  sleep,     Soon   will    be      a  -  sleep. 

S7\  /T\ 


9 


s 


3=t 


-£r- 


— t- 


4* 


:riz±=*: 


+ 


chil  -  dreu,  Vis  -  ions  bright  of  thee,  Gnard  the  sail  -  or's  toss  -  ing  On  the  deep 
watch  -  es      May  thine    an  -  gels  spread    Their  white  wings   a  -  hove     me,    Watch  -  ing  round 


blue 
my 

 1- 


sea,  On  the  deep  blue  sea. 
bed,    "Watch-ing  round  niy  bed. 


Hie: 


wak  -  ens,     Then  may     I       a  -  rise,       Pure,  and    fresh,  and  sin 


less 


In     thy     ho  -  ly  eyes, 


In    thy      ho  -  ly  eyes. 
/T\  /TV 


9a 


a— i_p  r  A- 


-I— 


Oopyrigbt,  J.  H.  TENNEY. 


HAM!   THE  SONG  OF  JUBILEE.  A.  J.  SHOW  A  LTEB,  by  per.  149 


— r;  N  N-i  —  

*k 

-^i  ^ — JS— i — s  1 

*  j-«n  *  - 

Hark  the  song ! 

-x  fgf  x — 

 V— VA  — 

Haxk  the  song ! 

Hark  the  song  of 

-i — #— « — - — 

—j  1 

ju  -  bi-lee! 

Hark  the  sons ! 

— k-P-i — - — 

Hark  the  song ! 

r-^ — *    S  '  ~ 

*  e,  R  i  * 

i    M  *- 

-X— 

 1  Pi—i  1 

•  A. 

i  1  V-!  

xr  

Hark  the 

MM 

"     "  w                       9*99  w 

song!                Hark  the  song                    of    ju  -  bi-lee!  Hark  tht 

 w  w—w  — 

song !               H^rk  the 

song !               Hark  the 

-M- '  -A— Ar 

.  song!               Hark  the 

— !  (- 

H  fr-i  

 1  H  1  r  V 

H  

 Nr 

ft)  4    P>   JV^ 

3-  -*ug- 

-9 — -i  ^~ 

-6 

*  •  *i  J — P^-N 

1  i  

Hark  the  song!                  Hark  the  song!                Hark  the  song  of    ju  -  bi-lee!                   Hark  the  song! 

 k  k.  1  K  K  i  1  k  1  k  k  <  

w 

Hark  the  song ! 

P  ft 

„    P'P.P  • 

1  ft 

 1 

Q:  4__~ — 

sa        1  f\ 

A'.     A'     J  X  

^  4  - — 

A   •   A    A  X 

X     a'  •  A1  A1  £ 

*  u  g  i  r 

»*    a'  •  a'  A  * 

A  •  A    A  *V 

W  -     N    jfr  1 — 1- 

— 

j    A  •  A  X  •  A  A  *-A- 

■Wf  X- — h= — N-d  f- 

-0 

i  - — #<- 

-H— H                #  *  #— #  #- 

— r- 

i — - 

 p         r  !                                             r       r      i          w                              w                                                                                 w  —w         '  ' 

Hark  the  song  of   ju  -  bi-lee!                  Harkthesong,                   Hark  the  song!  Loud  as  mighty  thunders  roar,                     Or  the  fullness  of  the 

M                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            k,    -    k,  k. 

!  fv- 

— i  S- 

H  X— 

-^j-= — i — ' 

— * — 

-x  ^  P^i  ^-S 

*    ■  •  ■  H          ■  •  s 

 4*4  4 

song  of 

»  »  1 

ju  -  bi-lee JHarkth 
1  

e  song   .    .   .      of  ju  -  bi  - 

rl  Ms- — 

[ — »• »  » — 

lee !              Loud  as  r 

_]  

—  ' — 1^— 

oight  -  y  the 

H — K-1 

■ 

inders 

|  L 

'  '  1 
W 

-o~m — ■  1 

roar,   Or  the 

a*  rg 

full    -    -    -    nessof  the 
a              A  •  n  A  «  S 

Hark  the  song  of 

n«         0  >  0  0  0 

1     1/  1 

ju  -  bi-lee! 

 af-arf— X  

Hark  the  song ! 

*  j  g  

r-e — !  a^- 

H.irk  the  song !  Loud 

as  mighty  thunder 
J*  '  *    *  0 

^ — U^— u 

f  u  p 

sroar, 

tJ — X 

-1  :  U-^r- - 

Or    the  fullness  of  the 

y  &  BE  BE  1 

E 

150 


HARK !  THE  SONG  OF  JUBILEE.  Continued. 

N    n  N 


1*    ^  ^4: 


1 


~m~wi    d    d    *  d- 


sea,      When    it  breaks    up  -  on    the  shore. 


-«M — ♦>- 


zr 


f  See  Je-hov-ah's  banners  furled,Sheathed  his  sword,he  speaks,'tis  done ;  Now  the  kingdoms  of  this  world 
\  He  shall  reign  from  pole  to  pole  With     supreme,unbounded  sway ;  He  shall  reign,  when  like  a  scroll, 

HS — v — N — ^  1  :  r-^  .   N 


—  FT  — i- —  >  P~ 


N   >  > 


sea,      When  it  breaks     np-on    the  shore. 


f  See  Je-hov-ah's  ban-ners  furled, 
\  He   shall  reign  from  pole  to  pole, 


Now  the  kingdoms  of  this  world 
He  shall  reign,when  like  a  scroll, 


i 


2 


+ 


sea,      When   it  breaks    up  -  on     the  shore. 


f  See  Je-ho-vah's  ban-ners  furled.Sheathed  hissword,he  speaks.'tis  done ;  Now  the  kingdoms  of  this  world 
\He    shall  reign  from  pole  to  pole   With    supreme,unbounded  sway;  He    shall  reign,when  like  a  scroll, 

o    -Ar  -+-  -A-  • 


3* 


7- 


J.st. 


°2d. 


1 


H-n 


A    ,A     ,A  ^ 


— 


Are  the  kingdoms  of  his  Son,  Are 
Yonder  heav'ns  have  pass'd  away,  Ton 


the  king-doms  of  his  Son,  Son. 
der  heav'ns  have  pass'd  a  -  way,  way. 


Hark  the  song  of  ju  -  bi  -  lee  !  Hark  the  song  ! 


IS  i 


N    IS  ,V 


H— — ± 


Are 
Yon 


the  king-doms  of  his  Son, 
der  heav'ns  have  pass'd  a  -  way, 


s 


—t —  JS  !■ — |S  w-. 


of  ju 


"  *  -  h  " 


bi -  lee ! 


Loud  as 


4 


cf: 


Are  the  kingdoms  of  his  Son,  Are 
Yonder  heav'ns  have  pass'd  away , Yon 


3M- 


the  king  doms  of  his 
der  heav'ns  have  pass'd  a 


Son, 
way, 


Son 
way 


-i — r 


:} 


Hark  the  song  of  ju  -  bi  -  lee  !  Hark  the  song ! 


~N — N 


HARK  THE  SONG  OF  JUBILEE.  Concluded. 


i 


w 


Load  as  mighty  thunders  roar, 


Or  the  fullness  of  the  sea,  When  it  breaks  upon  the  shore. 


Hal-le-lu-jah!       Hark  the  aong!  Hal -le- 


might 


KL_JtL 


*-0  0  ' 


-M- 


-1  N~r 
dt+± 


5£5 


-  y  thunders  roar,  Or  the    full   -   -   -    nessof  the  sea,  When  it  breaks  upon  the  shore.  Hal  -  le  -  lu-jah!  Hal-le-lu-jah! 


HaJ-le  - 


A    s  N- 


E=5 


o  •  0 


-H-t- 


±3t 


Loud  as  mighty  thunders  roar, 


Or  the  fullness  of  the  sea,When  it  breaks  upon  the  shore. 


Hal-  le-lu-  jah  !       Hark  the  eong !  Hal-le 


m  '  m  m  '  m- 


£m  hh 


_A_A_ 


■+-T+- 


I 


r^-W  k  k  k~ 


>  - 


aj^a  a  a.; 


A  A 


0^-0-0- 


g  A  A 


L.  / — 


-0^0-0- 


lu-jah,  A  -    men,Hark  the  song ! 


Hal-le-lu-jah!       Hark  the  song!  Halle -lu-jah,  A  -  men,Hark  the  song!  Amen,  Amen,A  men. 


A -men. 


lu  -  jah  A    -  men, 


Hal-le  -  lu-jah! 


Halle  -  lu-jah! 


Hal-le  -  lu-jah,  A  -  men, 


rfct 


A  -  men.A-meo,  A  -  men, 
t  f  » 


A -men 


i — \ 


0'  0 


3l* 


lu-jah,  A    -   men.Hark  the  song!  Hal-le-lu-jah!        Hark  the  song !  Halle-lu-jah,  A  -  men, Hark  the  song !  Amen  Amen,A  -  men, 


A  -  men. 


152 


Words  by  F.  E.  BELDEN. 


PRAISE  BE  TO  GOD. 

p 


By  permission. 


-HI  4j 


— o- 


A~V-rV 


1 


1    Praise     be      to  God      and  songs   of  thanksgiv-ing,     Bow  down  ye  na  -  tions  all ; 


Let 


i 


He 


ev'  -  ry  heart    give  Him    a  -  dor  -  a  -  tion, 


-V  — I  F 

— P  J2  1 —  h 


the  Lord,    our   Fa  -  ther  E  -  ter  -  nal,  Bless  -  ing3  are  his 


V 

to 


%<  * 

"7  


I 


-\  k — i  Pv 

— i — — i —  1- 


-i  u 


H — 


H — H 


give ; 

—I  


From 

-I — 


2s: 


Him 


BE 


■we    all  earth  -  ly  boun-ties, 


m 


-A — A- 

5=£: 


-A  j- 


Praise  Him,  both    great  and 

-v 


 mm  

— e  # — m — 

 * — 

-♦  h — h — !  ! — 

H  

1*  1 

L 

small. 


Hon 


-9 — 0- 

■+- 


PRAISE  BE  TO  GOD.  Continued. 

Repeat  first  eight  measures,  and  then  go  to  the  Solo.  i 

mi 


153 

Chorus  a  tempo. 


"      >.  L  t- 


i 


Bow  down  be-fore  Him,  oh,    ev'  -  ry       na  -  tion,  Praise  ye  His  ho  -  ly  name. 


Yield  Him    a  trib-ute,    praise  and  thanksgiving, 


1 


5.  


Z 


T~ 


Bow  down  be-fore  Him,  oh,    ev'  -  ry       na  -  tion,  Praise  ye  His  ho  -  ly  name. 


A — V 


I 


Yield  Him   a  trib-ute,    praise  and  thanksgiving, 

®  ■  .     ■  S  


/  Chorus  a  tempo. 


-A — A — ^ 


-it-^— A— A- 


Come    ye  His  throne  be 


fore : 


Praise  Him  for-ev-er,      all     ye     His  peo-ple  !  Praise  Him  for  -  ev  -  er-more. 


-X  


E-4 


-\--v 


i 


— ^— v 


Come    ye  His  throne  be 


— r  f*-r~ 


-€-- 


A— V 


-rf— t 


fore ; 
-I — 


Praise  Him   for-ev-er,      all     yo     His  peo-ple  !  Praise  Him  for  -  ev  -  er-more. 

Praise  Him    for  -  ev  -  er  more. 


I  «> 


._i  a. 

 L.  S- 


-k;  kr- 

-i  1 — 


-*  m\ 


154 


PRAISE  BE  TO  GOD.  Concluded. 


1st. 


Mil  -r- 


-A 


Praise 


Him! 


Praise 


Him! 


Praise 


Him! 


— N    N    N  | 


f-f-HBB 


Praise  Him  for  -  ev  -  er  -  more, 
N  N 


more,     For-ev  -  er-more. 


— h 


i 


f 


Praise  Him  for  -  ev  -  er  -  more,Praise  Him  for  -ev  -  er-more,Praise  Him  for  -  ev  -  er-more, Praise  Him  for  -  ev  -  er-more, 

-k  k— k — k  —  k — k 


more,     For  -  ev  -  er-  more. 


Praise 


i — v—v—v-v—t- 


-I  ^— h- 


it: 


Him! 


Praise 


Him! 


Praise 


Him! 


Praise  Him  for-ev  -  er-more. 


more,    For  -  ev  -  er  -  more. 


i 


I  WILL  SING  THY  PRAISE. 


J.  H.  TENNEY. 


I  will  sing  fhypraise,0  Lord, 


I   will  sing  thy  praise, O  Lord, 


I    will  sing, 


-N — N 


-N — N — — V 


H  1- 


3t5: 


I  will  sing    thy  praise,  O  Lord, 


I  will  sing, 


I  will 


-i  i_L_A 


H — »- 


^ — I — I 


It 


N--\r 


3J£ 


-I — I 


I  will  sing 





thy  praise,  O        Lord,  I  will    sing  thy  praise,  O         Lord,  I  will  sing,  I  will 

I    will  sing  thy  praise,0  Lord,  I  will  sing  thy  praise,0  Lord,  I    will  sing, 


— \ — V — V 

_i2  12 — p  ii. 


V— V— b>— W— h- 


— —  — - 


I  WILL  SING  THY  PEAISE.  Concluded. 


Fixe. 


155 


0  0  m 


±= 


«-f-r-p— 


I,  L  i 


I  will  sing,  I  will  sing  thy  praise,0  Lord, 


I  will  sing, 


I  willsing,!  will  sing  thy  praise,0  Lord. 


✓  .' 

I  will 


— I- 


4-4. 


♦  ♦ 


sing, 


I  will  sing  thypraise,0  Lord,    I  will  sing, 


H  1- 


3tZ3t 


I  will  sing, 
Ml 


I  will  sing  thy  praise.O  Lord.     I  will  not  for-  pet  thy 


H  1 


-fv-pvP-4 


H — I- 


9* 


I  will  sing,  I  will  sing  thy  praise,0  Lord, 


I  will  sing, 


I  will  sing,  I  will  sing  thy  praise,0  Lord. 


I  will 


-H — | 


i  1- 


0  0000 


SEE 


^    A  A— A  

-5C  1  1  I  5fi_ 


H  1" 


X  m  m  m   0  0 


1  h 


0ZL* 


m 


—  


0  0 


D.r 


tZ5£ 


n — 


i 


-1?— iv- 


not       for  -  get, 


O  Lord, 


O  Lord, 


-p-ty-H  h  1 — 

Un-to  thee      in  songs 


my  soul  doth  dv,     I    will  rins;. 


[ 


IS 


H  h 


— ♦ — ^  O 

ben-  e-  fits, 


— 1 — — 


O  Lord, 


O  Lord, 


Un-to  thee  in    songs  of       joy  and  praise, 


my  soul 


doth  flv, 


I    will  sine. 

J>.C. 


156 


Moderato. 


FATHER,  WE'LL  REST  IN  THY  LOVE. 


By  per.  of  S.  BRAIN  ARD'S  SONS. 


J-  mi  i — i 


-i— M- 


h-AHA1  


■o — 


I- 


Eemember  mer  -  cy,   O     my  God, 


Let  me  not  faint  be-neath  Tby  rod  ; 


Father.our  hearts 


W  U  V 

are  sad  and  lone, 


A-Ar 


Oh,hearken  to  our 


if 


m 


PS 


^J-B— ■- 


r 


TijJTp 


IF 


— Ah 


-■  ■  ■ 

Oh.hearkento  our 


Eemember  mer  -  cy,    O     my  God, 


■M  A)  At- 


Let  me  not  faint  be-neath  Thy  rod ;       Father ,our  hearts  are  sad      and  lone, 


Oh.hearken  to  our 


H — H 


-©- 


i 


»-»-Al- 


-P— h 


--19- 


Oh,hearken  to 
Allegretto. 


T©- 


-<9- 


— (9-^ 


r: 


tz± 


i 


plaintive  moan. 


A-mid  the  storm 


Thy  cheer  -  ing  voice    Can  bid  the    tremb-ling    soul      re  -  joice. 


Solo. 


--S-W-J-B-- 
plaintive  moan. 


-Ah- 


mzszr 


ft 


-1—4— -4 


3=F 


d — Ah 


-N  £r4 


AK^-At 


A-mid  the  storm 


Thy  cheering  voice    Can  bid  the    tremb-ling    soul      re   -  joice.        Soon  we'll  dwell  forev-er  in 


-a  °T 


plaintive  moan. 


A-mid  the  storm 


Thy  cheering  voice    Can  bid  the    tremb-ling    soul       re  -  joice. 


'   © 


-If-A- 


»  •  FT  i 


FATHER,  WE'LL  EEST  IN  THY  LOVE.  Continued. 

Chorus.  Andante. 


157 


rit 


N  N  N 


a  tempo. 


^ — H — H 


n  n- 


H  1- 


-A1    A1  -At—Ah 


•  *"*"-•  I  ^  w  k,  w  »  z 

"  :1  U  U  U  1  I: 


love, 


Fa  -  ther,we'll  rest,  we'll  rest  in  Thy  love, 


■A-i — i-5 — 


love, 


rest, 


rest  in  Thv  love, 


Father.well  rest,  well 


3= 


Fa    -    ther, we'll  rest  in  Thy  love, 


i 


x  WX 


in  Thy  love, 


— 0-0-9-0  .  ^ 

H  1  V  ❖ 


we'll  rest  in  Thv  love, 


rest,  we'll  rest  in  Thy  love, 


Fa 


ther. we'll  rest  in  Thy 


love. 


cuj_/dLD-^J!!hs: 


Fa  -  ther, we'll restjWe'll  rest  in  Thy  love, 


love, 


rest, 


rest  in  Thv  love, 


-I  H 


:a_a_a__a. 


in*: 


\  0  0  0- 


 \ry- 

we'll  rest  in  Thy  love, 


Father  .well  rest,  well 
V-VA-  


158 


FATHER,  WE'LL  EEST  IN  THY  LOVE.  Concluded. 

I  ■  N  N  N 


i 


i 


rest  in  Thy  love, 


Father,  well  rest, 


rest  in  Thy  love,    Father, well  rest,  'we'll 


rest  in  Thy  love,      Rest    in    thy  love. 


N   N  N 


love, 


d — H  !  !  1— -N 


i 


we'll     rest,    .    .  . 
Father,we'll  rest 


in  Thy    love,    ...  Fa 
rest  in  Thy  love, 


M 


V   N  ,> 


A— 


H  h 


-  ther,we  11  rest  in  Thy  love, 

s  v 


3- 


+ 


~  i 

Rest   in    Thy  love. 


I 


rest  in  Thy  love, we'll    rest,  in  Thy  love, 


Father, we'll  rest, 


well 


rest  in  Thy  love,     Rest    in    Thy  love. 


H — h 


-AAA  -  A—- 


-0^—0—0—0 


-|  b^V-y- 


-Aa 


- — — j  I 


H  h 


CALLIE.  CM. 


A.  J.  SHO WALTER,  by  per. 


Pig 


.3— 


I 


1     I  mourn  for  household  voic  -  es  gone,      For    van  -  ished  smiles  I    long  ;  But  God  hath  led  my    dear  ones  on, 


And    He  can  do      no  wrong. 


G  #J^=I-J--^-#-L"-#^j-L -|  #  ^  '  ^^-^ 


wait   the  muf  -  fled  oar ;  No  harm  from  Him  can  come  to    me,       On    o  -  cean  or 


on  shore. 


I  1  r 


A) 1  r 


3tU 


3     I  know  not  where  His  is  -  lands    lift    Their  frond -ed    palms  in  air; 


A  A~ 


I  on  -  ly     know  I 
r-l  1- 


n  -  not    drift    Be  -  yond  His    love  and  care. 


I 


1 


Words  by  J.  E.  RANKIN,  D.  D. 
DUET,  Alto  and  Bass.  Andante. 


QUIET  IS  THE  HOUR  OF  EVEN. 


159 


4 


A— N— v 


4- 


— 


1    Qui  -  et    is   the  hour  of     e  - 


ven,  Ere  the  Sah-bath  from  us 


5b: 


A~-*- 


M— M— 


4- 


-H-»- 


part ; 


E'en  as  tho'theear  of 


heav  -  en,  Listened  at  earth's  beating  heart. 


•  i 


3£ 


A-l- 


4-4-  LjL 


K  rs  l 

id: 


rs  s  N  v 


Inst, 


QUARTET. 


S'-      IN    l>    N    fSiJ— "Tl   I      N  4 


[ 


w — w — *  —  m— cr— m— 

-i — 1 — i — i — h 


A— ^*A-  a — J   „  — - 


a=s: 


-9- 


Gen-tly  round  the  night  is    fall  -   ing,  O'er  the    si  -  lent  world  a    •    broad;       Li-quid  bells  are    sweetly    call -ing  Footsteps  to  the  house  of  God. 


i 


A — N — N — 


H  1- 


A  <r 


~X1 


H-  I-  H  H 


-Ar  -A-  -Af  -At-  -Ar  -At- 


-A--A 

LH  4 — ♦ 


N=A 


:q=q: 


♦  x^ — 


[ 


-r  y  c  • 


Gen-tly  round  the  night  is    fall  -    ing,  O'er  the    si  -  lent  world  a    -    broad;       Li-quid  bells  are  sweetly     call-ing  Foot-steps  to  the  house  of  God 

^   v  v  


\  H 


,  


-— i- — i — i — i — i — — 


:a:ta: 


1 


160 


SOLO. 


QUIET  IS  THE  HOUR  OF  EVEN.  Continued. 


i 


DUET,  Soprano  and  Alto. 


N--NH  !-R 


W—B- 


i  j      i         i  rw— 


-* — 


-t— H 


5 


-*  


To  the  star  -  ry  path 


of 


light. 


One  by  one  they  si  -  lent     gath    -    er  Eound  the  sprinkled  mer  -  cy 


seat; 


QUIET  IS  THE  HOUR  OF  EVEN.  Continued.  161 


-O  ft  ft-  ^  

-A     -ft     -tv-J        i  - 

A    -J  trP^ 

■     a     -     -p  '  ,  v 

One    by    one    they     seek  the 

Fa  -  ther,  I 

np    *    *  ^ 

[um  -  bly    cast     at      Je  -  sus' 

feet,  ....  I 


:  1 — i  ■  j  »  i  * 

[um  -  bly    cast     at      Je  -  sub' 

L-e*-*  * 

feet, 

\    s   -ft-    ft  PV>H 
fe.  J    J — f  -} — *f^-^T 

!  | 

1  S  V  \  \  1  1  1-  1-77-1  \ 

=Js          is     v "  ^ 

-J  «  1  PS  

VJT    1       M       H      m        ^  \ 

-e>  — 

1 — p  p  p  p  1  1 — 1 — 1 — J-i^  +1.1 

V    ^  ' 

J  ^ — .+  D  

A       y  ▲  * 

• 

— i  

-#  «  

1 — 1  1- 

§i  o  

1  Q  

if 

 1  1  

'  0  

-7j-V— I 

CHORUS. 


ft  ft  ft  ft- 


i  1- 


▼- 


-j^p.  ? — y- 


\  V 


i 


3  On  the  knee  of  deep    con-tri  -  tion, Bends  each  soul  in  earn -est  prayer ;         On  the  wings  of  strong  pe  -  ti  -  tion,"Wafts  to  God  its    ev'-ry  care. 


ft    ft    ft  IV 


H  1 


=F==F^ 


ft— ft — ft~ 


H  1  1- 


•F  1 


 J  1  1  I  I  '  1  1  I  1  I  I  I  I  I 

-*r  -*r  -At     -*r-£r  -jf-  -y-  • 


— ♦  *- 


-N — PS — ft — ev- 


-ft-  ft    ft  "ft 


P — h 


H— 


^     •     ^     •  W 


!£=)\=ft=^ 


-t  1  h 


-S    S    N  K- 


-G- 


_  >- 


— ^-ir- 


3  On  the  knee  of  deep    con-tri  -  tion.Bends  each  soul  in  earn -est  prayer ;        On  the  wings  of  strong  pe  -  ti  -  tion,  Wafts  to  God  its    ev'-ry  care. 


.      s  —ft — S — ft — i  i 


ft  ft  ft  ft 


H  H 


H  1- 

-0—0  0- 


J=J=t 


-v — 


—  9- 


162 


1 


QTHET  IS  THE  HOUE  OF  EVEN.  Concluded. 


Lis  -  ten 


-V- 

to 


tc: 


4 


the  bells'    sweet  call     -    ing !  Thus   the     ho   -  ly    Sab  -  bath    crown !       And    as    dews    are   gen  -  tly     fall    -  ing, 


3z: 


— F\  S    -N    -A — 1  — j 

JaH  1  1  1  1  ♦  — 

^  q~ rd 

 ^  p  ,2  1  * — 1 

H       J  - 



* 


Lis  -  ten      to     the  bells'    sweet  call 


LA — ?v 

— i  1 — 


A=q: 


r|=*=: 


4 — W 


ing !  Thus    the     ho  -  ly    Sab  -  bath    crown !       And    as    dews    are   gen  -  tly     fall    -  ing, 


— v  V  \  N  1- 

1 — P  P  P  P 


 H 


! 

K       1  1 

— Fv 

— fv- 

1 

1 

— f* 

— A  A 

— f— 

 1 — 

-4— 

— 

A 

A  

P 

L 

A  A 

 1   '  

 1 — 

— 

— i — 

i — 

0 

 0  

T 

— €— 

-  0 

^  

0 

0 

—0 



u 

u — w- 

ShaU 

the  peace 

of 

God 

come  down, 

And 

fc/- 

as 

dews 

are 

gen  - 

t 

fall 

Shall 

the  peace 

of 

God 

come  down. 

— Pv- 

-A  -A 

— A 

-A  A- 

— i  1 — 

A- 

=1 

r£_ 

r£ 

a 

 !  1  

V 

=^ 

i — i— 
— 

— 1 — 

lit— *~ 

=£ 



— i— 
L*— 

 ! 

— ♦ — ♦ — 

-Ah 

9 

-0 

h 

—  ♦  

-01 

V 

-a- 

■  -PS- 

-A  -A- 

b— - 

-1 

— A- 

-A--- A- 

— i  1 — 

— A- 

"I" 

|— * 

— i— 

■ — 

f 

 1  h- 

t 

h 

— h- 

i     i  1 

— i — 
-a — 

— *r 

— fr- 

B 

 •) 

— *-v 

— m — 0 — 

-¥— 

w 

—9 — m— 

A. 

Shall 

the  peace 

of 

God 

come  down, 

And 

as 

dews 

are 

gen  - 

tly 

fall 

ing, 

Shall 

the  peace 

of 

God 

come  down. 

-P  P— 

-P 

P 

-P- 

P  P 

-A 

—A 

— A- 

-A- 

b  

b  

— 1  

— q 

V  V- 

u 

 1  

-A 

t 

— b  b — 

— 1  

' — i — 
-# — 

— i— 
-#- 

— i — 
—my— 

— #— 

— 

 1  

— 0 — 

u,  ^Allegretto. 

4+4-1    ^     A  ■  I  1  1 — 

 Z«-  i  i  i — 


I  HAVE  SET  WATCHMEN  UPON  THY  WALLS. 


163 


( — H 


3*t 


-f— i — i- 


-i — i- 


t: 


>r^r 


OH* 


I  have  set  watchmen  up  -  on 


thy  walls, 


I  have  set  watchmen  upon 

H  h 

-V- 


thy  walls, 


Je  -  ru  -  sa-lem, 


Je  - 


I  have  set  watchmen  up  -  on 


thy  walls, 


I  have  set  watchmen  upon 


thy  walls, 


— i — - 


•AAA- 


AAA 


Je  -  ru  -  sa-Icm, 
-A  *  A  A— 


Je  - 


m 


r- 

ra  -  sa-lem,  which  shall  nev-er  hold  their  peace,  day    nor   night,       day    nor  night.       Go  thro'  the  gates, 


!3 


go  thro'  the  gates,  pre- pa  re  ye  the 


3  AT 


—i — f- 


l»    l»        l»  •  £ 


H  H 


— I  


■6»- 


ra  -  sa-lcm,  which  shall  nev-er  hold  their  peace,  day    nor   night,        day    nor  night.       Go  thro' the  gates,         go  thro' the  gates,  pre-pare  ye  the 


164 


I  HAVE  SET  WATCHMEN  UPON  THY  WALLS.  Continue! 


ritard. 


'5 


T3=f 

-)  1  


:*z^: 


H—  1- 


j* — i* — i*- -m—m  -  v-  -m-m-*— 


way,    pre -pare  ye  the  way  of  the  peo-ple, 


Cast  up  the   highway,         cast  up  &e  highway,       cast  up  the  highway ,and  gath-er  out  the 


way,    pre  -pare  ye  the  way  of  the  peo  -  pie,         Cast  up  the   highway,         cast  up  the  highway,       cast  up  the  highway ,and  gath-er  out  the 


-111 

=T1  3= 

— q  3= 

— n  -H — \- 

:— i — 

W   P  F 

11  'I 

-* 

M  

•  • 

I  1 — 

1  i — 1 

-1~Tx 

-J— 

— *i — «i — 

HP 

— i — i- 
i — v_ 

t 

— t-  *H  1— 

K4 

-H— H 


a  tempo. 
I     I  1 


.ffZJE 


i»rFn» 


±1 


H  (- 


-1 — L-»r>  - 


stones.      Lift  up  the  standard    a  -  mong  the  people,       Lift  up  the  standard  a  -  mong  the  people,  a  -  mong  the  peo-ple.    Hal  -  le  -  lu-jah.Hal  -le 


stones.       Lift  up  the  standard   a  -  mong  the  people, 


m 


¥=* 


-H — zj — E  h 


Lift  up  the  standard  a  -  mong  the  people,  a  -  mong  the  peo-ple.    Hal-le-  lu-jah.Hal -le  - 


A— A— A- 


-A— A— A-r& 


»     1  » 


t — r 


A — A- 


-I — h 


:At=Atlr.^: 


tzrzVzI: 


I  HAVE  SET  WATCHMEN  UPON  THY  WALLS.  Concluded. 


d: 


165 


5    3  E±fe- 


lu  -  jah,Hal-le  -  lu -jah,  A -men!        Hal -Is  -  lu-jah,    Hal  -le  -  lu  -  jah,  Hal-le  -  lu  -  jah,    A  -  men! 


A  -  men. 


A  -  men. 


-N— fa 


fa— fa 


-fa— fa 


3= 


5 


1 


B 


rrm  -4 


* — ~ — w  •  ^ 


zzS: 


lu  -  jah,Hal-le  -ln-jah,  A-men!         Hal-le  -  lu-jah,    Hal-le  -  la  -  jah,  Hal  -  le  -  la  -  jah,    A  -  men! 


A  -  men. 


A  -  men. 


±5 


?    t  0 


-N— fa 


i 


SENTENCE.  "  HUMBLE  TOTJESELVES." 


Hum-ble  yourselves       un  -  der  the  might-y  hand    of  God, 


Hum-ble  y  oar-  selves    an -der  the  might-y  hand    of    God,  that  he  may  ex- 


S 


-f— f — I 


,fa    fa  -fa 


P 


4- 


A — fa — fa 

-1— -P — P 


±1 


«-*  1 — i — i — 


Hiim-ble  yourselves       an -der  the  might-y     hand  of  God, 


Hum-ble  your  -  selves    un  -  der  the  might-y    hand  of  God,  that  he  may  ex  - 


±z 


-ar-.-g'-y 


A  ? 


166 


SENTENCE.   "HUMBLE  YOURSELVES. "  Concluded. 


alt  you,  that  he     may  ex  -  alt  you  : 


DUET. 


P 


=1= 


'-4  1— 


q— 4-*-3 


I  A1  A 


-  ^ — — j  i  i  


1 

I—       ^  1  1 

-i  1 — 

Cast-ing    all  your  cares  up  -  on  him,Cast-ing  all  your  cares  up  -  on  him,  for    he    car  -  eth     for     you,  he 


1 


pi 


-N— » 


-I- 


H — I- 


alt  you,  that    he    may  ex  -  alt  you : 


i 


r 


HrH- 


$  


IB 


r: 


—I*— i 


_« — g  ♦  m 


Cast-ing  all  your  cares  up  -  on  him,  Cast-ing  all  your  cares  up  -  on  him,  for  he  car  -  eth  for  you,     he    car  -  eth  for  you. 


— p — i — 


is- — Ni 


• — « — i 


^-V^f--©1- 

car  -  eth     for  you. 


i 


-N — 


I  ^  +i  i  1 — i — 

■  *— m — j — l- 


E 


— 1-- 


-N- 


Cast-ing  all  your  cares  up -on  him,  Cast-ing  all  your  cares  up  -  on  him,  for  he  car -eth  for  you,     he     car -eth  for  you. 


"i  r 


is — v 


E 


1  1 


 !  !S — N 


-t— f 


,  ji  Allegretto. 

.  ptf  3.  ^  a    a'  r2  a1     a1  2  2  2  12  t5L'-_J  Z. 


ANTHEM.  "I  WILL  GO  UNTO  THE  ALTAR  OF  GOD." 


J.  H.  TENNEY. 


167 


V — v- 


0   0  m. 


-v — / — 


r-'ff— 


I    will  go     tui  -  to     the     al  -  tar      of    God,     I    will  go     un  -  to     the     al  -  tar      of  God, 


I  will  go, 


ft 


-N — 


-Ps — 4- 


-N — N- 


I  will  go, 


I  will 


■S-r-H — sh-' 


V  ¥ 


I    will  go     un  -  to     the     al  -  tar      of    God,     I    will  go     un  -  to     the     al  -  tar      of  God, 


I  will  go, 


Big r*  4^— 


V  / 


*  *  * — gzzp: 


A — N 


V-V-l  U-U: 


-H  1 


:^ztz2_a: 


r-4f — 


I    will  go     un  -  to  God    my  ex-ceed-ing  joy,    un  -  to  God   my   ex-ceed-ing    joy,     I   will  go     un  -  to     the      al  -  tar  of 


^  1 


£E2 


Nrn  N — Nr 


3=3 


-5>— «— A — A. 


go 


un  -  to  God     my  ex-  ceed  -  ing  joy, 


-6'— 


l»  l» 


I    will  go     un  -  to  God   my  ex-ceed-ing  joy,    un  -  to  God     my  ex-ceed-ing    joy,     I   will  go     un  -  to     the      al  -  tar  of 


-I*— I*- 


r  p  I— 


=!=? 


-V — N 


-A  A — A 


A — A- 


^    y — I  ^ — y 


Hp— 


— -fv-Api 

zzaEEB: 


A-? 


Iff 


— \~A 

a'  a! 


A— 


-A — \- 


168 


-tr 


"I  WILL  GO  UNTO  THE  ALTAR  OF  GOD."  Continued. 


Fine, 


-I  1 — i — (*— —  v 

j1— ^-r=F-^ 


3 


God,     mi  -  to  God     my     ex  -  ceed  -  ing    joy,      un  -  to  God    my  ex-ceed-ing    joy,      tin  -  to  God    my  ex-ceed-ing  joy. 

r$  ,  _  „^   l  tU 


'3: 


A — N 


6?~ 


U  fv 


— J  1  xl- 

— ▼ — *- 


--*— N 


i 


3= 


— N 


2tZ 


-i — 


-N — N — i- 


-w — m- 


FlNE.j, 


God,     un  -  to  God     my     ex  -  ceed  -  ing   joy,     an  -  to  God    my  ex -ceed  -  ing  joy, 

^ :tffjL.p-.._E — »  Fg — » — - — » — «— *- 


nn  -  to  God     my  ex-ceed-ing  joy. 


5^ 


 i  !  


-52— ^ 


T-- 


id—  


thee,  my  God,  will  I 


0—0 — W- 


"  I  WILL  GO  UNTO  THE  ALTAR  OF  GOD."  Concluded. 


169 


"A._A  A. 

-*T0-0-0 — h*^f-f— * — ht— F— F- 

—  — r| — I — I  


T  1  1- 


H  h 


praise  thee,  my  God, 


I  will  praise, 


i  I 
with  the  harp, 


•A 

-*4 


thy  great  name, 


with  the  harp, 


will  I  praise 


thee,my  God, will  I 


i 


praise  thee,  my  God, 


Yea, 


up-on  the    harp,       up-on  the  aarp, 


 S — N 


=FBF 


up-on  the  harp       will  I  praise    thee,will  I  praise    thee,  will  I 

-N-N 


0  0 


praise  thee,  my  God, 


I  will  praise, 


with  the  harp, 


thy  great  name, 


1-^ 


0—0—0 


with  the  harp, 


will  I  praise 


thee.my  God, will  I 


0-0— 0  s -0- 


1?— Pi — 


H  '/  —  ¥-- 


-0-0 — 0 


4- 


£>.C. 


— i  h- 

e—G 


-t- 


I 


praise.will  I  praise  thee,my  God, will  I    praise  thee,my  God,  O  God,  my  God, 


praise  thee, 


praise  thee, will    I  praise  thee,  my  God. 


H — N  — ^ 


praise      thee,  my        God,  will    I    praisethee,my  God,  O    God, my  God,  will  I  praise    thee,  will  I  praise    thee,will  I    praise  thee.my  God. 

Jj.C. 


^%=g=jar====^ 


H3- 


— i — M  


-A — ^ 


praise, will  I  praise  thee, my  God, will  I    praise  thee.my  God,  O  God,  my  God, 


^ :  gA-f-7rr^E 


->L  A  a— p  C  — i  1  1_ 


-b- 


praise  thee,  praise  thee.will  I  praise  thee,  my  God. 

k   k    k'k  -  g 


H  


1 
I 


170 


Andante. 


"THE  MELLOW  EVE  IS  GLIDING." 


1    The  mel-low  eve    is  glid  -  ing    Re  -  rene  -ly  down  the  west ; 


So 


ev'  -  ry     care    sub  -  sid   -  ing,  My  soul  will  sink      to  rest. 


i 


S5 


-i  -A 

-  [S    N — y — 

s 

S—^-S    -N  -N 

— i  1  1- 

-id — ■  d  -P 

-A-  • 

i 


nz — _4_J_tjjj_#  /-b= — — y±  


— i  ^  «  l» 

__j  A  (_  1 — 

- — «• — i  h- 

'-^  v — ^ 

 +  

1    The  mel-low  eve    is  glid  -  ing    Se  -  rene  -ly  down  the  west ; 

— *  


So 


ev'  -  ry     care    sub -sid  -  ing,  My  soul  will  sink      to  rest. 


 t*— v 


atz 


i 


-■■■I    A    A  A 


-i  1  1  1-  ■ 

9 — 9 — 9~ — wr- 


H  r-  > 


The  woodland  hum  is  ring  -  ing  The  day-light's  gentle  close,      May    an  -  gels  round  me       sing  -  ing,  Thus  hymn  my     last     re  -  pose,  Thus 

-\i — N  N  s- — 


-  N1  N    N  > 


-H — t 


IS    N    K  -  i      I  [N 


I 


— \i — \ — N — ^ — N 

H—  H-  !  ' 


-ft 


-ft 


-N — N— N 


<- — F 


§3 


The  woodland  hum  is  ring  -  ing  The  day-light's  gentle  close,      May    an  -  gels     round  me     sing  -  ing,  Thus  hymn  my    last    re -pose,  Thus 


-A  kr 


-A— *- 


"THE  MELLOW  EVE  IS  GLIDING."  Continued. 

Nrfv— fctv— Hri  r  Nr  N    N — N — Ni — !  


S7\  /T\ 


~H — H — H — i- 


■t  *T 


"ST— £ 


 1- 


-fS  N  v 


L  j-  


171 

Vr-> — v — V— * 


9—9—9—* 


9  -9—9—9—9:. 


A     A    A  T. 


Thus  hymn  my  last   re  -  pose, 


Thus  hymn  my  last  re -pose,  Thus  hymn  my  last  re-pose. 

/?\  /TS  /TN 


2    The  eve  -ning  star  has 


-rS  rS  \- 


 ;v 


H  1 


^— ^     ^  „ 


hymn  my  last    re  -  pose^   .    .    .  T'.      Thus  hymn  my  last  re  -  pose, 


m 


,  J  ,    M,K  J 


-N  !S  V. 


H  1 


£=fv 


Thus  hymn  my  last  re  -  pose, 


Thus  hymn  mylast  re -pose,  Thus  hymn  my  last  re -pose. 

S7\  /TN  T\ 


I 


3t£ 


1T~V 


2    The  eve -ning  star  has 


■fa* 


— ft— N-- -ft— V 


=)=? 


-ft-: 


A  '  A 


e — g- 


A  N  V  — N  - 


7*.     A  I  A-  A     A  A 


tete 


N    N  N 


HH-rr 


i 


-H  H  f— - 

V  ^ — /- 


=tf=t?=tz= 


light  -  ed  Her  crys- tal  lamp  on  high;       So,    when  in  death  be-night  -  ed,  May  hope    il-lume  the  sky,  May  hope    il  -  lume  the      sky,  In 


$ 


5 


-N-  — k — \ — v  — 1  1 — N|     N    FN    1s  P 


-N— X 


3 


"A  •  A 


i 


tat 


q=|>  1  f  J 


1\ — k 


is — N 


v  '—m-m — m- 


y — p-v— 


2& 


light  -  ed  Her  crys- tal  lamp  on  high ;       So,    when  in  death  be-night  -  ed,  May  hope    illume  the  sky,  May  hope    il-lume  th  sky, 
-    -N  N  ,  S     S     S  -Nn  _  ,  vA  *    A  ■  *  «- 


-a)    4l    *l  ^ 


K-4 


In 


172 


11  THE  MELLOW  EVE  IS  GLIDING."  Concluded. 


gold  -  en      splendor  da wn-ing,      The  mor  -  row's    light  shall  break,  Oh,     on     that  last  bright  morn  <-    ing,     May     I       in    glo  -  ry  wake. 


a 


V<  a- 


 ? — 5p— 

gold  -  en      splendor  dawn-ing,      The  mor  -  row's    light  shall  break,  Oh,     on     that  last  bright  morn 


ing,     May     I       in    glo  -  ry  wake. 


k  k  *  * 

J*--k 

*•  *- 

-!■  •  • 

^k  k  k- 

r-  - 

-<  1  1*-  hr 

■        [^  v 

J  * 

-*  *       *  « 

v    :ti    '/  '  V 

H  h~ 

J  /L_ 

-H  1  F- 

V  

\s> — h  V 

 p  

May 

I       in     glo  -  ry  i 

r^— Z^r— ^  f* 

vake,  May 

I       in     glo  -  ry  v 

FT  1s 

-ake.  Oh, 

A 

on    that  last  bright 

— V  N  V 

morn-ing,  May 

q=^ 

I 

in 

j  y 

glo    -    ry  1 

=-i  4— 

vake. 

-s    a — 2! — J- 

-H  N— 

=*-A— 

'          N  "'! 

"A1  •  M     Jl  A1 

A  i  A~ 

I 

r.  jf- 

xr  1 

r» — ■  a  

-■  ■  ■ 

_)  ,  «  4 

-j  r  F5^~ 

A      ,A       A  w  A 

— w- 

i*  1  C 

-f 

Li— k- 

-*  w 

May 

 — * 

I       in     glo  -  ry  ^ 

1 — 6f= 

vake,  May 

I       in     glo  -  ry 

H- 

ake,  Oh, 

on     that  last  bright 

morn-ing,  May 

I 

y 

in 

W — ^ 

glo    -   ry  1 

vake. 

— t  

 ■  ■  ■  

-*  s  P- 

m 

— $  5 — r 

-k  k  k- 

1 

.  k 

*  1 

4:  1<— 

-V  b>     V  V 

<  f 

4  

 i-V  /_ 

— (  1  1 — 

4*  1-  9> 

6^— 1 

Adagio. 


WHEN  AS  RETURNS  THIS  SOLEMN  DAY. 


J.  H.  TENXEY. 


173 


H  h 


-e- — g— 

-e- 

6 


~® — -♦-  — o 


i  P-     1  — 


When    as    re- tarns   this   sol-emn  day,  Man  comes  to  meet   his   God, What  rites,what  hon  -  ors  shall    he   pay,  How  spread  his  praise    a -broad? 


'*        '&         ~&    '&  tjt 


▲ — AH- 


— 1- 


_L 

tc: 


"A  Ar 


:qz=q; 


:d — tf- 


— i- 


H  i  I 


-A — Al- 


~£J  £t 


When    as    re-  turns   this   sol  -  emn  day,  Man  comes  to  meet   his    God, What  rites, what  hon  -  ors  shall    he   pay,  How  spread  his  praise    a  -  broad  ? 

H  —  iz^ 


— 


5 


-<5>— - 


-A — A— A- 


+ 


+ 


49- 


r*- 


■  ■ 


+ 


-   O  I 


Allegretto. 


I 


From  mar-ble  domes, 


and  gild  -  ed  spires, 


Shall  clouds  of    in  -  cense  rise,  And  gems, 


and  gold, 


and  gar-lands  deck  The 


From  mar-ble  domes, 


and  gild  -  ed  spires, 


Shall  clouds  of    in -cense  rise,  And  gems, 


t=  -f-_F_t£=>I  _a~=^ 


aud  gold, 
-fcs— 


>    1  f_A--- 


and  gar-lands  deck  The 
■  -fc  r  


-1!  


174 


rit. 


▼  H 


WHEN  AS  RETURNS  THIS  SOLEMN  DAY.  Concluded. 

Adagio.  Allegretto. 

 N— \ 


-A  


-flit*— ttbz — p+ 


cost  -  ly  sac  -  ri  -  flee  ? 


F 


-0—0—6 


Vain,  sin  -  ful  man,         Vain,    sin  -  ful  man,  Cre    -    a  -  tion's  Lord  thy  off'  -  rings  well  may  spare,     But  give  thy 


aill 


'Q_»_>i. 

4_  : 


— &t~ 


— i- 


■  *  . 

cost  -  ly  sac  -  ri-fice? 


jz±t 


(5 


y-*—yr 


Vain,  sin  -  ful  man, 

-B-  , 


Vain,    sin  -  ful    man,  Cre    -    a  -  tion's  Lord  thy  off '  -  rings  well  may  spare,     But  give  thy 


Z'J± 


-I  H 


-A— if — H- 
V — p — ^- 


-N— N— IS 


0  —0—0—0-  - 


-N — N — N 


H  h 


-» — * — -# — 0  -4 


• — p- 


pi 


■#-JL- 


— ^ — i 


heart. 


but  give  thy  heart, 


and  thou  shalt  find  thy  God  will  hear  thy  prayer,  And  thou  shaltfind    thy  God    will  hear   thy  prayer. 


ft 


-HJ  0  S 

 1  K 

 A-  J- 


-A- 


~i?  

-i-  s — i  i  e_ 


J  i 


it 


»  !- 


5 


— \-  in-  N- — N 

— p — i  1  h 

-J — A  A  AH 


._|  ♦-L--5  d-h*- 

•At- 


zr: 


s 


rit. 


-+—0- 


— h 


"AH 


jeart, 


but  give  thjr  heart, 


and  thou  shalt  find  thy  God  will  hear  thy  prayer,  And  thou  shaltfind   thy  God    will  hear   thy  prayer. 


—N — N — N 


-» — #- 


-A — » — * — A- 


~±- 


v- — 


1 


Andante. 


THE  TWILIGHT  FALLS. 


J.  H.  TENNEY. 


175 


^  N — h» — I- 

3  IV— Hi  1 

ILL^atSJl 


1   The      twilight  falls,  the     night  is  near,  I       fold  my  work    a  -  way,    And  kneel  to  One    who  bends  to  hear  The    sto  -  ry    of    the  day 


-  s — £=i — q — 

—j— — N— i  1 — 

■0-^-0—0  #  


*— -H#- 


-■ — hd- 


m 


2    The    old,  old  sto  -  ry, —    yet      I  kneel  To       tell    it  at     thy  call,     And  cares  grow  light  -  er    as      I  feel  That  J?  -  sns  knows  them  alL 
JtlA.  ■   N     -      ■   ^     *     *  '       '  '       ■   *  ■  -K 


4 


Lit! 


-\  -r— ^-r-  ^-  -  b— I  h  r—^-\  2  r — 


tLLL^LLL-LL^ 


S§3 


3    So     here    I  lay      me    down  to  rest,    As     night  -  ly  shad  -  ows  fall,       And  lean  con-fid  -  ing  on    his  breast  Who  knows  and  pit  -  ies  all. 

aftr:  '  — 1  k  ' 


BBS 


"^~l^ll1" 

.SLiLi_ 


-1 


^  *         ^  -    I  llll  ! 


— v 


IS 


_#  1 


REFRAIN. 


~l  


il._*_iltli: 


All^Hlll 


-V-T-ttil  »— W" 


i 


il]  :  LtL-j*      ;  -J 


LtLLTLL 


V  1 


1 

3  _X  _^ 

i 


The       sto  -  ry    of    the  day,      The    sto  -  ry    of    the  day;    And     kneel   to  One     who  bends    to  hear  The    sto    -  ry     of     the  day. 


H— 


L-N  fc-T 

— H  N- 


-0-0- 


:mzlt3.  Ltji 


^ — v 


-r— ^ 


-frfc  1 

3Z£  -I 


That    Je  -  sus  knows  them  all,  That      Je  -  sus  knows  them  all ;     And   cares  grow  light  -  er      as       I    feel  That   Je    -    sus  knows  them  alL 

^  


■I  by- 


-  h» 


ST  -kfT 


j»      IP  .  J' 


i 


Who  knows  and  pit  -  ies    all,      Who  knows  and  pit  -  ies  all;      And  lean    con -fid    -    ing    on     his  breast  Who  knows  and  pit   -  ies  all. 

From  SHARON'S  DEWY  ROSE,  by  per. 


176 


SONGS  AND  GLEES. 

Abide  with  us  

A  happy  good  night  

A  home  with  thee  

An  Autumn  song  

Away!  away!  

Beautiful  evening  star  

Blossoms  

Blue  violet's  song  

Boat  song  

Dreaming  of  thee  

Dream  on  

Evening  bells  

Evening  prayer  

Ever  be  firm  

Floating  down  together  

For  the  sun  shineth  

Gather  the  cherished  ones  .  .  .  . 
Gently  sighs  the  breeze  .... 

Good  night  

Hark!  the  pealing  

I  will  win  or  die  

Life's  changeful  dream  

Loved  one,  we  lay  thee  to  rest  .  . 

Morning  is  gilding  

My  song  

Xj  place  like  home  

No  surrender  

On  the  lake  

Qaiet  is  the  hour  

Softly  the  day  is  declining    .   .  . 

Songs  in  the  night  

The  brightest  side  

The  friends  of  my  childhood  .    .  . 

The  merry  bugle  calls  

There's  music  in  the  midnight  breeze 
There's  no  place  like  home     .    .  . 

Think  of  me   

Voices  of  spring   

HYMN  TUNES. 

Alford  

Alphonso  

Amesbury  

Ancil  

Andrew  

Antioch  


Arcadia  . 
Asher     .  . 
Ash  well  . 
Atheton 
Beckford  . 
Benares  .  . 
Bennington 
Bergen  .  . 
Bertha  . 
Billings  .  . 
Bingham 
Boteler  .  . 
Bradish  . 
Bralton  .  . 


62 
43 
50 
51 
34 
52 
29 
1  < 
19 
5^ 
31 
23 

22 !  Bryant 

51 
2) 
63 
53 
44 
33 
28 
27 
40 

^  Cowper  .... 
Cross  and  Crown 
Cuylcr  .... 
Delfhaven 
Dennis  .  . 


Burton  .  . 
Callie  .  . 
Calvary  .  . 
Carlene 
Chadwick  . 
Claytonville 
Closing  Hour 
Concord   .  . 
Confidence 
Coronation 


43 
32 
42 
17 

32  I  Dubuyne 


36 
24 
3- 
Sr. 
23 
5G 
2", 
64 

02 
70 
83 
71 


Duke  St 
EcKworth 
Edwards 
Ellsworth 
Ervling 
Federal  St 
Fen  wick 
Ferguson  . 
Fisher    .  . 
Fiskc    .  . 
Floren    .  . 
Fremont  . 
Fuller    .  . 
Halleck 
110  Harriston 
85  I  Hartland 


91 

109 
72 
65 

104 
77 
75 
47 

102 

113 

110 
90 

113 
99 

100 
55 

153 

low 

93 
73 
99 
37 
147 
100 


87 
80 
83 
113 
GO 
95 
84 
73 
141 
70 
63 
39 
GG 
112 
Gl 
114 
117 
143 
10G 
G3 
103 
120 
101 


Helena  91 

Hendon  107 

Hepworth  89 

Idria  45 

Ira  93 

Josie  -  81 

Lanesboro'  80 

Lee  115 

Lisbon  94 

Lowry  112 

Luther  ICS 

Malvern  74 

Markcll  83 

Martyn  108 

Martyr  135 

Meditation  87 

Medway  80 

Melzer  75 

Merton  92 

Migdol  78 

Mildred  105 

Missionary  Chant  G7 

Morrill  82 

Mount  Auburn  81 

Naomi  84 

Nathalie   93 

Ocean  115 

Olmutz  97 

Otto   118 

Pembroke  137 

Phillips  88 

I  Pity  7G 

Prince  121 

Reliance  69 

Reo  90 

Ried  73 

Rolland  79 

Rosedale  7G 

Rosefield  10G 

Savannah  117 

Seabrook  95 

Sutton  71 

Tappan  86 

Temple  67 

Theo   101 

Trafton  79 

Triumnh  90 


Trumpet  Chant 
Truro     .    .  . 
Tyson  .    .    .  . 
Uxbridge    .  . 
Warren    .    .  . 
Wayland     .  . 
Willie  Low   .  . 
Whitefield  .  . 
Woodman  .    .  . 
Woodsidc    .  . 
Worthing  .    .  . 
Zeigler  .   .  . 
Zephyr  .    .    .  , 
Zion  .... 


GOSPEL  SONGS. 

Abundantly  able  to  save    .    .  . 
Bryond  the  smiling  and  the  wee;  "ng 
Beyond  the  swelling  flood  .    .  . 

Coming  home  again  

Coronation  Day  

Even-song  -  

Farewell !  we  meet  no  more    .  . 

Happy  home  

Happy  home  on  hi~h  

How  can  I  keep  from  singing  .  . 

My  friend  

My  Redeemer  lives  

Nearer  home  

Singing  in  heaven  

The  better  land  

The  half  has  never  been  told  .  . 
The  soul's  sweet  fatherland  .  .  . 

The  sweetest  voice  

The  twilight  falls  

When  he  makes  up  his  jewels  .  . 

ANTHEMS. 


Father,  well  rest  in  thy  love  .  . 
Hark!  the  song  of  juDilec.    .  . 

Humble  yourselves  

I  have  set  watchmen  .... 
I  will  go  unto  the  altar  .    .    .  . 
I  will  sing  thy  praise  .... 

Praise  be  to  God  

Quiet  is  the  hour  of  even  .    .  . 
The  mellow  eve  is  gliding  .    .  . 
When  as  returns  this  solemn  day. 


88 
77 
72 
68 
98 

111 
99 

116 
84 
82 

111 
97 
71 

114 

138 
130 
132 
122 
140 
148 
127 
145 
134 
124 
125 
128 
144 
126 
146 
131 
129 
142 
175 
136 

156 
149 
1G5 
163 
167 
154 
152 
159 
170 
173 


i  ¥®®al  Culture* 


EmerSOn's  Vocal  Method.  ByZ.  0.  Emerson.  A  prac- 
tical system  for  the  cultivation  of  the  voice,  thoroughly  compact,  and 
containing  a  complete  course  of  vocal  instruction.  It  has  been  very 
favorably  received,  and  is  a  great  success.    Price  $1.50. 

BaSSilli's  NeW  Method.  By  Carlo  Bassini.  A  complete 
course  of  instruction  in  vocalization,  for  soprano  and  mezzo-soprano 
voices.    Price  $3.00. 

Bassini's  Method  for  Tenor  Voice.    By  carlo 

Bassini.  It  contains  all  the  essential  features  of  the  above  method, 
adapted  to  the  tenor  voice.    Price  $4.00. 

Bassini's  Art  of  Singing.  By  Carlo  Bassini.  An  excellent 

system  of  voice  culture,  extensively  used  by  teachers,  and  highly 
commended.    Price  $3.00  complete;  $2.50  abridged. 

Chorus  Choir  Instruction  Book.  By  A.N.Johnson. 

An  instruction  book  for  training  choruses,  choirs  and  singing  classes. 
It  is  a  complete  guide  for  teachers,  and  can  be  used  as  a  text  book  for 
classes  of  all  degrees  of  advancement.    Price  $1.38. 

Concone's  Lessons  in  Vocalization.  Condensed 

from  Concone's  50  lessons,  Op.  9;  25  lessons,  Op.  10;  and  lessens  for 
two  female  voices,  Op.  13.    Price  40  cents. 

Gareia's  School  of  Singing. 

By  Manuel  Garcia.  A  new 
treatise  on  the  art  of  singing,  with  exercises  and  examples  for  the 
cultivation  of  the  voice,  by  one  of  the  most  celebrated  teachers  of 
Europe.    New  edition.    Price  $5.00. 


Osgood's  Art  of  Singing.  By  George  t.  thgood.  ai 

excellent  method  for  vocal  culture,  based  upon  the  traditions  cf 
celebrated  Italian  masters  and  schools.    Its  treatment  of  the  subject  i* 
very  full  and  comprehensive,  and  is  the  result  of  many  years  of  pers.  m  i 
observation  and  experience  in  the  best  music  schools  of   Kobn  pe 
Price  $4.00. 

Seller's  Exercises  for  Training  the  Voice 

.  By  Mime.  E.  Seiler.  An  excellent  collection  of  exercises,  of  prea* 
value  for  practice  in  the  cultivation  of  the  voice.  For  female  voices 
$1.25;  for  male  voices,  $1.25;  for  male  and  female  voices,  $2.00. 

Sieber's  Art  Of  Singing.  By  Prof.  Ferd.  Sieber.  Trans 
lated  by  A.  W.  Dohn,  for  English  readers.  A  compact  treatise  on  tli« 
art  of  singing,  which  contains,  in  a  condensed  form,  much  practic  il 
information  as  to  the  structure  of  the  vocal  organs,  and  how  to  use 
them  to  the  best  advantage.    Price  50  cents. 

School  for  the  Voice.  By  William  Lwlden.  A  p<->pul.ir 
"school."  highly  commended,  and  adapted  to  the  wants  of  Americ.u. 
voices.    Price  $3.50. 

The  Voice  as  a  Musical  Instrument.  By  Charier 

H.  Stanley  Davis,  M.D  A  medical  essay  on  the  proper  training  ano 
use  of  the  voice.    Price  40  cts. 

Panseron's  A  B  C  of  Music.     By  a.  Pan**™*. 

Admirably  adapted  to  schools  and  classes.  Based  upon  the  Italia* 
system  of  vocal  culture.    Price  $1.00  (abridged). 


Any  book  mentioned  above  moiled,  post-free,  for  retail  price. 


C.  H 


DtT^O\  A  CO., 

843  Broadway.  New  York 


IiYOI  &  HEALY,  Cbicag-o. 


(40) 


J.  F.  DIT*M  *  C: 

Chestnut  St.,  l'uil>delpLia. 


THEATRICA 


BOOKS  ON  MUSICA' 

ALBRECHTBERGER'S  HARMONY  

BAKER'S  THEORETICAL  and  PRACTICAI 

BERLIOZ'S  INSTRUMENTAL  ON  

CHERUB'NI'S  COUNTERPOINT  and  FU< 
JOHNSON'S  HARMONY.    By  A.  X.  Johi 
JOHNSON'S  NEW  METHOD  OF  HARM 
JOHNSON'S  NEW  METHOD  OF  THOP 

OLIVER'S  THOROUGH  BASS  

RICHTER'S  COUNTERPOINT.  Transl 
RICHTER'S  MANUAL  OF  HARMONY.  ' 
RICHTER'S  TREATISE  ON  FUGUE.  Tr; 
SARONI'S  THEORY  OF  HARMONY.... 
SOUTHARD'S  THOROUGH  BASS  and 
WEBER'S  MUSICAL  COMPOSITION... 
WOHLFAHRT'S  MANUAL  OF  MODULA 


TEXT  BOOKS  an 

BOSTON  ACADEMY'S  MANUAL.  By  D 
CALCOTT'S  MUSICAL  GRAMMAR...  . 

HOOD'S  MUSICAL  MANUAL  

HOW  SHALL  I  TEACH?  By  Dr.  Lowe 


Cc  II.  Ditcon  A  Co.. 

M3  liroa  lway,  N  ;w  York. 


Boston  Public  Library 
Central  Library,  Copley  Square 

Division  of 
Reference  and  Research  Services 

Music  Department 


The  Date  Due  Card  in  the  pocket  indi- 
cates the  date  on  or  before  which  this 
book  should  be  returned  to  the  Library. 

Please  do  not  remove  cards  from  this 
pocket. 


SIC  BOOKS. 


dSTRuCi  lOwi  ec.it 

ngelbrecht  

?.  Biddle  



By  W.  S.  B.  Mathews.. 

:R.    By  Mason  and  Seward. . 

'laying.    By  A.  W.  Marchant 

>y  John  S.  D wight  

-forte,  Organ  and  Melodeon.. 


UMERS  and  CATECHISMS.* 


ION ARY  OF  MUSICAL  TERMS   4.00 

CAL  TERMS  $  .45 

RMS.    By  J.  S.Adams  75 

TIONARY  OF  MUSICAL  TERMS....  1.24 

ISIC  50 

ORLD.    By  F.  J.  Fetis   1.50 

IM  38 

=RIMER  50 

OUGH  BASS  50 

BASS  PRIMER  and  COMPANION  75 

.  Pauer   1.00 

F.  H.  Brown  50 


Boston. 

1238  Chestnut  St..  Philadelphia. 


£.51 

 75 

Cloth  1.50 


.60 
2.0« 

.40 
.38 
.60 


SUPERIOR  INSTRUCTION  BOOKS  FOR  REED  ORGANS. 


CLARKE'S  NEW  METHOD  FOR  REED  ORGAN.    By  W.  H.  Clarke. 

This  new  method  easily  takes  the  lead,  by  reason  of  its  progressive  arrangement, 
comprehensive  system  of  instruction,  and  simple  and  concise  explanations,  with 
carefully  graded  pieces  chosen  from  the  works  of  most  popular  authors.  It  has 
attained  great  popularity,  its  sales  exceeding  100,000  copies.  Price  $2.50. 

THE  EMERSON  METHOD  FOR  REED  ORGAN.    By  L  O.  Emerson. 

A  system  of  instruction  which  fully  meets  the  requirements  of  pupils  and  forms 
a  complete  course  of  study.  It  contains  the  Elements  of  Notation,  easy  and  pro- 
gressive lessons,  graded  exercises,  a  treatise  on  Harmony,  and  a  large  number  of 
musical  recreations,  selected  and  original,  of  great  value  as  a  means  of  technical 
advancement,  or  as  a  collection  of  excellent  Reed  Organ  music.    Price  $2.50. 

KINKEL'S  NEW  METHOD  FOR  REED  ORGAN.    By  Charles  Kinkel. 

A  very  popular,  very  thorough  and  very  progressive  instruction  book.  The  music 
Is  carefully  fingered  and  graded,  is  thoroughly  melodious  and  forms  a  large  and 
varied  collection  of  good  Reed  Organ  music.  Price  $2.50. 

GETZE'S  SCHOOL  FOR  THE  PARLOR  ORGAN.    By  J.  A.  Getze. 

This  school  has  been  well  patronized,  as  attested  by  a  sale  of  150,000  copies.  It 
contains  a  full  course  of  instructive  exercises,  lessons  and  studies,  combined  with  a 
fine  collection  of  favorite  organ  melodies  for  recreation.  Price  $2.50. 

CLARKE'S  IMPROVED  SCHOOL  FOR  PARLOR  ORGAN.  By  Hugh  A.  Clarke. 
An  excellent  graded  system  that  is  practical  in  its  treatment  and  progres- 
sive in  its  arrangement.  It  is,  in  every  respect,  a  first-class  instruction  book,  and 
has  a  number  of  choice  pieces  of  Reed  Organ  music.  Price  $2.50. 

CLARKE'S  HARMONIC  SCHOOL  FOR  THE  ORGAN.    By  W.  H.  Clarke. 
The  "Harmonic  School'' Inculcates  the  principles  of  harmony  in  connection  with 
an  advanced  and  progressive  system  of  manual  practice,  and  forms  a  practical 
guide  to  the  art  of  composing  in  the  true  organ  style.  Price  $3.00. 

CaRHART'S  REED  ORGAN  INSTRUCTOR.    By  T.  E.  Gurney. 

A  very  progressive  method,  which  has  over  200  popular  studies,  besides  a  good 
collection  of  Reed  Organ  music  of  the  highest  quality.  Price  $1.50. 


JOHNSON'S  PARLOR  ORGAN  INSTRUCTION  BOOK.    By  A.  N.  Johnson. 
An  instruction  book  which  teaches  the  playing  of  both  church  music  and  ligbtef 
instrumental  pieces,  with  good  elementary  courses,  examples  for  practice,  an  admir* 
able  selection  of  recreative  pieces  and  a  treatise  on  the  elements  of  Thorough  Basa. 

Price  $1.50. 

NATIONAL  SCHOOL  FOR  REED  ORGAN.    By  W.  F.  Sudds. 

A  very  popular  "school,"  where  the  system  of  Notation  is  simple  and  attractive, 
and  the  exercises  carefully  graded  for  the  rapid  advancement  of  the  beginner. 
There  are  a  variety  of  studies  in  score  playing,  and  numerous  selections  of  popular 

and  legitimate  organ  music.   Price  $1.50. 

ROOT'S  SCHOOL  FOR  THE  CABINET  ORGAN.    By  G.  F.  Root. 

A  popular  work  which  has  had  a  sale  of  over  100,000  copies.  It  is  a  very  thorough 
instruction  book,  with  progressive  exercises  and  studies,  and  a  large  collectioa  of 
recreative  pieces  for  the  parlor  and  choir.   Price  $2.50. 

CLARKE'S  REED  ORGAN  COMPANION.    By  W.  H.  Clarke. 

A  companion  to  "Clarke's  New  Method,"  with  a  large  number  of  popular  retie* 
tions,  arranged  and  adapted  for  reed  instruments.  Price  $2.00. 

MACK'S  DOLLAR  ANALYTICAL  METHOD  FOR  THE  CABINET  ORGAN. 
CLARKE'S  DOLLAR  INSTRUCTOR  FOR  THE  ORGAN.    By  W.  H.  Clarke. 
BELLAK'S  METHOD  FOR  THE  ORGAN.    By  J.  Bellak.  $1.00. 
WINNER'S  NEW  SCHOOL  FOR  CABINET  ORGAN.  Sep.  Winner.    75  cts. 

The  above  are  easy  books  for  beginners,  with  short  and  attractive  courses  of 
study,  and  a  nice  collection  of  popular  melodies  for  practice  and  recreation. 

THE  ORGAN  AT  HOME   )   p  •      .  „arh         \f?^s  $H? 

CLARKE'S  REED  ORGAN  MELODIES  \  Price  of  each  book' }  ^V|t  \ g 

These  books  contain  the  choicest  pieces  of  popular  music,  arranged  and  adapted 
for  Reed  Organs.  Each  book  contains  about  200  pages,  filled  with  marches,  waltssa, 
polkas,  reveries,  transcriptions,  melodies,  etc.,  in  great  variety,  and  carefully 
selected  from  the  works  of  the  best  authors  and  composers. 


Any  of  the  above  books  will  be  mailed,  post-free,  for  the  retail  price. 


published  B7  OLIVER  DITS0N  &  COMPANY,  boston. 

843  Bwadway  New  Tork.  HBAH  ,  Cnicagro.  (i9)  UBS  CbMtaut St..  )  •  ti  rtadelphia. 


THE  BEST  CHURCH  MUSIC  BOOKS. 


THE  HERALD  OF  PRAISE— By  L.  0.  Emerson. 

The  "Ilerald  of  Praise"  i<  Mr.  Emerson's  latest  production,  and  U  believed  to 
oe  the  newe>t,  freshest  and  best  collection  of  Church  Music  which  he  has  ever 
complied,  or  in  fact,  which  has  ever  been  published.  It  contains  a  first  rate 
course  of  Elementary  Study  and  Exercise*,  the  best  collection  of  Anthems,  Hymn 
Tunes,  Motets,  Sentences  and  Chants,  original  and  ^elected,  beside*  a  very  "fine 
collection  of  Miscellaneous  Miisfc,  sacred  and  secular,  for  concert  singing,  for 
musical  conventions,  for  practice,  or  for  occasional  use.  Price,  $1.00. 

THE  IDEAL— By  L.  0.  Emerson. 

This  Is  smaller,  more  compact,  and  less  expensive  than  the  "  Herald  of  Praise,"  and 
contains  a  selection  of  such  sacred  and  secu.ar  music  a*  to  give  a  good  variety,  as 
well  as  to  present  to  singing  schools  and  societies  a  miscellaneous  collection  of 
Hymn-tunes,  Anthems,  Spiritual  Songs,  Recreative  Pieces  of  a  secular  nature  for 
concert  sin^in-z  and  practice,  more  especially  fitted  and  adapted  to  the  needs  of 
the  singing  class.   Price,  75  cts. 

THE  VOICE  OF  WORSHIP.-By  L.  0.  Emerson. 

The  "  Voice  of  Worship  "  is  bright,  thoroughly  en^rtainlng  and  instructive  and 
1*  one  of  Mr.  Emerson's  latest  and  best  books  for  choirs  and  singing  schools.  lis 
contents  are  nicely  adjusted  to  suit  the  requirements  of  classes  and  chorus  choirs 
who  ne»d  prelimlnRry  instruction,  as  well  as  to  serve  the  purpose  of  a  general  class 
book.    Price,  $1.00. 


THE  CHORAL  CHOIR— By  W.  0.  Perkins. 

The  extraordinary  success  of  the  author's  prevlons  Yentures,  and  tbe  fact  that  the 
older  liooks  are  somewhat  "w^rn."  will  serve  as  an  apology  if  one  be  needed,  for  the 
publication  of  this  new  choir  and  class  book.  It  is,  of  course,  being  the  last,  tbe 
best  of  all  his  compilations,  and  is  intended  to  supply  the  desire  for  an  entirely  new 
coll- ction  for chorns  choirs  and  singing  classes.  There  are  150  pages  each  demoted 
to  sacred  and  secular  music,  of  which  there  is  the  usual  varied  excellence  and  a  plea* 
iug  "newness"  which  adds  not  a  little  to  its  general  attractiveness.  Price,  $1.00. 

THE  PEERLESS.— By  W.  0.  Perkins. 

Such  portions  of  Dr.  Perkins'  "  Choral  Choir  "  as  can  be  used  successfully  in  sing- 
ing schools  and  classes  have  been  collated  and  published  in«separate  form  as  the 
"Peerless."  It  makes  an  admirable  singing  class  book,  and  with  its  convenient  size 
and  moderate  price  will  doubtless  become  a  very  popular  book.  It  has  about  20» 

pages.  Price,  75  cents. 

THE  TEMPLE— By  W.  0.  Perkins. 

This  is  a  new  book  for  classes,  choirs  and  conventions,  which  needs  no  Introduc- 
tion. It  has  a  very  thorough  instructive  course,  easy  Part-songs  for  practice,  new 
Glees  and  Part-songs  for  advanced  singers,  raorj  than  a  bund  re  I  Metrical  Tunes,  be- 
sides forty  Anthems  and  a  few  Chants  for  the  use  of  choirs.  Prise,  $1.00. 


These  are  the  newest  books  which  have  been  published,  but  equally  as  good  Church  Music  will  be  found  in  any  of  the  following  collections  for  Choirs, 

Congregations  and  Classes. 

BOOKS     FOR     CHORUS  CHOIRS. 


The  Standard  Emerson  and  Palmer. 

The  Choral  Tribute  L.  O.  Emerson. 

Tbe  Jubilate   I..  O.  Emerson. 

The  Harp  of  Judah  L.  O.  Emerson. 

The  Leader  Palmer  and  Emerson. 

Tbe  Diapason  G.  K.  Root. 

The  Sabbath  ('.  Lveiest. 

Price  of  each  of  the  above  books,  $1.38. 


The  Jubilee  "W.  B.  Bradbury. 

The  Key  Note  W.  B.  Bradbury. 

The  Temple  Choir  Seward,  Mason  and  Bradbury. 

The  Greatorex  Collection  H.  W.  Greatorex. 

American  Tune  Book  Dr.  Lowell  Mason. 

Perkins'  Anthem  Book  W.  O.  Perkins. 

Chorus  Choir  Dr.  Eben  Tourjee. 

Puce  of  auy  of  the  foregoing  books,  $1.50. 
In  addition  to  the  books  mentioned  above,  Ditson  &  Co.  publish  a  large  nnmber  of  Chorus  and  Glee  Books,  Oratorios,  Cantatas,  etc.,  which  may  be  used  to  excellent 

advantage  for  Chuich  Choir  practice. 


American  Anthem  Book  $1.25 

Emerson's  Anthem  Book  1.25 

Perkins'  Anthem  Harp  1.25 

Emerson's  Chants  and  Responses  1.00 

Emerson's  Episcopal  Chants  75 

Salutation.   L.  O.  Emerson  1.00 

Zion.  W.O.  Peikins  100 


Baambach's  Sacred  Quartets. 

Baumbach's  New  Collection. 

Back's  Motet  Colkction. 

Buck's  Second  Motet  Collection 


Emerson's  Sacred  Quartets. 

Grace  Church  Collection. 

King's  New  Collection. 

Dow's  Sacred  Quartets. 


BOOKS     FOR     QUARTET  CHOIRS. 

I  Church  and  Home.  Geo.  Leach. 

Thomas's  Quartets  and  Anthems. 
Danks'  Anthem  Services. 

Danks'  Sacred  Selections. 
Price  of  each  of  tbe  above  books,  $2.00  in  boards ;  $2.25  cloth. 
These  books  contain  all  the  best  Quartets,  and  are  equally  valuable  to  large  and  small  Chorus  Choirs.   Quartets  will  likewise  find  many  things  of  great  beauty, 

and  highly  artistic,  in  the  collections  lor  Chorus  Choirs. 
«»-Any  of  the  above  books  will  be  mailed,  post-free,  on  receipt  of  retail  price. 

P-ccIic> -d  by  OLXVEB,  DITSON       CO.,  Boston. 

C.  H.  DITSON  &  CO.,  843  Broadway,  New  York.        LYOX  4  UEALY,  Chicago.  (3CJ         J.  E.  DITSOX  &  CO..  1228  Chestnut  St,  Phil* 


